Errant stepped out from the bounds of the Camp, trotting calmly along the packed trail that led towards the Rift, aiming to get out of the Camp's Interdictions.

A large winged creature with a dark head spiraled down out of the sky ahead of him, clearly aiming to intercept him at the edge of the safe zone. The Griffons of the Stormcrest Crown were helping the allies here with patrols and other things, occasionally swooping into a fight with flying Warp mutants to vent their ire upon them.

They had a great deal of experience with Interdiction zones, knew how fearsome losing the ability to fly could be, and very wisely shirked their limits. Errant was heading out to meet one personally he had been referred to in Marktell, a proud young griffon called Darkbolt, who prided himself on being the fastest of his Crown, and whose wing had been saved a few months back by Sama.

He was waiting as Errant stepped out of the Interdiction, a saddle and a couple other things piled up on his Disk as he walked fearlessly up to the haughty eagle-headed, lion-bodied creature.

"Good morning. My name is Errant, and I'm a Heavenbound Warlock. I'm here to request your services as a mount in the service of Heaven."

Wrath burned up around him, golden glory suffused with the power of the celestial realms. Despite himself, Darkbolt's golden eyes widened at the nonesuch sight and power of it, an ancient calling burning in his soul.

"Griffons are the sacred animal of Aru. When the greatest knights of Aru ride to battle, they call for griffons, no lesser steeds." Errant looked up at the darkly feathered eagle's head above him. "I would like to show you why griffons ride with Heavenbound."

The griffon's head tilted sharply in a birdlike manner, and almost despite himself, shrilled a curious assent.

"I am going to saddle you." He jerked a thumb at his own back. "As you can see, I'm wearing a pack, for the exact same purpose. It's a more comfortable way to carry something. I'll take the saddle off when we're done, and I'll also show you how to take one off." He picked up the oversized saddle, as the griffon was significantly larger than most horses, and the griffon watched closely as he set the blanket on, dropped the saddle, and cinched it tight with the griffon's reluctant approval.

He also fixed two greaves along the raptor-like forelegs of Darkbolt, who chirruped unhappily at them, while Errant's Disk folded up in leaves and went back into his Masspack.

"Say 'lion'," he said calmly, stepping back and crossing his arms.

Darkbolt chirped something, and there was a flowing golden light. His raptor's forelegs transformed into the muscular legs and paws of a great lion, matching those of his hindquarters.

Darkbolt squawked in alarm, bouncing up and down, lifting up one paw, then another in surprise and fascination.

"Try running and jumping around. You'll find them much more comfortable for walking than talons," Errant said patiently.

Darkbolt did just that, prancing back and forth for a few minutes, sprinting fifty yards, leaping to and fro, dodging back and forth, finding the experience interesting. Indeed, it was much easier to get around like this on the ground.

"Say 'eagle'," Errant told him, and a shriek later, his talons were back as they were before. Chirps and shrieks interchanged as Darkbolt watched his forelegs change back and forth.

"Now, let me get up on you." The griffon didn't move as Errant fluidly set himself up into the saddle. "Now, I'm going to speak a terrible truth to you, which you already know." He pointed back to The Camp. "Griffons can't fly." The griffon looked back at him with a turn of his head. "If you don't believe me, go forty yards that way. Nothing that uses magical means to fly can stay airborne... not griffons, not pegasi, not dragons, not manticores, giant bats, or whatever. But a simple, ordinary bird has no problem flying there."

Darkbolt protested the unfairness of it, but looked away. All the Griffons had experience with the Fields, Sama had insisted they know what it felt like to be in one of them. It was frightening being forced into a power glide that barely slowed their descent...

"What this means is that you are magical, especially your wings... and Heavenbound can share their Whim with their mounts." Errant shifted his position as he concentrated, sending a flow of Wrath down his tailbone.

Darkbolt jumped five feet into the air at the sensation, his great dark wings snapping out in alarm... and they were sparkling with golden light in between his feathers.

"First application of Angel Walk, Light as an Angel. Jump for as much height as you can."

Darkbolt obligingly tensed down, and with a shriek bounced for altitude.

The shriek became a little wild as he shot up, nearly weightless, over a hundred feet above the ground in only a second, far, far higher than he had expected, in only a single beat of his wings.

He felt like he weighed nothing. Shrieking in glee, he beat his wings, and his body bounced around like a fledgling.

-Come to a halt, and put your feet down,- Errant /told him calmly in Marktell, now that they were touching. The Marked griffon looked at his mental image, and there was a ripple in his mindset as he beheld the burning purity of a Senior Heavenbound. Errant wasn't Sage Sama, but there was something both grim and glorious behind him that she didn't have.

Heaven...

He looked down, his dark wings aglitter with gold, and found himself standing on the air, faint golden mist curling away from his feet. Hesitantly, he paced forwards, and found his progress sure and easy, the air like a steady road under his claws.

Slowly, he picked up speed, wings out to glide, kicking forwards, moving faster and faster with ease, no effort behind the motion at all.

-Angel Walk. As long as I ride you, you can walk on air, and hover endlessly as a result. You can also stand on vertical surfaces... see that section of the Ring? Go land on it.-

The mental instruction was clear and precise, and Darkbolt went winging down in delight, feeling his increased agility and speed. He pulled up at the sheered-off section of stone, set his feet against it, and found himself standing easily on the cloven stone face at a ninety-degree angle. Errant, still on his back, was also perfectly fine, not dragged down at all.

The griffon turned a few circles, careful to keep three of his paws on the stone at all times, his tail swishing as he pondered the odd view from this angle.

-Makes for good hunting ability, flatten against a tree or hill, waiting for things. And even works upside down.- Darkbolt squawked enthusiastically. -It works on water, too. Go head over to the Worm and try it out.-

Eagerly, the griffon did just that, winging the half-mile or so there fairly quickly, taking the long loop around the Wards of The Camp. He swooped down upon the translucent silver waters and alighted atop them easily, sliding a bit, but the waters were heavy and barely stirred up under wingbeats and his landing.

He pranced around a bit in interest. He would never have to worry about drowning like this, would he?

-No. If you find yourself underwater, just activate it and you'll go right to the surface... and it'll dry you off, too.- Darkbolt was naturally delighted to hear that. Griffons couldn't fly if their wings were wet.

-Get some altitude, and I'll show you a power dive and pull-up you won't believe.-

Impossibly light, he shot into the air once more, soaring a thousand feet into the sky in mere breaths, feet pawing at the air to move straight up in a vertical without effort, great heart pounding at the speed and power of the ascent.

They were a mile in the sky within a minute, an impossible rate of ascent in any normal circumstances. Who needed thermals?! Just have a Heavenbound!

-Now, dive, and don't pull out. Trust the Heavens!-

Darkbolt screamed his eagerness, and dove.

Six gravities surged, and they dropped faster than any stone ever. Golden flames blazed around his head, and the wind howled past them as they built up speed, incredible, how fast, curling into a dive, the ground was coming up on them, and the anthem was soaring in his head and he didn't pull up, he knew if he tried to brake at this speed, his wings would rip right off.

Faster than an arrow, they dropped down from the skies. Anything he hit at this speed would likely kill both him and his target. The ground was leaping at them, how fast, never so fast ever-

His head was a foot from the ground when the Arms of the Angels caught them and dispersed all their momentum in a ripple of light.

Darkbolt called out in disbelief as he reached out and landed gently on his foreclaws, the rest of his body falling softly to the ground and alighting easily there.

-You cannot crash while a Heavenbound rides you!-

Darkbolt's heart beat crazily from the thrill and the release. Speed! Safety! Agility! He had thought he was the finest flier in his crown, but what did he know? This, this was what it meant to soar in the heavens!

-Would you like to fight with me, Darkbolt? We will soar over the world, and show them the power of Heaven!-

The griffon screamed his ready assent to this. Great lands spilling forth before them, soaring with the Heavens behind him... what more could a griffon ask for?!

Errant's mere thought turned his head to the Rift nearby.

-A Warlock must fight, and a Heavenbound even moreso. We must be blooded, and learn how to fight together, and no better way to do so exists than to pit ourselves against the creatures of the Warp. Are you ready to fight?-

Darkbolt shrieked enthusiastically. Glittering wings spread, and he picked up speed, prancing ahead, kicking off, and shooting across the ground, only a few feet above it, his hind legs driving him forwards at an increasingly fast clip. Errant nodded at nothing and limbered Grace in her scabbard. His sister and the girls were getting ready to fight with the Jadeiron Company, and he'd be joining them in the battle.

With Feist watching over the girls, he wasn't worried about them. The hyn Master was a deadly foe, and the girls had proven themselves repeatedly to be canny and instinctual fighters. But a battlefield was different from an ambush or a delve, and they needed this kind of experience as well.

They'd cover the miles in just a couple of minutes. The Warped were about to get another unwelcome surprise, courtesy of Heaven...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Because all good adventures start off with easily killed creepy-crawlies.

The three of us stepped into the opened zone, and came to a halt at almost the same instant.

"Well, that's clever," Briggs mused aloud, Endure on his shoulder as his pale violet eyes scanned the buildings around us.

They were overgrown with vines and plants and things, but there'd been some resistance from the stone streets, so the growths were shallow, basically rooted in moss and decomposed leaves. Still, the buildings were in surprisingly good shape, although showing signs of some explosion, eruption, or just plain age in their slow decomposition and the fact some of them had crumbled here and there.

Remarkably clean, too. No visible signs or hints of danger.

"Damn, isn't it? Sure gets them a conga line of munchies. No wonder the Hags didn't have much to worry about," I agreed.

AA's Helices swirled out, ancient blood, and seemed to caress some invisible lines in the air, which became momentarily visible as the living tendrils of his Helix draw swept through them. He looked back and forth with his crimson eyes. "Can you see them?" he wondered.

Mine and Briggs' Masks activated with a surge of Essence flowing into them. Seeing the Invisible was the Mask of Clarity Mastery/3 alternate power, past Deva- and Devilsight. My black and white pattern contrasted nicely with Briggs' more robotic/faceless warrior one, making it look like he'd donned a visor with only one cyclopean white eye glowing in the middle of his forehead. Very intimidating.

"They are all over the damn place," Briggs informed him, eyes white in black now, same as mine from Devilsight and Devasight. "I count at least fifty, and needless to say they are coming in our direction."

The sky was grey-blue, swirling with temporal wishy-washiness and the intrusion of the world behind, but it looked totally open all the way around.

If you could see invisible or ethereal items, or where the stuff was anchored, it was quite a bit more crowded.

Because every damn place everywhere was festooned in massive, wrist-thick spider webs!

"Well, start killing them, then," Ancientaxe groused. "How much for me to get one of those Mask Tats?"

"The inks run about 2k in comps, but you have to Karma them up yourself," I said, snagging Tremble and switching her to Firephasing. "They use the Weapon table, so getting them to Five is fifty k-days. You can fight-Invest because they are a Tat."

He grunted, actually understanding all that, unlike 99.999999% of this world's inhabitants.

Endure was in fire mode too, and the incoming spiders, all of them with bodies bigger than a horse, and legs going out much, much farther, paused for a moment despite themselves.

Then we began to shoot them down.

A mental touch was all we needed to coordinate. AA got everything within sixty feet, the limit of his Helix sensory capability. Briggs took the right, and I took the left.

He didn't bother to throw the Hammer, just the Sharding, a big burning hammer shooting out as he swung it, and slamming into the nearest ether widow. The black hourglass on its crystalline white hide was clearly visible as 100+ points of fire damage plowed directly into its face and popped it like a steaming egg, even though it was still ethereal.

A Banestar swirled its way into the face of another on my side, spurted out its back. AA swept down with Zeitgeist, and a crescent cutting arc shot out, equal parts wind and force, and chopped halfway through another one.

Naturally, all the ethereal webs in the way lit on fire, even if they were ethereal. Banefire really didn't care.

At first, the spiders were incensed. Ether widows are intelligent spiders, and there were rumors of web-cities of them on strange worlds and deep in the ether, where they waged war on formian ants, bee-people, thri-kreen, manscorpions, and other intelligent races of insectile creatures. Supposedly there was a section of Strife devoted just to the unending cycle of eating one another that the insectile and arachnid races indulged in.

As rapidly as we could swing our Weapons, the spiders died. They were shocked first at being seen, then at being hit, and finally at being one-shot. After all, they were far bigger and stronger than normal members of the giant spider family, used to snatching up intruders and dining on them out of sight of the main road by materializing the huge webs around their enemies and attacking from all sides. If they were too numerous or powerful, the spiders just let them pass.

The three of us were instead butchering them right out the gate, and in passing, their massive spiderweb was coming down.

I'd already conveyed all of this to the people behind us, who were creeped out by the idea of hundreds of giant spiders and a web big enough to swallow a small town covering the very sky above us.

On the other hand, Fido and Shirley were already bounding up here to do some serious house-dusting, totally unafraid of what the giant spiders might do.

We all felt the impact of multiple great legs coming down, and when the massive sword spider hove over a wall and got ready to come down on us with its glistening black barbed and razored legs, a scything Glaive-crescent showed it the tenor of the age, and ripped it apart instantly.

The ether widows did have time to run, as our range didn't cover nearly the range their web did. On the other hand, we were burning that web down around them, so if they went up, it was collapsing about and under them.

Now, they were in the Border Ethereal, like ghosts, immaterial and coterminous, able to ignore many materials and move through them. They couldn't actually attack us without materializing themselves, nor could they flee beyond the confines of the zone due to the temporal and dimensional distortion, they'd probably be ripped to shreds by planar pressure. They also couldn't go below ground, so that left them going and hiding in the houses and buildings, trying to get out of our line of fire.

Shirley and Fido came up to the edge of the zone, and did a very light set of One-Two's. One target only, not cones. The fires and rime were oddly transparent and ghostly.

Heh heh heh...

By the logic of being elemental creatures who could breathe out monstrously powerful Cones of energy, why couldn't they breathe out monstrously less powerful Rays instead? While they were swimming around in the elemental energies of the Yin-Yang pond, they were practicing changing the form of their breath weapons constantly, with Marked Casters demonstrating spells in Marktell to give them some guidelines and examples to go by.

As a result, they now had five different forms of breath weapons they could use, which was not a welcome surprise to these spiders.

The first and least powerful form was the equivalent of a Fan, a short-range swathe of fire or ice. Not powerful... but they could use it constantly. They could also instead concentrate it into their bite for a powerful discharge of energy in combat, if they so desired, just like an Energy Grasp spell.

The second form was a Ray, turning all that energy into a single target attack once every twelve seconds. Given how powerful they were, that was a 12d6 directed energy touch attack to the face, bound to be enjoyed.

The third way was a spattering of small exploding balls, minute meteors of energies that exploded every which way. They weren't individually powerful, but when they came flying out at one a second for eighteen seconds, with the same amount of time before being used again, they could create some havoc.

Alas, no spitting exploding fireballs of great size...

Fourth form was the classic Bolt AoE, five feet wide, a hundred feet long, recharging every twenty-four seconds. The fifth was naturally their natural Cone attack, with the thirty-second recharge.

They were naturally bursting to make use of Metamagic Spell-Like abilities to grant additional power to their breath weapons on demand, and learning how to use them to power other effects, and were more than happy to collaborate with the Casters of the Ironblood on joint uses. Charging up a Fire Caster's fireball with a little extra Hellpoodleness hello-how-are-ya got sinister little giggles all around...

The ether widows were getting the hot and cold end of the Ironblood's universal loathing of incorporeal creatures. We hated the way they ignored armor, hated the way they used status effects, hated the way they moved through walls to surprise attack, and hated the way they did the same to run away or avoid retribution.

Ghostfire and ghostrime were indeed a thing.

Spectral fire pushed along the Veil, and right through material walls, burning and freezing its way through the ether, doing no harm to material objects. However, this meant that the spiders trying to find cover from our attacks literally had no cover.

Hell Hounds are infamous for their visual perception, and can see invisible and ethereal objects as casually as humans see normal things. Fido and Shirley could see these spiders everywhere within their range, and simply began to alternate breathing on them with punching out Rays of fire and frost.

From their collars were hanging six different Baneskulls apiece, adding a nicely somber air to their immaculate poodle-do's. The lads had been happy to contribute them to the cause, and Vermin from the Dichromatic Plains were definitely among them.

They began to pick the spiders off heartlessly. The Rays burned holes right through them, or froze their thoraxes and blood solid. Burning, shriveled cow-sized spider corpses floated here and there, while others were stiff and unmoving as the hellpoodles, the Fire and Ice of the Ironblood, went to remorseless work killing off the spiders that had escaped us.

Of course, we were drastically thinning the spiders out, and fiery swathes were burning down their big web, much to their dismay. Whole sections of the gargantuan web were collapsing, and as they did, ethereal mounds of bones and shriveled corpses, literal hills of them, materialized in, on, and about the stone buildings, crushing some and starting several collapses.

I'm talking hills, fifty to a hundred feet high. These spiders had been preying on stuff coming out of the inner part of the city for a long, long time, which, given their numbers, was not all that surprising. There was enough prey to sustain so many of them...

Alas, they couldn't get away, and they really couldn't get close. Briggs and I were killing one every two seconds up to a hundred and fifty feet away, and AA doing the same if they got within sixty feet. They were trying to reach us ethereally, maneuvering around their webs, and weren't able to gather in sufficient numbers to do so before they died... and then the dogs came up and added to their problems, Rays crossing the Veil to pick them off wherever they fled to.

Some actually decided to materialize to escape the dogs, popping inside buildings and houses out of line of sight. The poodles naturally noticed these malcontents who dared to not die helplessly, and their locations. It was a great excuse to set the stone on fire and collapse the buildings on top of them as they froze and shattered.

Ex-Nessian and Canian Warhounds are no joke.

I noted to the people we'd left beyond that the wealth of hides and ivory here was incredible. The place was already at a quarter normal time, time on the ethereal was a tenth that, so the corpses of the magical creatures these spiders had been slaughtering for years were still in pretty good shape.

There were shouts from behind as eager berserkers raced after the North Wind to wipe out the last of them and harvest poison and web glands for me, and maybe get stinking filthy rich on ivory power comps for their Gear...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Feist is a Shadow Stalker, remember...

Time to send the girls off to war!

Verd, Veis, and Amber had been in many, many combat situations.

They had done a lot of sparring against other humans, humanoids, and their pets, especially on the little missions with Feist that Hazé had dropped them off on.

Then had come the more exciting minor missions for the Void Brothers, where they ran into things that were very magical and which brought up coldly chilling memories from the depths of the Ritual of the Silver Queen, recognition and an enmity that went deeper than bone.

Their work in Zynozure with Errant, especially the stuff going down deep, had involved more and more dangerous versions of this, necessitating ever more caution... and greater rewards.

And now... everything they had fought before was standing right across from them on an open field.

Feist was standing before the three girls, up on his Disk, watching the Warped anthros coming towards them with indifferent, deadly calm.

The girls had been in some larger scuffles, but they had never been on a true battlefield, where thousands contested in life and death, and one didn't run out of foes in a mere handful of breaths, nor was there an easy place to retreat to.

This was a place of cooperation, of trust in the blades beside you and the orders of the officers who commanded you. Your willingness not to run could be the lynchpin that decided the battle.

The girls stared at the creatures coming towards them, reading them, realizing that these were mutated former humans, servants of the Warped devolved to bestial forms, blind in their faith and 'gifts' of their masters. Their souls were already lost, promised away for ephemeral blessings and zealous fanaticism, ignoring the fact that all that the Warp Gods gave them, they could have gained for themselves.

No one knew better the value of their soul than a Hagchild. Giving it away to entities who valued them not at all stirred a deathly cold fire in them.

"Missiles," Feist ordered calmly.

The Quiver on Verd's back disgorged her Bow, while Veis and Amber drew theirs from the holsters at their sides, deCompressing from Hand size to Light crossbow size, as did Feist.

"Pick your targets," he ordered, as they looked over the ranks of Rockborn Spears in front of them. Around them, other arbalesters got ready, more Autobows rising and getting ready as they pointed at the sky. There was a scream of harpies flapping their way over, but they were just target practice if they stayed up there. However, winging in from the side was something moving very fast that was really going to give them a bad time...

Their Autobows had seen more action than those of the Dwarves, and despite the Rockborn having much bigger Heavy versions, the ranges of their weapons were the same. All of them had Archer Levels, after all, and hadn't been reluctant to feed their Weapons.

A drum began to beat in their minds, as the Cantor of the Dwarves thundered through on his drums, a rhythm and beat deep from the heart of the Land, driving them on with the knowledge their ancestors were behind them and their hearts were one, giving everyone a cadence and pattern to fall into.

Lines of Rockborn, Gnomes, and even a striker force of vassal Ancients began to pivot and move, posturing up as the Warped closed in. Healers made ready, while the x-sprits of the Autoballistae began to thrum and hurl out dark and heavy loads into the distance.

Bleating and braying forms kicked over, impaled by hungry javelins. The great horned cyclops rose up from behind the anthros, hefted its Runeball, and keen-eyed gnomes watched and waited for the thing to be hurled out. Quick fingers and Featherweight spells were ready to render its weight down to a drifting mote and make it useless.

The ballistae re-angled to the new target. The brute would be down in a minute or two to the six autoballistae, but the fight on the line would begin before then. The bloodthirsty braying and howling of the Warped was already reaching them, but nobody cared, listening to the pounding drum gathering all the impetus of history and raising it before them, and the orders being barked in curt Dwarven through the Marktell, clear and precise in intent and meaning, no ability to misunderstand.

The enemy's centaurs were also unlimbering powerful bows, motile horse archers that could be extremely annoying to face... not that the shielded and armored dwarven spears cared. Those centaurs were going to learn a deadly lesson about the range of heavy crossbows, and the firing rate of autobows.

Targets were dribbled out, the arbalesters oriented, and the silent command came.

There was no sound on the dwarven side, no calls to command, no deep singing, no pointing and shouting. Only silence, everything in Marktell, and the arcs of the first volleys shot out at their still-distant targets.

The Rockborn were firing salvoes, but the girls and Feist were aiming calmly, keeping their own target picks tight. Dark bolts of glassy material, trailing Banefire from borrowed Skulls, arced out and slammed into the middle front of the anthro lines. Two of the creatures were jerked off their feet with startled bleats, opening a hole in the rather loose lines that had to be quickly filled by those trampling over the ones in front.

They racked hard, lined up, fired again.

The two goat-headed sots moving up into the opening jerked and fell as the quarrels hammered into them. They racked together, aimed together.

The centaurs were just approaching their range when the flat trajectory of heavy quarrels came buzzing in and scythed through them. Garbed in little more than some loose hides, they screamed and crumpled by the dozens, shocked at the driving power of the shafts. Still, they rode up closer, as they knew the reload time of heavy crossbows meant they might take a pounding volley, but they could ride out of range before the next volley went off.

Their own arrows had just taken to the skies when the next Rockborn volleys went off, and needless to say, they weren't out of range.

They howled in disbelief as the bolts ripped through them, and turned to flee.

They weren't happy to inherit a third, more arcing volley in their backs before they could get out of range, either.

Some centaurs came riding up on the flanks, easily screened out by walls of long spears. They unleashed shots at point-blank range, and the tings of dozens of yard-long shafts bouncing off dwarven metal spattered like rain over the silent ranks of spears. Without a word being spoken, the arbalesters behind rose up, the long spears knelt, the shooters leveled their autobows, and discharged at their taller enemies at point-blank range, punching the shafts deep into them with great bloody holes.

The spears rose to guard the shooters, the crossbows were racked twice to pump the heavy sprits back, poised to lift, and the spears dropped as one, autobows aimed and loosed as the centaurs tried to react in time. Their screams preceded their bodies tumbling to the ground at the flesh-punching impacts of the bolts.

To the left of the girls, the gnomes were using their own autobow variants. Being mechanically inclined and renowned for their gearsmithing, they naturally weren't satisfied with just the power of a rapid-firing crossbow. Their weapons were lighter than those of the dwarves, but they had gone with a repeater variant, meant for closer support of a battle line, and could fire two bolts in series before pumping twice. It allowed them to capitalize on breaks and unready targets.

The whole corps of gnomes was standing on folding seats and flat boards, getting them up higher than the dwarves standing in front of them, who were almost a foot taller. With all those Spears in front of them, the gnomes could and would fire with near impunity... especially at anything that looked like it was going to throw something at them.

The anthros had elite troops, of course: seven-foot tall fanged gorehorns, ogre-sized minotaurs, and two hulking greathorns, twelve feet tall and massively overmuscled. They had horns and claws and fangs and hooves, were tall, strong, and brutal, painted all over in weird patterns, with skulls and teeth bracelets and trophies dangling about them.

Unfortunately for them, the dwarves just didn't care.

The minotaurs and greathorns wanted to run right up into the dwarven lines, counting on the crude but heavy plates of their armor and their own strength and thick hides to punch into the lines of longspears. If they had been facing individual dwarves, they probably could have done so.

But, just to get into range of their axes and clubs would bring them into the range of two layers of gleaming Spears. If they wanted to plow in like bulls with their horns and toss dwarves in every direction in bellowing fury... three ranks, a minimum of six planted longspears... all of them with the hard silver edge of being Soulbound.

The gorehorns crashed into that hedge of death in their frenzy, and were impaled and killed before their own shorter weapons even came into range. Instead of trapping the weapons with their corpses, the Spears suddenly shrank to a mere yard long instantly, letting the corpses fall, and as the second rank impaled the next wave, the first rank shot out to full length once more, driving into the unprepared third wave behind.

The losses of the Warped beast-men mounted quickly...

The minotaurs and greathorns found that they were big, wide targets, attracting twice as many Spears at their size. One or two they could strike aside, but six planted Spears was enough to defy even the rumbling mass of the first greathorn that came barreling in, head low and horns glowing with bloody Runes to reap and slay.

The first two Spears were struck aside with its club, but there were four more planted, dropping to meet it, and punching into its shoulders and neck as it bellowed at them... and the boar-stops slammed into its bones, the Energized aluminum shafts flexed, driving deeper into the gritty grey, blood-soaked earth, and forced the huge minotaur up, up to its full height. Over a foot of spearheads were buried in its flesh, the metal shafts bending at its weight and strength.

The retracted Spears of the front pair of Rockborn coolly shot upwards into its throat from their advantageous position, butts slamming on the ground and reaching right up into its skull as they finished the job the dwarves behind them had started.

One of the ballistae behind them discharged, and the driving bolt blew the hulking corpse back off the gleaming Spears, sending it crashing down on the shrieking gorehorns behind.

None of the mutates wanted to get into the opening the girls had forced in their lines, as they were quickly shot down, even before they could hang themselves on the dwarven Spears. The dwarves all noticed it, and there was a subtle shifting in the Rockborn lines, helped by leaving some corpses hanging to block the view of the braying mutates.

The gnomish infighters streamed past the rear ranks of the dwarves behind the four, Rockborn shifting sideways just enough to let them slide past.

Feist and Veis took the middle, Verd and Amber took the sides. Behind them, the gnomes capered in with deadly little smiles and gleaming eyes, kukris held chop and stop pattern like wingblades, and they all suddenly drove into the mass of beastmen.

Veis and Feist were below their line of sight, just like the gnomes, and hacked and stabbed with crippling blows to groin, knee, and hamstrings. Beastmen bleated and collapsed, and kukris chopped into throats or plunged into eyes as gnomes scampered past.

Verd was stabbing and cracking, her Spear Hedge alternately acting as staff, glaive, or piercer, chopping down legs and bringing them down into the remorseless kukris of the gnomes. Heart-thrusts stabbed out, widening the road the gnomes were pouring into and past her, and then she was plying her Spear above them as the mutates brayed and tried to forestall the stream of undersized death that was cutting them down.

Amber just put on a display, distracting the mutates from the real threat of the gnomish infighters, killing with Elan, her Rose-style Rapier. It was a flicker of burning motion, never more than three inches of it committed as it sought out eyes, bellies, throats, hamstrings, and groins in whipping arcs of silver. She danced here and there through the press, her Thorn-dagger Style plunging in and out of inappropriate places with alarming frequency, in between blocking and turning spears, axes, teeth, hooves, and claws aimed in her direction.

Behind the infighters, the dwarves moved, advancing smoothly, cracking the mutate lines, and Spears began to split them apart, hitting them from the flanks, and then from behind as the dwarves moved with almost magical precision to start encircling them.

Getting cut apart from within and encircled from without, even the frenzied mutates began to panic and look for a way to flee. However, running a gauntlet of thrusting longspears to get away wasn't a good way to stay alive, and presenting their backs to the waiting arbalesters willing to pick them off even less so...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

A certain white sheep has not been idle...

Errant hewed the head off the last of the minotaurs, and Darkbolt flung the corpse aside. Without pause, his Wrath lashed out and punched through a gorehorn, before splitting to cut down two more wounded ones fighting next to it.

The harpies that came with this group hadn't been at all prepared for a griffon-rider using Wrath, and he had cut them out of the sky, before turning his attention to the minotaurs who had decided not to charge pell-mell onto multiple Spears and were attempting to use the corpses of other mutates to force an opening.

Him diving down into their flanks had really spoiled that idea.

Wrath pulsed through him and down into Darkbolt, who trilled softly as the golden power mended his flesh of half a dozen spear wounds and one glancing axe-blow. In a couple minutes, he'd be fine. His beak and claws were coated in gore, but golden flames were slowly burning those away.

The griffon was very aware of how convenient this was, of course. As long as he fled, or just retreated from fighting for a moment, his wounds would clean up and he'd be fine. It wasn't like when he'd fought the dragon, when one claw and a tail lash had nearly killed him, rendering him unable to do battle!

"You know to not eat them. Corrupting energies flow through them," Errant said, a mental nudge and knee sending the griffon prancing towards the nearest group of gorehorns who hadn't had the sense to stop bleating and die yet. Errant's Wrath ranged out ahead, most of it devoted to healing, but enough was left, combined with Bane and Purity and Soul, to have some serious punch behind it.

With a call and an Oath, he reduced their healing to rip a Wall of Fire down the length of the mutate formation, a hundred feet of perfectly placed inferno that sent furred bodies tumbling this way and that as they were consumed, set others on fire, and generally played merry havoc with any semblance of a battle line they had left.

Darkbolt jumped suddenly as a group of mutates threw javelins at them. Lion-clawed, wings gleaming faintly gold, he bounced away as if he weighed a quarter of what he did, while Errant let the Wall of Fire lapse away and that section of the dwarven Spears rolled over the hapless, doomed brutes.

There was no way these hooved idiots could get away from Darkbolt, who closed on them so fast it seemed magical... since it was. The griffon smashed through them, ripping one's head off and tearing open two others, while Errant swept a head off its shoulders and discharged the Wrath in Grace to burn through the skull of a second who was too close.

Darkbolt went right, Errant turned left, and his Scepter Purity blasted one, forked into two others, and all three went flying back with holes through them. Darkbolt mauled the rest with savage abandon, Errant turning back to start killing and Cleaving on the griffon's right side, who responded by moving through the press as quickly as possible to give him more targets.

The mutates could only bleat, baaa, and flee. If they raised their javelins to throw, Errant promptly blasted them dead with Wrath. Darkbolt pounced on a few like a great eagle-headed cat, tearing them apart remorselessly, and then turned to watch the Wrath of Heaven pop them off in burning trios.

Errant withdrew, let the healing come back and continue working on the griffon, while taking a look over the battlefield.

The gnomes and dwarves had dealt with the Shaman of the tribe, the combination of ballista bolts and True Seeking a truly nasty combination, even at two hundred meters. Broad low magic combined with weapons could be just as powerful, used correctly, as mighty combat magic, and the two races knew that well. He'd've been happy to charge it and one-shot it, but no need. No demons were Summoned, and the Shaman's magic had basically been Countered or Dispelled promptly upon casting.

The hulking corpse of the horned cyclops was also proof of that. The lower-Level Gnome Casters had easily neutralized the power of its Runeball with casual Featherweights, bless their oversized noses, giving the ballista teams plenty of time to punch their loads into it. It had died without contributing to the battle at all.

Truthfully, he wasn't needed. The dwarven spear lines were practically impervious in real terms. The soldiers were heavy, strong, skilled, shieldplated, and disciplined. The Spears were all magical, however lightly, and Baneskulls were abounding, harvested from the heads of the more powerful creatures, the dead's own purified gold used to Infuse them in a slow but steady process of upgrades that was constantly ongoing.

The only chance for the Warped would be an equally obdurate spear line coming to meet them, and trying to grind them out. Good luck with that, especially with a Heartsong Cantor pounding out a +4 to-hit and damage to every combatant on the field, and the perfect responsiveness and clarity of the Marktell for conveying orders. The Warlord on duty wanted to strut his own stuff, after all, but not having Sama's power, was perfectly happy to let his Cantor contribute.

These Mutates didn't have a chance, and the dwarves knew it, which only further enhanced their confidence and resolve.

There were losses, of course, mainly lucky hits, crits in gamer terms, the law of large numbers coming down and wagging a finger. But the Healers were on everything, the Healing Traps could save anyone who was not dead. Healing Reserve could get anyone back to top physical shape within a minute, while Soak would return naturally.

The last of the fighting was a big blob over there, and Errant sent Darkbolt loping that way, high-stepping and half-gliding along, picking up speed without actually exerting much effort with a striding hover. It was like riding a furry Disk.

Yeah, the dwarves had folded around and had the conga line going, forcing the beastmen to run the length of their Spears to get away through the single break in their formation... where the arbalesters were promptly shooting them in the back as they fled.

The girls were in there, emptying out the middle with those steely little gnomish bastards. There was not much left for them to do as the Warped tried to get away, and the Rockborn politely put their hopes to rest. The Healers were moving in to attend to the wounded, and he dismounted smoothly, announcing to all and sundry that he was a Healer, too.

Quickly he had a line of those not fighting moving up, with triage happening as they walked, the most wounded at the front. Using the Wrath to heal others was almost exactly like Healing Reserve, with glowy golden flames instead of cool white mist, putting his hands on them and letting the healing power of Heaven burn away imperfections, fixing them up.

He quickly stopped a dozen of them from bleeding out, one after another, saved a couple eyes and limbs before they could further degrade, and then went back to the heavily wounded and started restoring them to the walking wounded. If they were quick enough, even severed limbs could be re-attached, the reclaiming of which was a priority when dragging away a wounded soldier from the field.

He ended up reattaching four arms, a dozen fingers and toes... and three big gnomish noses, bringing tears of joy to the little fellows. The other Healers were equally hard at work doing similar things, while around them the battlefield was being rapidly cleaned up.

The next group of Warped was already on the way, gathering up their numbers as they marched out of the Rift, and making ready to fight. Dwarven work crews and gnomish inspectors were scanning everything, corpses were burning vivic, and scraps were being gathered to be hauled off and dumped onto the increasingly large piles over by the Ring.

Errant eyed the massive collection of weapons and armor that had been heaped up by the battlefield cleaners. There was enough there to supply hundreds of thousands of troops... because they came off hundreds of thousands of troops. The ground here had seen an incredible amount of repeated slaughter, vivus burning over it drawn away into the Obelisks, the blue sky extending this way, the Land feasting...

His share of loot from the dead was dumped on his Disk by the cleaners, as they hastily cleaned and vacated the battlefield so the next army could get into position.

No defenses were allowed, be it pits, walls, stakes, fences, Wards, or mounds. Such defenses were excuses for the Warped to send more and more people, and were not worth the price that would be paid to keep them.

It was nonsensical, but totally necessary. The Warped had outnumbered them two to one in this fight, and those numbers were only going to rise. It was kind of a compliment to the dwarves, showing that they were elite and the enemy was treating them as such. However, it didn't take into account the power of the Marktell, the Marks, Soul Magic, or the Heartsong.

The dwarves had chosen the subtler effects of Soul Magic. Boots to anchor them to the ground and make them much, much harder to move, or dark Gauntlets that increased the power of hands and arms, instead of crackling lightning about their Weapons. Feats to heal and toughen themselves up, too.

They had stood, and they had held. They didn't need a wall, because they were the wall!

The emergency cases addressed, Errant joined the others in a quick evacuation from the field of battle. The elves were coming up, brightly colored, chanting a musical song that stirred even Rockborn blood, saluting the dwarves and gnomes as they marched by.

In a short amount of time, it would be them retreating bloodily from the field, getting saluted by the next to march up.

They withdrew the full three miles to The Camp, making use of the plentiful Healing Traps there to walk all the wounded over them, and all the Healers gathered in the hospice at its center to treat them. Others listened to the musicians playing the Healing Harps, getting back their Soak more quickly, while those who were lightly or not wounded at all reformed their camps and lines outside.

Errant joined the healing effort, and wasn't much surprised when the girls came traipsing up to him for some mending action.

They had been involved in some very intense fighting, and all of them had multiple injuries. That obviously meant they'd blown through their Soak, Vigor Uses, and Combat Vigor, and even having Doc handy didn't keep up with their injuries. Behind them, Feist looked fine, revolving that Tier Two Moon Dragon Healing Technique to restore his Health and injuries easily, and his Soak would replenish itself with time.

Their Vajras had cleaned them up, so although their attire was a bit shredded, it wasn't all that bloody or gory. As for the pain, well, their Con scores were all in the mid-20's at least, and how could it compare to the Ritual? They just accepted it and waited for the healing.

Nevertheless, all three were very happy to giggle when he took their hands one by one. They pulled in their Nulls, and the golden fires of Heaven's Wrath washed over them. Cuts, scrapes, gashes, gouges, rips, and tears that sometimes went right down to the bone mended up, and they all sighed despite themselves.

"If you go to the brownies, they can fix up your clothes so you don't have to bug Hazé," he winked at them. They were the last of his patients, waiting patiently until the other wounded were taken care of, so he got to his feet and walked away with them.

They sort of rolled their eyes and looked at one another. "Tremble can fix them quick, too, big brother!" Veis chimed up at him. But of course, Tremble was rather busy right now...

He made a face of acquiescence. "Are you all ready to go out there tomorrow?" he asked calmly.

"Yes!" they all nodded together, grim determination on their faces.

He glanced over at Master Feist. "Your assessment, Master Feist?" he asked calmly.

"They'd do better as elite shock troops, skirmishers, or scouts," the hyn admitted firmly. "Then again, so would I. We are here to learn how to be something other than what is natural for us."

"Goals?" he inquired of them.

"Bracers!" the girls all announced, faces twisting. "We were getting hit way too much. If it wasn't for our Crystal Shields, we would have had to run!" Verd complained unhappily.

Errant had to chuckle. "You walked onto a battlefield with no armor, stylish clothes, fought through the whole thing, got your clothes a little ripped and your hair out of place, and you complain you were hit too much." He rolled his eyes theatrically. They were all sitting on at least DR 5/- and +4 Nat AC; hitting them was like hitting wood. Those little wounds he'd been mending on them would have crippled normal folks, especially women, who couldn't normally use the Crystal Dragon disciplines.

No such problem for Hagchildren...

"Says the living target on a griffon jumping about like a rubber ball!" Amber shot right back without hesitation.

"Oh, Darkbolt was getting hit way too much, too. If I hadn't been healing him, he wouldn't have made it beyond the harpies," Errant assured them. "He's definitely considering the finer aspects of some well-made barding, but only the best will do, of course."

"Of course!" all four of them agreed together, as that only made perfect sense.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Because annoyance factor in adventures is a trope, too. And in real life, when you fight the bugs and the forest, it isn't in little set piece CR-appropriate encounters.

Flikflikflikflikflikflikflikchokchoksqueeeeeee...

The blood mantis was huge, thorax well over my head, pincers the size of yataghans, and it was both fast and flexible. It stabbed down with its pincers, trying to impale me with a rain of blows, totally unlike the grab and crush it was supposed to be using... but effective, nevertheless.

Until I chopped off both pincers, it drew them up and realized they were missing, just as I hopped forward and up and split it from head to thorax in irritation.

I lashed out before I landed, and the Banestar flashed out to the ten-foot dragonfly buzzing around Briggs and demanding his attention. Compound eyes caught the motion and it barely dodged the streak of slicing energy that would have cut it in two... and unfortunately, Dodge Missile is a 1/round thing unless you've got the Mastery and can burn AoO's off to dodge more, meaning Briggs' hammershard ventured into its face and blew it into mush.

He, in turn, spun and let go of Endure, which hurtled out and caromed into the side of the big slicer beetle that was stick-leg-dancing towards AA, who had just succeeded in blinding another dragonfly with his Helices and cut off its head. Big mandibles were nipping for a quick limb to pinch off and run away with, when Endure crashed into the side of the deer-sized bug's head, lifting it off its feet and making it the subject of a smithing project, with a manor's stone border wall playing the anvil. There was a wet crunch, and Endure zipped back to Briggs' hands... just as he jumped five feet to the side and hammered down.

The burrowing centipedal creature came bursting up right through the ancient stones of the street, looking to dig some gleaming pincer-mandibles into his guts. The next moment its iron-hard head crunched to the ground, deforming visibly, and everything within it squirted out of there.

"Shit!" A dozen root-lances exploded out of the soil, and it was a damn good thing I was so skinny, contorting myself around to watch the poisoned things zip up, nearly touching my cheek, and I circle-hacked with Tremble, cutting them all down as I jumped away, and then rolled my eyes.

The ground caved in at my destination, and a big mouth down there yawned open, four tentacles writhing up in my direction, hungry for a meal, and not incidentally the dead mantis tumbling down in that direction.

I slammed to a halt five feet above it on misting heels, spun and clipped all those tentacles, and then cut two, no three, banestars down into its mass, feeling annoyed and-whoop!

You wouldn't think giant locusts would be so aggressive. I counter-jumped past them as they came down at me, and as the pit gulper convulsed and died, two, three, four locusts in multiple parts crashed into the slope and fell down into its gullet.

A swarm of moths spreading white dust, skull marks on their wings, flowed towards Brother AA, whose Helix swirled through them and Zeitgeist chopped down. The Swarm exploded into floating dust, which was blown away as the rhinoceros beetle charging Briggs was grabbed by its horn and thrown over his head, its short, thick legs scrabbling, and crashed through the cloud of poison dust, sending it everywhere.

I pulled out Fall just because I was irked, and Sparkie popped in, grabbed his Skull from my Masspack, and energetically started zipping around shooting the smaller stuff. Some great worm thing heaved itself out of the ground, three feet thick and looking hungry, covered in and made of green stuff and wood fiber and nope, didn't help it much when AA ripped it down the side, Helices and Glaive turning that cut into a withering, dying wound of ghastly power.

Endure sent it crashing over on its side, shattering what it called a head, just to make sure it couldn't turn and take a bite at the Brother. Briggs caught his Hammer as he arrived next to the beetle he'd thrown away and brought Endure down to stop its wild scrabbling and contorted attempts to turn back over.

Something that looked half-lizard, half-centipede, and all ugly came racing through the undergrowth in serpentine, many-legged motion, bringing with it a couple friends. They all reared up as they got close to me and spat out this really nasty-smelling cloud of poison and acidic goo.

Then I was past them, thanking them for presenting their necks, inhaling the triple dose of poison and using it to catalyze my Poison Healing and get rid of the blistering sores from the exploding stand of seed pods that had tried to turn me into a source of fertilizer for some new grenadier flowers a little earlier.

Our mental communication was naturally faster and more accurate than any shouting, which would be drowned out by the crashing bugs humming, droning, shrieking, chittering, rustling, grinding, and skittering all around us. We all had versions of omnidirectional awareness, Briggs and I based around Tremblesense, and AA with his Helixsense. We noticed, we reported, we moved, we coordinated, and bugs and animate plants and whatever died around us.

There was a lot of nasty pollens and seeds floating in the air we had to actively use our Vajras to keep out, and pretty much all the plants were poisonous to one degree or another, all the flying sap and little hooks on the leaves and squirting bulbs and lashing roots and exploding seed pods and poking thorns trying to invite us in to stay for a while.

They didn't seem to take rejection well.

Now I knew why the spiders fed so well...

They looked like reeds, but they were as sharp as blades, and seemed to hum around us as Tremble played machete and I ceaselessly hacked apart everything in front of us. Banefire reduced the stalks to withered scatterings on the ground, popping up from the ground like buried fireworks.

There wasn't any safe place in this area. Giant bugs laired everywhere, and where they didn't, it was because the animated plants were there instead.

The dimensional stretching was at least ten to one, we'd moved at least five miles and were only halfway to the temporal barrier. The amount of killing that we'd done had been tremendous.

It wasn't like we could leave all these bugs to go flooding towards the food source behind us, i.e. the berserkers. So, we deliberately had to stir up trouble and attract the most active predators here to be butchered.

The plants, now, they could have sat back and done nothing, let us trundle on past. But no, no, they had to get involved, too.

Briggs hacked Endure in axe mode through a hollow trunk, wood exploded, and the quickwood quivered from roots to crown as he drove his shoulder into it and sent it crashing backwards.

AA was just coming around the corner of a half-crumbled wall, and the truck-sized scorpion caught the crashing tree right on its main body, hammering it down to the ground and cracking its carapace.

I was coming in the opposite direction, the van-sized wolf spider on my trail a bit startled when AA slid underneath it and Zeitgeist opened it up the long way. I inserted Tremble into a crack in the stunned scorpion's shell as it made some effort to lift up the dead and burning quickwood, and fired off two banestars into important areas inside it. Plink-plink, Sparkie picked off two oversized glow-bugs divebombing me, which blew up in midair in a sticky, acidic mess, and Fall politely inserted two force-quarrels in a couple of lidless scorp eyes, just to be sure.

Briggs splattered a dozen lightning bugs in a rolling double circle of his Hammer, and then hacked into a shambling mound of unusual (read: a small hill) size that was now without its I-love-lightning healers and size-boosters. It exploded into rotting plant matter in regret, and he sighed.

AA spit a pig-sized tiger beetle racing at him at a mad clip, stepping back and letting it split itself apart on Zeitgeist as it went by at a breakshell pace, and also looked around.

Cut like a knife, this mass of green and daylight from a sun that had not changed its angle for the last six hours gave way to another barrier. Roiling clouds of temporal action at the far end were slowly shredding this moment in time, the cycle of day and night about to go back to normal.

"So..." Briggs asked, taking deep, long breaths.

AA did the same, looking all around for signs of motion, listening for approaches.

"Clear over here," I announced, hopping down from the tail of the bus-sized scorpion, where I'd just harvested its poison sac. "Oh, wait. Briggs."

I threw out a banestar. Endure's hammershard roared up behind it.

Juking and jiggling like a ball on a string, the twenty-foot tall daddy longlegs dodged out of the way of my banestar, and moved right into the path of the hammershard. It splattered nicely, sending its torpedo-sized body flying away, and the legs at least thirty feet long after it, back into the trees and hanging vines it had come from.

AA walked over towards the wall. Briggs was closest, and spun out his Disk to sit down with a sigh. The urkhar joined him on it as I skated over.

"You can't be not tired," Brother Ancientaxe glared at me.

I screwed up my face, scratched my head. "Dunno. You think there might be some benefit to having a working 42 Con with the Endurance Mastery, or something?" I looked back at him, my eyes dancing. "And don't you be thinking I didn't notice you drinking that Elixir of Vitality."

His mouth opened, closed, and he smiled ruefully. "Endurance fights are not the specialty of Void Brothers," he admitted.

"I know. Slogs are jobs for big dumb strong me-not-think-go-hack types. Fortunately, a true warrior excels at all modes of combat, because mastery of one-shot kills doesn't help too awful much when fighting a forest." I nodded much too seriously at him, and he chuckled again.

He glanced at Briggs, then down our backtrail, which wasn't actually too awful straight, but for some reason was missing a lot of trees in the way. Some of which were burning, with big clouds of toxic smoke that stuck to the ground and clung to the thick undergrowth. "Are you sure Lumberjack isn't your chosen trade?"

"I'm a lumberjack and I'm okay..." Briggs replied firmly back to him, keeping his voice flat. It was a bad idea to make Briggs sing.

"He sleeps all night and he works all day!" I added on with a slow nod, and much more melody.

AA looked at Briggs, then me, knowing something was going on. "Is there a joke here I am not aware of?" he asked slowly.

"Ah, I don't remember it all," Briggs admitted.

"I do," I piped up, and Briggs blinked at me. "Dream is probably closer to Terra, so the Minstrel Levels grabbed a lot of the old music."

He looked intrigued, despite himself. "Do you remember the skit?" I pursed my lips and looked up and around, and a big smile crossed his face. "You're missing a hairy beard and some scones."

"I recall there was a dance line of hairy brutes along, too."

"Well, we definitely have the hair between the Brother and I, but I'm afraid that we're off on the dance line." The bemused AA nodded agreement, having no idea what was going on... but he did have almost as much body hair as Briggs.

"I guess I shall just have to make do without it." Briggs grinned wider, and AA looked interested, while I could tell Tremble and Sparkie were VERY curious. I let Tremble float, drew out her Scabbard, deCompressed it to full length, and held it out before me.

"Well, the weather for the whole area..." (1)

"That was totally ridiculous..." Brother Ancientaxe mumbled, and both Briggs and I agreed heartily.

Google the Lumberjack Song. Then imagine a half-orc Void Brother's expression. Credit to the Mick for first bringing it up to me, who's not a lumberjack, but he's okay.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Them dem obligations getting in the way of my Karmic Buffet!

As I'm introducing one, there's an info drop on Amazons at the end.

Errant fought twice more out there, earning himself some battlespoils, and facing off against one of their champions wielding a greataxe an ogre might enjoy. He was clad in that stupid spikey dire harness, waving that Axe about like a willow wand, and crashing it into Errant with abandon, mad joy, and lust for combat.

He'd nearly split Errant open at one point, but then found out that Wrath pretty much went right through non-Energized armor, and his insides were reduced to ash. Errant then split the head of the big scaled dog with the anti-magic collar the bastard was riding on before it could rip Darkbolt apart, and the two of them sat there and healed together slowly as they watched the rest of the fight roll on around them.

"You need to take you some Racial or Melee Levels, Darkbolt." He chucked the beaten and gnawed griffon's jaw, and the big fellow could only chirp in agreement. That had been one nasty Axe...

Sama was out exploring Yle Tyorm... although exploration probably wasn't the correct word for what they were doing there. A shattered temporal space a couple blocks wide was ending up to be a mile or more across, and just absolutely filled with dangerous stuff they didn't want streaming towards the berserkers and the North Wind... not that a whole lot of the stuff wasn't doing exactly that.

A hundred Ironblood and a few more Healers had been sent the first day. Then a company of elves and dwarves each arrived to reinforce them, as nasty crap continued to flow out of the inner city.

In real distance, the trio were maybe a half mile in. The amount of slaughter they were going through was unreal.

He really wanted to be there, but he knew his place wasn't there.

Hazé blew in on a magic wind next to him, but did no spellcasting. Like the previous day, the dwarves were handling everything, and her sudden intervention would have been a fine excuse to suddenly inject some demonic fun into everything.

She had already popped a Greater Sluggor earlier that day, serving with the knightly Orders during her turn on overwatch. The Void Brothers responding to the presence of demonkind didn't have a chance to kill before all those Shardrays reached out together and obliterated the crawling mass of pustulence from a thousand feet away.

Everybody kind of looked at her differently now, imagine that.

"Need help?" she asked, watching the dwarves pincer and rapidly hedgerow lines of armored Warped humans who were finding it hard to get to real fisticuffs, and not liking being groin-cut, hamstrung, and gut-ripped by the gnomish infighters. The wee lads were really getting a hardline reputation for their brutally efficient close-quarters work.

Feist, of course, was just death on bare feet, totally outclassing anyone but a Champion... and as that Champion found out, if the girls were helping him, outclassed him, too. Between the distraction of Veis hanging off his antlered helm, Amber's Rapier inserting itself into some sensitive areas, and Verd impaling his oversized fanged horse to force the initial dismount, Feist's clean-up work had been pretty simple.

This group had brought along a couple wyverns, which had kept him and Darkbolt occupied for a few minutes, but the advantage of his ranged attacks was not so easily overcome, and Wrath-enhanced speed and maneuverability on Darkbolt's side meant absolute advantage in the air. That fight hadn't come to much, and then he'd swept down to hack into some horrifically mutated, soul-lashed abominations whose mass was almost enough to breach the dwarven lines.

Purity had popped them into great stinking masses of vivic fire, and then the Company Commander, his physics-ignoring Axe, and his improbable Armor had ridden over with the anticipation of a good fight.

"You need some healing?" she asked, holding up a hand as she hovered next to him. He sighed.

"Four forty-point hits," he told her, shaking his head, and she whistled. "Yeah, I'm out of Soak. But the fight's done, so no. Let's head for the wounded." He tapped Darkbolt, whose limp was now gone. The griffon paced quickly for the back of the dwarven lines, where figures in white were moving quickly from person to person, first saving lives, loading them on wagons or Disks, then healing them up further.

Hazé was, of course, the highest level of Healer on the field, with her Reserve capable of giving back ten Health per round, as only a healing spell in Valence V could achieve. It generally took her no more than two or three long breaths per injured person to get them back to full Health and send them off to reclaim their Soak.

"You blew your Vigors that fast?" she asked, concerned.

"I could have sniped those abominations from a safe distance, I suppose, but they died much faster up close and personal, and I didn't want the dwarves sucking in the pestilence and corruption that long."

"Generous." But this was a battlefield, trading time for injuries. His Damage Reduction took care of a lot of minor injuries, to the extent that he could almost ignore most missile fire, but Darkbolt wasn't nearly at his level of innate defenses, as the griffon had quickly realized.

It was too true. Pets and mounts, even at the level of a griffon, simply weren't as tough as a Senior rider, especially a Deep Ten. His lack of armor meant his ability to avoid damage wasn't quite up to where he would want it yet, given that a Warped Champion could beat him down that fast in personal combat, but that Champion would have dispatched Darkbolt in seconds if the griffon had been his target.

She eyed the Collar floating on his Disk, and the Champion's Axe and helm. "Scalehound beats griffon?" she asked in interest. Darkbolt's feathers drooped slightly. "Don't worry. Invest the Karma, get bigger and tougher, and beat it down the next time."

Darkbolt's black crest rose in golden-eyed determination. That had truly been uncomfortable, being overpowered by the demonic scaled brute and its huge jaws. He chirped at Errant, who glanced his way.

"Melee Level. Primary Weapon, IUS/Natural Weapons. First Technique, Profound Natural Weapons. First Training Technique, Toughness. For a Melee, those are based off Melee Attack Bonus, and yours is already high as a Magical Beast. You will notice a very significant increase in the damage you deal out.

"Then take the second Melee Level, Weapon Spec in natural weapons, and Toughness Mastery/2. You'll be on your way to badassness quickly. After that, take the Advanced Template. Your crown's leader has that. It's why he's bigger and stronger than the rest of you. He's just a superior griffon."

Darkbolt called out excitedly. He could get that powerful? This was definitely the way he wanted to go!

"Aye, kill powerful enemies, get powerful. It's the way of the world." The griffon softly chirped agreement.

"You will be leaving for the capital today?" Hazé asked calmly.

"Aye," he said, patting Darkbolt. "Estemar has said he'd ride Darkbolt into battle, and help him advance. I'd like to take him into Zynozure, but I'm sure some mages would chop him up for his pinfeathers and blood, so there's no way." Darkbolt made an irritated screech, and both of the young humans nodded back at him. "Yeah, the Empire is not a nice place, especially the city. Even having me around probably wouldn't save you, too much greed in that place..."

"Do you know why you're being pulled back there? I don't mind 'porting there to pull people out, but staying there until the Day..."

"Heaven knows. But I'll have faith and trust that I should be there."

She was an Archtheurge of Sylune. She could only agree.

Teleporting back to Zynozure after finishing up helping with the healing was much easier, as he came right into the Temple of Sylune's Star Chamber, where a bevy of attractive women in white and black soon clustered around the barely-teenaged Archtheurge who'd brought him in and kindly shooed him out of the way as they got to talking about important business.

Smiling to himself, he quickly exited the lovely white building, built high enough to allow an excellent view of the Throned below, the ships traversing it, and the expanse of the waters around it; the truest heart of the Empire, the source of its lifesblood.

There was probably something really bad going to come out of that lake, whose legendary depths were said to hold the tombs of ancient kings, and the burial ships of emperors consigned to its depths. Errant sighed at the view, and headed for the Temple of Aru.

The Order of the Ruby Heart was nominally a Templar Order attached to the Church of Aru and enjoyed its unstinting support. Finding out that the Grand Maester had been killed and suborned by a doppelganger had sparked a dangerous fire in the hearts of the priests of the God of the Sun and Light, igniting a wave of martial fire that was filtering into the clergy all over the Empire.

Then the Visions, Dreams, Messages, and Prophecies had started to quietly come in, with the kind of no-nonsense weight behind them that prodded them to start taking action. Word of the great fight up north, and of a new kingdom being founded there, a fight under the very walls of Yle Tyorm, made for a fantastic excuse to start Doing Great Things.

He wasn't involved in those movements, but he knew a great many of the acolytes and younger priests had quickly been dispatched to the north to get themselves blooded, guided by senior Priests who were quietly taking with them Relics and wealth of the faith, to preserve and to build anew.

As such, there were far fewer young men and women around, and they were quietly thinning out by the day. What were left were men and women in their later years, who'd grown into their power and their faith, and who had made the choice not to run.

The Sun was setting on the Rose of the Empire. More than once, he caught the elders of the Temple looking up and around, at this grand and brightly-lit edifice of light and hope, built by the faithful in adoration of their god and the bright future He held for them. The light from it could be seen clear to the horizon, a beacon to all coming to the Rose, even if that light faded away into the darkness eating at the roots of the city.

They would be the last witnesses to the fall of the Rose. The Temple of the Sun's Promise, the heart of Aru in all the lands of the Empire, would fall with it.

But the Sun would still rise, and these old men and women would see that the coming darkness would know the price of bringing down The Light.

Three sets of silver eyes turned to look at him, and one set of grey.

One was a young knight of the Order of the Golden Stag, who'd sought him out for training after a wandering Celestial had sponsored him to the Order of the Shield. The second was an acolyte of Flora, who was not Powered, and been offered a way to serve by a Harvest Angel, directed to come here before displaying her abilities. The third was a slender, hatchet-faced young fellow, his eyes burning with subdued outrage and rebellion, sponsored by an Ahren to the Order of the Song, and rather sulking that he had to wait on Errant's return at all, eager to be about confronting the evils of the city with his new power.

The last was a young woman, who had been sent to the followers of Aethra the Rider many years ago by a certain Archtheurge of Sylune, and had taken the path of an Amazon, which was a variant, special path of Warlock.

He'd been training the Heavenbound when the news had broken, and left them to their devices temporarily while he headed north.

The eyes that met him showed no fear, and that was good.

"I have returned from the North, and the fight there," he told the four of them plainly, sitting down on a bench across from them. "I will ask you this straight-forwardly, and tell you the truth. If you choose to go to the North, I can take you there. If you do this, you will gain Levels quickly, if you remember what I talked to you about.

"If you choose to remain in the city, gaining Levels will be less steady, and more dangerous. The foes we seek here are not right out in the open, and will tend to vary between very weak and incredibly dangerous.

"I would have dearly loved to have the years needed to make you truly strong with the Angel Weight discipline. But we do not have that time, so we must seek strength the more direct way.

"So tell me now, my Brothers and Sisters... what do you want to do?"

Addendum: Amazons

This is a self-invented 'Class' inspired by DC Comics' Amazons, the sisters of Wonder Woman.

Amazons are considered a Warlock Class, because they are empowered by divine energy and an Oath to serve the Goddesses who empower them. Like Warlocks, there is a hard limit of five hundred Amazons per Goddess per World (and it reduces the number of Warlocks they might sponsor), meaning their numbers are strictly limited. They are only found among humans.

Amazons take twice the Karma to progress in their Primary Class. This is analogous to the Karma a normal Warlock would have to pay to advance their Warlock Masteries.

Amazons are turned into genetically perfect humans once they take their Oath. They have base 18 in all Stats, no randomness at all, but can still pick their first Level bonus, which is usually to Strength. That means that a starting Amazon starts at 21 Strength, as strong as an ogre, and stronger than any man is naturally, or four average men!

This transformation alone means there is no shortage of would-be Amazons, as even the ugliest and weakest woman will instantly become tall, beautiful, and very strong! Indeed, the goddesses seem to prefer such applicants, as they know best what it means to be weak and ugly in a world dominated by men...

For every Primary Level an Amazon gains, they gain a +1 bonus to Strength, and half that bonus to Con and Dex (i.e. +1 per two Levels). The rule of the DC Comic Amazons is that they vary in strength from five to ten times the strength of the naturally strongest men (Str 20). Five to ten times puts them at a strength score of 31 to 36 at that top end, which is possible without any magical Strength enhancements at all for any and every Amazon!

Thus, without ANY magical help, Amazons rapidly become stronger than any man, and even Powered tend to have to resort to extreme buffing to equal what they gain without effort.

Amazons can gain a Vajra, but Soul Magic and Ki are not traditional avenues of strength among them, and will be shunned by most Amazons instinctively, i.e. they have no desire to investigate them. Those with Human Levels, on the other hand...

Amazons are physically near-identical, with no more than a quarter-inch in body shape between them, i.e. they can all wear one another's clothes. They are all right-handed, ambidextrous, have the same dominant eye, step forward with the same foot, and otherwise exhibit Cadence, able to move and interact with one another in perfect trust and harmony, like an elite squad of marching troops or dancers, all without effort. Seeing a few hundred warrior woman sprinting at you in perfect lockstep has unnerved more than a few armies...

Amazons are restricted to traditional Amazon garb and gear, meaning unarmed combat, spear, knife, long and short swords, slings, bows, and glaives; shields, and light to medium armor. Given the choice between a bow and an automatic rifle, they'll grab the bow every time. They can USE just about any weapon well, but they will ditch things like maces and hammers and axes at the first opportunity, even if they are magical. Likewise, they will ride a horse before a motorcycle, but if no trained horse is available, will make do.

Amazons have no other magical ability, it's all used for their Stat buffs and 'perfect state', although, like Primos, they can still use magical items (they are not Forsaken). Thus, they almost always advance as a Melee combatant, with Levels in Archer and Scout taken secondary. The fact they are genius-level combatants with extreme cunning and strong personalities means that they end up looking down on normal human combatants who don't have nearly the same Stat lines as they do, and tend to rapidly assume leadership positions among male-dominated warriors, often to the men's displeasure.

They tend to not take kindly to receiving orders from men who have not proven their superiority, which is quite the tall order.

There are evil Amazons, sponsored by the dark goddesses, but they are not frequent in number, as the dark goddesses are more into witchcraft, poison, and intrigue, not fisticuffs. Such Amazons usually end up as temple guards or bodyguards to their priestesses, and have no influence. On the other side, there are whole nations led by the Amazons of Eryl the Storm Queen, and the various Good goddesses, led by Eryl's daughter Aethra, the Wind Rider. Amazons of Eryl are guided to gather together and form nations, and Amazons of the other Goddesses usually sprout within those, guiding them away from pure martial sexism and conquest to higher purposes.

While Eryl's Amazons are neutral and friendly to all other Amazons, the conflicts between the Good and Evil Amazons are vicious, bloody, and impossible to rectify. As the Good Amazons tend to be much easier to get along with, this usually results in the Evil Amazons forming their own nations and societies, which generally end as conquerors, pirates, and slavers, despised by all their neighbors, and tend to exacerbate gender conflicts on all sides. The fact that Eryllian Amazons are far from unwilling to also engage in gender-based conflicts certainly doesn't help matters, and even the Good Amazons look down on patriarchal systems.

Amazons are all six feet tall, beautiful, and can only reproduce with the approval of their goddess, i.e. their purpose is like that of a Warlock, to fight, not to be a Mother. They can reproduce parthenogenically, i.e. with other women, but if they chose a man, the daughter will always follow the father's coloration, otherwise defaulting to olive-skinned, dark-haired, and dark-eyed.

Amazons will only bear daughters, and those daughters will have a flat Stat line of 15 in all attributes, called Amazon-born. The daughters of Amazon-born will be normal humans. They only get the perfect Stat line if they swear the Oath, but unlike their mothers, they can be Powered and gain Caster Levels, which means that the prominent Casters in an Amazon society are almost always the Amazon-born daughters of Amazons.

Amazons have their own three Racial Levels, which effectively fits them ever more firmly into the trope of being an Amazon, i.e. strong, devoted warriors of their goddess, feeling completely secure in their role as the best warriors in the world. They notably lack much of the flexibility and versatility of thought of Amazons with Human Levels, as well as slowly losing understanding and empathy with normal Humans.

Among themselves, True Amazons are Amazon-born who have taken the Amazon Racial Levels; Sworn Amazons are Amazon-born with Human Levels; and Sworn Sisters are normal Human women who have sworn the Oath and become Amazons. Sworn Sisters are usually much more common outside Amazon nations, serving their Faiths or goddesses directly, and heavily biased towards the Good goddesses.

Amazon societies, while led by numbers of extraordinarily intelligent women, are also hampered by the conservatism of their own nature. Thus, innovation and advancement of Amazon society is almost always driven by the Amazon-born or the Sworn Sisters with Human Levels, who retain the versatility and adaptability of their origins, while the True Amazons end up serving as the conservative defenders and martial leaders of the nation.

Amazon societies are always defined by the horse or the sea. They will be either great horsewomen, renowned for their horse archers, or masters of the sea, renowned for their ships and naval warfare. An Amazon Empire will naturally be good at both. As the Patrons of Archery, Wind, and Storms are on their sides, this is quite natural.

Thus, most Amazon nations are island nations, or occupy great plains as formidable leaders of light to medium cavalry. Since Amazon nations are by writ backed by the goddesses they are sworn to, there is always a strong theocratic element to their society, which is always goddess-dominated. While Good Amazons will respect the male deities, the Neutral and Evil Amazons tend to ignore them or disparage them outright.

Amazons have a natural dislike of Hags, who come from literally the whole opposite end of the Dangerous Woman spectrum, and this carries over to Hagchildren instinctively. It is not something that they cannot recognize and overcome, of course.

There is an analogue to the Amazons sponsored by certain male deities, whose role is more of Shield Maidens. They are called the Erhiar, also named the Valkyrie, Air Maidens, and so forth among other cultures. Valus is their primary sponsor. They have a rivalry with Amazons, but tend to serve singly instead of in groups, going from battle to battle to fight alongside heroes, instead of being the heroes.

Because their assistance is often the difference between life and death, they are often called The Choosers of the Slain, i.e. they prevent heroes from being killed. Their role is more to inspire heroes to come forth, rather than BE the heroes themselves. In times of peace, they serve as god-approved messengers, trusted scouts, and inspire the warriors of the realms towards martial readiness in anticipation of the battles that will come.

Warriors of Valus and Mithar will follow an Erhiar without batting an eye, assured of entrance to the Halls of Glory if they fall in the battle to come.

As they watch over the souls of the faithful and guide them to valorous lives, Erhiar absolutely loathe undead, necromancers, and those who would profane the right of souls to proceed to their final reward.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Gamers don't know how to abuse temporal acceleration, uh-uh.

"You know, this is not nearly as fun as I thought it would be," Briggs commented, slumping down to a seat on a pile of fallen rubble. He kicked the head of a hacked carnoraptor out of the way with a sigh.

"These should not be here. Their time is long past... something must have brought them up from dark lands lost to time below, or they were drawn here," Brother Ancientaxe mused, sitting down next to the Ancient youth nearly as tall and broad as he was.

"Awwww, watsamatter, Briggs, you not get to dig into every hole and house and sniff out all the buried gold and ancient treasures that endured the millennia?" I asked him, skating over to take up my own perch.

"Snake!" he pointed out. I aimed Fall and held down the trigger as a series of bolts flashed out, each one manifesting after the one before it hit. The thirty-foot viper sidling in on us had great holes punched into it, and couldn't get into cover before the shots walked up its slithering diamond-scale patterns and blew its neck apart. Sparkie zipped over to pummel the head a couple of times and make sure it stayed down, its body writhing around on top of the T-Rex sized carnosaur that had somehow managed to survive here, and which Brother AA had opened up like a fish with severe disregard for its threat level.

"I haven't seen any real loot at all," he admitted, glancing around while barely moving his head. "I mean, seriously... there's even been few coins fallen into the soil and the dirt." He took a long step, drove a knife-hand into the ground, and pulled up a badly weathered copper coin between his thick fingers. "I don't know if someone vacuumed up the good stuff a long time ago, or it got burned away, or what... but we should have stumbled into something forgotten in a corner, and there's been nothing but scrap too rusted away to be worth anything, and certainly nothing magical."

AA nodded thoughtfully as Briggs sat back down. "That is true. This was a city of high magic. There should have been little magical trinkets and toys scattered here and there, a show of the city's wealth and joy. I have sensed nothing like that. Moreover... I've not seen any collected signs of the city's inhabitants, or a collective defense. Granted, the numbers of dead creatures may have obscured their bones and remnants, but there should have been some sign..."

"Well, that all depends on whether or not something removed them," I pointed out cheerfully. "This was a big city, and that was a lot of corpses that didn't get burned."

"Are you saying that someone came in and looted the city long ago?" he asked, crimson eyes narrowing. "Who?"

"Well, they would have had to be merciless, natives who could ignore the planar instability, magically gifted to sniff things out, inclined to dark magic, and, oh, probably with indefinitely long lifespans. Also probably experienced combatants, given the threat level of the native life, probably with knowledge of the powers behind the conflict so they could get into position... I wonder who fits that bill, who is known to be in the city right now?"

Briggs grimaced. "The Hags?"

"Uh-huh. Remember how Errant said he killed Zouma, a stormcrone, and she was a Legendary?"

"Yeah, she had some incredible pool of Health Qi. He had to facepalm her into the side of an air chute for two miles or something to burn it all away," Briggs nodded. AA's brows lifted in appreciation of the tactic.

"Well, records on the stormcrone only went back about two centuries." I jerked a thumb towards the middle of the city. "What you want to bet she built up all that power in the middle areas. You don't become a Legendary with a Qi pool like that without being around for deva's years.

"My personal guess is that they looted the city a long, long time ago, taking advantage of the temporal acceleration fields to do so, and they've been using the wealth to further their plans in the outside world. Just think of what it would cost to attract a Rift of that size here... and to set in motion what they are doing down south."

"And they animated all the dead?" Brother AA wondered aloud softly.

"They definitely had enough wealth to do it. Any mysterious runs on obsidian in the past five hundred years that all went missing?" I asked him.

"I'm sure if you asked Brother Bonescythe, he'd know." He looked at the blue sky that was far in the distance, taking its old sweet time catching up to us.

"We're at twenty times normal chronology already, and some of the side zones are even faster," I informed him. The temporal shift didn't stop my Marks, but I was thinking much faster than everyone outside, so it was like dealing with people in slow motion. Oddly enough, Tremble had no problem shifting her speed of thought, and was actually acting as an intermediary while I learned to do the same.

Briggs whistled under his breath. "This place is a leveling dream... if you can handle the action."

"Errant's bringing in some Warlocks, knights, and Priests from Zynozure to take advantage of the accelerated time, and the North Wind is moving the wall up. There's adventurers flocking to the place now, we let word spread. There's no cash loot to speak of, but if you want Karma, this is even better than the battlefield... if you can take the monsters."

"Grow in power or die." Brother AA was very familiar with the paradigm. "As long as they persist in the outer areas, and have good teamwork, they should be fine."

"So, we're two miles from the city center of the big hole, but we've traveled nearly a hundred." Briggs sighed. "It was nine miles after the first mile..."

"You're thinking what I'm thinking," I agreed, as Brother AA watched us. His eyebrow prodded an explanation. "It's increasing at ten to the power in miles closer to the center. The next mile is going to be near a thousand miles long."

"Ten thousand miles to the middle?" He was shocked, despite himself. It was like putting an entire world or more inside the ruins of the city!

"I'm pretty sure we're in the equivalent of a gestating new world here, and the Hags are trying to lord over and control it." I considered the implications. "This world won't just go away when we correct the time/space around it, it'll be shunted elsewhere... somewhere the Hags want it to go."

"They either sold off the souls of the inhabitants or are setting themselves up as creation goddesses of a new world," Brother AA said, his eyes narrowed.

"And if the time acceleration ratios are holding true, the next one there is a hundred times, and the one after that is four to five hundred. You can make some very, very long-term plans with that kind of time and nobody trying to stop you. Even just a year outside gives them centuries within to arrange stuff and make it happen."

"They could have made an army and marched out of here, practically unassailable," Briggs noted aloud. "No way we'd be able to keep up with their numbers..."

"The creatures that are born here are living on primal Qi in the air and at accelerated temporal wakes, drawn from the Ether and Dream. They will not last long outside of such conditions... a month or so at most, aging away quickly and dying. As we break the temporal walls, we essentially are bringing their doom," Brother AA said authoritatively.

Well, guess the Land had its own way of dealing with those born under grossly unreal conditions...

"Unless they can be forced into a new timestream that they can claim as their own, where the existing Land won't suck away all the power," Briggs observed.

"Or, more likely, the area can be sent to something really powerful as a snack or a breeding ground. But while Creation Goddesses is an option, I just don't really expect it of Hags, however ambitious. The Curse simply will not let them become divinities. Like it or not, their power is founded on the Curse; it would buckle under the power of a Divinity, and their souls would collapse under the pressure."

"The Hag Curse is very strong, but not enough to make a god," agreed Brother AA. "I had heard that one had become the Lord of a layer of Hell, but the power was not her own, and was taken away from her in the end, so that she might become the sacrifice for a true Lord to emerge. I think it was a hard lesson for the Hags... they truly cannot escape the Curse."

"Whatever it is, it sounds like something we can't let happen," agreed Briggs. "Is there really any way we can stop it, given the amount of time we have left?"

"There are a lot of scarily competent people coming to the North, who we can throw into this area or the fight against the Warped... who have been sending out more and more of their troops in response to ours getting tougher and tougher, in case you didn't notice. If we can set them up on clearing actions, using the time acceleration to our benefit... we can make the time we need by pressing in."

"The time we gain is not equal to the amount of area we will have to cover," pointed out Brother AA. "The inner areas are going to be simply immense!"

I snorted back at him, and pointed at Briggs with my thumb. "You didn't notice?" I asked AA.

He looked at Briggs, who looked confused. "I confess I did not?"

"His Source field is disrupting the Primal Qi in the area. It's like waving a big 'I'm an alien here!' sign. Why do you think stuff is always finding us all the time?" I kicked away a rock underneath me. "The only delay has been how long it takes them to get here. They can follow the path we are driving through the Qi in the air like a burning sign, and everything here is hostile to us because of it. We're bringing the outside world, and they don't want it here!"

"Ah," both of them said together, looked at one another, and exhaled. "That does explain the sheer amount of slaughter we've been having to do. Everything really is trying to kill us, isn't it?" Briggs murmured.

"The herbivores may not be hunting us, but they are certainly hostile when they see us, as you noticed." We'd killed enough saurials, saurids, and saurs over the past virtua month to fill up a lot of meat lockers. And we might have tried different types of roast dino meat, from a purely investigative standpoint...

"So, we have to get the people who hit a certain level of ability in here, and they've basically got to kill everything," Briggs said thoughtfully. "The loot will be shit, but they can make it up in Secondary Class Levels. That will also control the invading Warped forces, if the strength of those they face stay at a fairly constant level."

I found myself screwing my face up. "I wonder what the Warp Gods would think, them being abandoned by the real fighters because they didn't grant enough Karma quickly enough..."

Both of the men burst out laughing. "Can you make it so? It will take at least another of my Brothers to work with a Null and Source to shatter the barriers ringing the city, and press inside," AA noted.

"They'll all be eager to take advantage of the temporal acceleration to grind up Levels. The problem will be having alternatives to them popping off any Greater Demons who show up. We're going to need clerics ready with Ritual Abjurations and stuff. I don't think anyone wants to hack them down the long way."

"We should bring Errant, Hazé, and anyone relevant up with us, to take greatest advantage of the time acceleration," Briggs said thoughtfully. "Hazé might be needed to do many things, but if we're working on a hundred to one scale... she can Linejump out of here, do the 'porting, and come back, and she's still going to get 8:1 time usage or better, if everything is prepped for her to move."

"And she'll be moving stuff quick, because she won't want to miss out," I agreed.

"What of the Warped? Might they try to get involved in this?" Brother AA wondered.

"To be honest, I hope they try. This place will grind them up like meat, as they are even more alien than we are. It's an entire world in here. We are literally over a hundred miles of hungry forest and hungrier critters away from them. They are walking buffet tables, and they will be attended to by cheap and opportunistic gluttons, as is only appropriate."

"And we haven't even run into any truly organized forces, aside from the spiders at the beginning," AA said thoughtfully.

"Can't expect that to last," grunted Briggs. "The Hags will need hands to do stuff, slaves to make them feel better and generate faith and power for dark Patrons. That inner area is probably going to end up a war zone."

"At five hundred times normal speed," Brother AA mused, and his smile widened. "Ah, the irony."

"Going in to stop the Hags makes it incredibly tough for us to fight the Rift. They bring the Warp in, yet end up strengthening those fighting against them," I agreed. "Who knows, it may be part of the plan. Odds are the Warp Gods can't eliminate the Curse from them, despite all their promises, so the Hags don't trust them, and don't care if they fail, only that they get what they want."

"And what do they want?" Briggs asked me.

"They want power. It's the only thing that matters, in the end, to something that is Eternal. Power to stave off death, to fight against those that would hold them to their misdeeds. Everything else comes to those with power," I stated with certainty.

"So they got power from the Warp Gods... It is only for us to see what kind." Brother AA nodded. "We will need more bodies."

"I'm arranging things as we speak." I looked back along our path. "We've got one Renewal per spatial shard to do this, you know." That was how long it took for the outer world to push away and collapse the spatial zone here. Given patience and willingness to clear the shards, we could actually clear the whole city together, something the Brothers had not been able to do alone.

Even Brother AA twisted his face at my words. "That is a lot of time... but a lot of area to cover for that time."

"Yes. We need more superbly ready bodies. Your Brothers are going to be needed, with a lot of other heroes..."

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Since Alignments are a key part of the story, I'm going into more depth on them here. Since we live in a world without alignments and active gods, its hard to feel how real such things would be...

(This chapter is background, not a story. Feel free to skip to the next chapter!)

The forces of Good, Evil, Law, and Chaos represent conflicting profound forces that define the multiverse with their struggles and conflicts in the Power of Ten. As forces that profound, they exist beyond the gods, and the Divine could be said to be what they are because they represent minor tropes of different aspects of the Alignments.

A LOT gets argued about alignments when playing RPG's. This is because it's hard to pinhole people to an alignment... especially optimizers who want maximum benefits. Getting the rep of the Lawful and Good while being able to do anything you want, like the Chaotic and Evil, is basically what is pulling at people.

The difference is that when people assign an Alignment to their character, they are saying they are going to play him that way. However, if they don't play them that way, said people get very upset with their Dungeon Master coming in and saying, "No, you're CN, not NG, if you're stealing from everyone you can." In the interests of friendships and gaming, DM's end up having to put up with the Lawful Stupid, the Stupid Good, Chaotic Arseholes, and all sorts of dumb variants of 'Alignment' that have to do with keeping the game going rather than any sort of reason.

However, in a literary world, the exact opposite is true. Players don't get to just say 'I'm Neutral Good.' No, Good and Evil exist on their own, they are not defined by the characters. Someone thinking they define what Good is, is the exact same thing as an ant screaming at the Heavens to stop raining. The Alignments exist in and of themselves. Your Alignment is how close you stand to them, proven by word, thought and deed. Your Alignment is the result of the choices you make, it is not what 'decides' those choices, completely the opposite of what an almighty Player Character thinks.

Thus, a story with real Alignments is dealing with fundamental forces as primal as gravity and light. They can't be avoided or talked around. They are real and have real effects.

However, this doesn't mean that what any particular person believes is Good is 'good', or that what is 'good' is Good. In Earth's own history, Law/Civilization was seen as inherently 'good', while Chaos/Barbarianism was 'evil', and indeed the conflict between them shaped a lot of history.

But in the Power of Ten, because Good, Evil, Law, and Chaos are 'real', there are some tropes in effect, and NOT in effect, based on the power of the Alignments.

First of all, Human-style corruption of the Good gods isn't really there. You don't get Zeus going down to shape-change into the husbands of women and rape them to satisfy his libido. To be a Good god, you actually have to be Good and your choices resonate with it. The human desires and corruption would mean that god would make choices and move further and further from Good, falling into Neutrality. The searing arrogance and pride of the whole Olympian Pantheon means remarkably few of them would qualify as Good, among other things.

This fact of being Good means that things like War in Heaven between different opposing gods, angels, ahrens, celestials, devas, archons and whatnot... does not happen. Good people have many, many ways of resolving conflicts without resorting to butchering one another, and they have so many external enemies that there is tremendous incentive not to do so.

Good is also the alignment of empathy, compassion, understanding, and mercy. Because of that, Good is a higher power that can do something Neutrality and Evil cannot... they can bring the opposite ends of Goodness, Chaotic Good and Lawful Good, together in a greater understanding and recognition that all are parts of a greater whole, and no Alignment is inherently greater or more perfect or 'better' than the rest.

Oh, Good can 'compete' with itself... healthy competition is a matter of evolution, competence, and preparation, after all. But simply reducing war to athletic competitions, debates, setting goals in thwarting Evil, negotiations, mutual cooperation, trading of favors, or a thousand other ways means that Heaven gets along with its many parts on the wings of understanding, even if there is rivalry.

Secondly, Good stands against Evil. Oh, Evil may try to explain it away, especially devils who argue that they fight demons all day long, and isn't that doing Good by helping contain them? Yet the Hells, by their very existence, require Evil souls to make more devils, and those Evil souls generate the Sin that creates the demons. In effect, Hell is creating its own enemies by growing its own power... and despite Good getting involved in the war now and then, which should immediately turn the tide fantastically... it doesn't work.

Hell has no interest in stopping that eternal Law/Chaos war, or the flow of Evil souls. If that means competing with demons forever to do so, so be it. Managing an eternal stalemate is totally and completely within the bounds of Hell to do so, as long as it fosters Hells own survival!

Evil actions throw Good into stark relief. Good can be called the most restricted of the Alignments, for Good is defined by what it will NOT do more than any other Alignment. Things that Good will not do are deeds that generally generate the Sins that create the denizens of the lower realms. Evil, by contrast, is the least restricted of the Alignments, for the more Evil you are, the fewer the limits you place on what you will and will not do. Truly Chaotic and Evil people can murder a billion people as readily as they step on an ant.

Lawful Good people are the most restricted of Good folk, as obeying Good Laws naturally means that things like stealing from the rich and giving to the poor are quite out of line, among other things. It could be called the highest calling of civilized folk, since it has the fewest moral and ethical options open to it.

Chaotic Good folk, on the other hand, have the fewest restrictions of the Good on themselves, living as they will, with their own definition of what is Good being more important than what some sage or king or distant god says. Living with a clear and independent heart, they yet do not step over that line into selfish and uncaring behavior. Trying to do this without being affected by increasing communal bounds is often difficult, at least for humans.

Neutral Good folk see the benefits that both Law and Chaos can bring, and so try to take the best of both, and set aside what they consider unpalatable. In terms of numbers, most Good people are Neutral Good, as CG and LG are both extreme alignments that demand a great deal of those who follow them, and it is intrinsically HARD for a normal human to operate at those extremes of behavior long-term.

Because Good stands against Evil, it could be said that Evil makes Good strong. When people see Evil behavior directed at them, they understand there is a better way, and this is how Good prospers. In the end, Evil seldom truly conquers Good, because superior cooperation, trust, and harmony really are that powerful on the macro scale. Good is also capable of sacrifice of self that Evil is not, and if that means apocalypse on both sides, so be it.

What kills Good in the end is generally Neutrality, or the Grey. People like to separate the two sides into black and white, and the grey is what exists in between.

In real life, this is simply the people that take advantage of others, without being actively malicious about it, and think it's Just Fine... and get away with it. The worker who doesn't do their job, but still gets paid. The manager who gets the promotion because he drinks with the boss, not because he's competent. The merchant who soaks a client for every ounce of gold by whatever means, instead of treating him like a valued client. Viewing a stranger as a resource to be exploited, instead of an equal and a peer. Favoring blood ties over all else, and taking advantage of others to empower and enrich yourself without end, without necessarily using violent means, breaking the law, or such.

Such actions and views erode away the Good, as trust is not returned, faith is not restored, equality falls apart into various forms of justification and discrimination, and things start heading towards the zero-sum game where people can only prosper if someone else suffers. The idea of synergy where everyone benefits by supporting ideas becomes more and more difficult to take root if someone will benefit more than others by not going along with everyone else.

Evil tends to kill Neutrals, who generally are totally susceptible to the way Evil steps over the invisible lines of family, friendship, and community to advance themselves by more ruthless means. Subjected to such methods, Neutrals are likely to respond with the same, as such actions are often incredibly pragmatic and practical, and "get results". Coming up against Evil, Neutrals tend to darken over time as their own life choices taken to the extreme come back to bite at them, and they decide to bite the same way.

Evil people naturally don't think of themselves as 'bad'. They think of themselves as pragmatic and reasonable sorts who aren't bound by some kind of self-limitations or enforced morality dictated to them by others. They can be nice if they need to be nice, and they can impale a thousand babies as an object lesson, if they're Evil enough. This willingness to step outside moral and ethical boundaries others draw about themselves basically defines how Evil they are, and they generally aren't too concerned about it, and there certainly isn't anything WRONG with it, from their standpoint. It's just willingness to do what others are not!

Other implications of Real Alignments:

Rewarding Evil: Generally speaking, doesn't happen in the afterlife. Why? Because your boss is Evil. Alive, you are a potentially fattening soul, who can lead other souls to your boss. Dead? You're just a resource, like gold, to be spent and used as they deem fit. The forces that rule in the Lower Planes are Evil to a great and dark degree... in short, they are like you, only much, much worse, and they treat you accordingly. You have no value as an individual, no power to speak of, and are only a resource, which generally means being rendered down for more Sin, being agglomerated into a Fiend as a pawn in the machinations of those more powerful, used to power the furnaces and war machines of the Dark Planes, or tortured for emotional sustenance the doomed can subside on. You were rewarded while you lived. Dead, you pay it all back as the boss deems fit.

You are NOTHING, a disposable commodity.

Aural colors are not variable: Lawful Good is Silver, and Everyone sees it that way. There's no mistaking it, there's no interpreting it as something else, i.e. Chaotic Evil types don't see themselves as Silver and Lawful Goody-types as Black. LG is Silver. NG is Gold. CG is Rainbow or Orange. LN is Blue. True Neutral is Green. False Neutral is Clear or Brown. Chaotic Neutral is Grey. LE is Red. NE is Purple. CE is Black.

Creatures 'beyond Alignments' will still have resonance with one of these Alignments. They may have orange and blue reasonings, and consider themselves above such petty things... but those petty things define reality, so they aren't ignorable, and they will resonate accordingly... generally CE, as placing yourself above all morality and ethics is the highest degree of CE, however you want to justify it.

Celestials and servants of Heaven are not vulnerable to Evil: in 3rd Edition D&D, evil weapons are those that do the most damage to servants of Heaven, as they have damage reduction x/Evil. This is very dumb, from a logical standpoint, because Evil is what they are meant to fight the most. It is when Good does turn upon itself that it suffers the most, so in the world of Power of Ten, angels and celestials are most vulnerable to holy weapons turned upon them, and they have DR x/Good.

Likewise, the greatest enemies of the Evil are one another, not the Good. It is generally the fiend next to you who is most likely to get you killed, not some angel who could not care if he never meets you, and certainly doesn't want your wealth, power, or place in the lower planar hierarchy. Devils, daemons, and demons fight one another on unthinkable scales, and that is how the vast majority of them die, Evil preying upon itself. Heaven tends to fight Evil when needed, if it fights anyone, while the Neutral powers either stay out of things or act opportunistically, if at all, or have personal grudges/enemies they war against instead, staying 'above the conflict' which is so much larger than their own.

Thus, Fiends and the minions of Evil have the exact same vulnerability that Celestials do, x/Good, because Good is something they rarely run into; they need to protect themselves from one another!

The net effect is that Fiends can rip into one another, and find it difficult to kill one another with their DR, resulting in protracted battles of great violence. However, a single Angel can often defeat multiple Fiends, as they are both resistant to the damage Fiends inflict, and inflict damage that can cause them great harm. This satisfies the trope that Angels are usually seen as stronger than demons and devils of the same rank via a simple mechanics change.

The fact that demons and devils brought to the Mortal World often end up fighting celestials is a non-factor. Those conflicts are so small in the macro scheme of things they constitute a rounding error on the scales of the Divine.

Note that Evil and Good Magic are explicitly harmful to the opposing Alignment. Conversely, Evil magic also works just fine against Evil people most of the time, but Good Magic virtually never does.

Law and Chaos:

Law represents both the power of Fate, and the idea to subject all the multiverse to a single hierarchy and system of laws. It backs the power of science, civilization, discipline, unity, and inevitable progression towards a single perfect path.

Lawful Good is the force of Destiny, LN is pure Fate, and LE wields the power of Doom.

Law considers Chaos to be nothing but raw potential, waiting to be defined and ordered, perfected and refined towards the ultimate state. True Law considers any imperfection something that must be addressed and eliminated, and beings of Chaos should be dealt with immediately under this principle. Conflict within Law is evidence of imperfection, and dealing with internal divisions is merely refinement towards an ultimate state.

The fact that reconciling multiple types of Law is probably impossible until you end up in a state of total entropy at the heat death of the universe is not a concern of Law at all, they keep right at it.

Chaos represents Luck, individual choice, emotion, raw personal strength, conflict, and ultimate freedom. It backs the power of magic, favors individuals over the many, talent, drive, and endless variety and options, uncaring of where they lead among the many possibilities.

CG represents Good Luck, CN Luck fickle and fair, and CE very Bad Luck, indeed.

Chaos considers Law to be merely one option among the many possibilities available to reality, of no real importance save for its tendency to try to restrain other options and possibilities. Chaos acts on all other forces to open up defined paths back to infinite possibilities, gradually eroding away all other profound forces in a continual march towards entropy and rebirth. Law's attempts to restrain and limit it are met with passion and fury.

Internal conflicts within Chaos are constant, to be expected, and tend to be enjoyed by all concerned.

STRIFE: There are wars taking place between profound forces all the time. The place where most of these things take place is the realm of Strife (not yet featured in the novel).

Strife is a Plane of indeterminate size, exactly big enough to fit ALL the forces fighting there. These forces wax and wane as their corresponding forces in the mortal realms rise and fall, engaged in conflict unending on scales equally massive. The Planes are the source of the forces that fight here, the fighting rarely gets to the Planes themselves. Strife will expand to pull in invasions of the other Planes, removing them from the source and making it very difficult, if not impossible, for such forces to truly 'win' a fight against one another by always having wars occur on eternally neutral ground.

On Strife, Earth throws mountains at hurricanes from Air. Fire raises volcanoes and small suns in oceans of Water. World-trees do battle with Planet-spores, while Kaiju rage at both of them. Demons assault devils in a war as primal as time, while axiarchs build and anarchs destroy endlessly. Forces of Heaven confront Evil spilling off the Eternal War and attempting to corrupt all the other forces. Insect hive-minds consume one another ceaselessly, avians war on fish and furred alike, dinosaurs clash with mammals, sahaugin battle with mermen while Deep Ones prey on both, Jotuns continue their ages-old rivalry with Dragons, and life goes on.

Aberrants, Old Ones, and Elder Gods exist Outside Creation, and are not part of Strife. The Warp Gods exist in their own pocket universe, separated from the rest of Creation, where they toy with life as they wish. Both align with CE for the simple reason that they have no moral or ethical restrictions that would limit them, and their actions tend to confirm that disregard for same, even with rare exceptions that tend to end up being based on entertainment value.

Characters:

Sama: (L) NG – Lawful bias because of her enforced military background with the Ironblood.

Briggs: NG – Closer to nature and less constrained than Sama, and Sources tend to be more emotional than Nulls. His past and being an Ancient tends him towards N instead of Chaotic like many human Sources.

The Brotherhood: TN – Their whole existence is about bringing things back into Balance with the Land. They may want to be NG, but the things they have to do and the pressure they are under generally doesn't allow for the kind of slower, longer-term solutions being Good requires.

Estemar: LG – A Paladin is required by definition to be LG.

Animals, plants, uncaring people: False Neutral: Either they don't take a moral position from being unable to make such decisions, or simply don't care and follow their instincts. Most hiveminds are Neutral, instead of LN, for this reason... the lower orders obey out of instinct, not of choice, or simply can't think at all.

Errant: NG, a slight Lawful bias because of his family, but he's moving away from it once independent. Heavenbound by definition must be Good.

Hazé: Also NG, as the Goddess of Silver Magic is NG, and prefers that Alignment for her priests.

The Girls: Amber is CG, Verd and Veis are NG. Scut would also be CG. Mama is also NG.

Feist: N (G). He's quite ruthless, especially towards larger races, but the girls and Sage Sama have been softening him up with heroism, or maybe just antipathy for Evil.

The Ironblood: Most are NG/LG, due to being in harmony with Sama's Nightmare originally, i.e. the most moral of soldiers.

Rorn Greywolf: N(Chaotic) G. Most Northmen have a strong independent streak, but he's effectively rebelling against the traditions of his country and planning on conquering it to set himself up as a benevolent King and Source. Sama doesn't mind.

The average mercenary: N, LN, NE, LE. Concerned about paychecks and following orders to kill others, not much else. Oh, yeah, power!

Sorcerers and Rogues/thieves/scouts tend towards Chaos. Wizards and warriors tend towards Law. Barbarians tend to be quite Chaotic, especially Berserkers, while the vast majority of Monks are Lawful.

Any questions, leave them in the comments!

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Nope, won't abuse it, nope nope.

Who remembers Gemjump and rogue stones?

In the space of less than a day, there was a tremendous amount of movement.

The Brotherhood brought out an ancient spell for Hazé called Gemjump. A Valence V effect, it allowed the Caster to recall precisely to the gem the spell was placed within, regardless of distance or across planar boundaries. It even worked through the dimensional soup of Yle Tyorm, once a 'path' had been Interdicted through it. Naturally, the rogue stones that were usable with the spell were incredibly rare... and the Brotherhood owned several.

It meant that Hazé could take advantage of the temporal compression of the inner spatial zones of Yle Tyorm, and was able to, for example, go through Renewals one hundred times faster in the fourth Zone-ring. With a full load of spells and Teleports, she could also do many, many more teleport retrievals and evacuations of the faithful. Thus, although she wanted to participate in the clearing of the inner area, she chose to instead vastly accelerate the withdrawal of people and precious items from areas of the Empire. She directly spoke with Summoned Celestials of many of the Good gods and powers to coordinate where to go, and her years of lived-line expansion throughout all the lands of the Empire were put to good use.

The dragons doing overflights along the Road through the Badlands and the Dichromatic Plains were hurriedly brought into Yle Tyorm. Their flying ability and combined magical and fighting power would be very useful there, for the distances to be traveled were immense.

The news that Yle Tyorm was open to exploration, and the danger and degree of the monsters found within it, soon had adventurers from half the continent flocking there on dimensional wings to hunt great beasts without limit or restraint. Indeed, the time compression meant they could earn fortunes, or their deaths, in a much shorter time than anywhere else! The clearing of the outer zones soon began...

Brothers Firesword and Shadowknife took it upon themselves to be the Voids necessary to open up a Zone for exploitation, borrowing Nulls and Sources from the Ironblood to complete the effect. Generally speaking, the time-accelerating Zones were those the adventurers didn't want to disrupt quickly, giving them time to clear out anything, while those where Time was slow or twisted were ripped open and they only pressed in after the realm was normalized to deal with the many powerful things that were left behind.

The requirement for entering Yle Tyorm was being able to kill one of the Warped commanders or champions, or solo one of the powerful drakes, manticores, chimeras, demons, or other powerful beasts. Learning that there was also an endless amount of these creatures that could be killed, without having to delve into a land of ruins and ambushes by unknown and effectively countless numbers of strange magical creatures, many of the adventurers instead joined the companies marching to war, raising their general competency level.

This was good, because the Ironblood took over command of the city entry and defense, and their companies were clearing zones where adventurers failed or were reluctant to. Too, many of the experienced elves and dwarves burned to take advantage of the accelerated time, and formed bands both single and multi-racial, looking for combinations effective against the endless variety of creatures in the fallen city.

This required massive reorganization of the defense. Sama and friends were down in the hundred-fold Fourth Zone-ring, both dealing with the numbers of creatures being drawn in to fight them, and forging and making Gear. Nine hundred miles long and a third of that wide, the wild space in there was a primeval wilderness with ancient and powerful beasts in numbers... and more of them were always coming in from the Fifth Ring, the innermost, which was moving at a colossal four hundred times normal pacing and believed to be nine thousand miles deep...

Reaching them wasn't actually that hard. After ripping through the zone of time/space and forcing it back into compliance with reality, it was only three miles down the road, and the area itself cleared of remnant intrinsic life.

However, the Zones to the sides were not cleared. One was a slow time zone and so little threat, while the other was another accelerated time zone of fifteenfold or so speed, but still popping out new monsters regularly, and so the preferred target of many adventurers.

If they made it all the way to the fourth zone, Sama was not far away on the other side, slaughtering the locals, administering new Marks, and forging away with breathtaking speed. A reinforced camp where master smiths were laboring away at a hundred times normal speed meant huge amounts of iron needed to be shipped in to keep them busy, and in return high QL and/or magical Arms and Armor were sent back out at improbable speed.

The number of Marked proliferated across the newcomers, instantly moving them into command positions across multiple forces, while units who were all Marked enjoyed a massive boost in their combat prowess on the battlefields, becoming the backbones of their armies. The massive influx of Clerics, Favored, and other healers brought in by Hazé helped expand the recovery ability of the armies coming in tremendously, a necessity when those numbers also included many that needed to be blooded on the field of battle, and casualties were much, much higher than before.

Happily, there were many prominent Clerics among those brought in, who were more than happy to Abjure away Summoned demons, lessening the need for Void Brothers. Nobody really wanted to try fighting such things straight up if they had a choice, as very few had anywhere near the power of Hazé or the Void Brothers when fighting the things.

And all of it happened in a mere three days outside.

Sama put down her Shaping Hammer, and all work around the smithing site stopped. Dwarves, gnomes, dhatun, even a couple humans, and especially Briggs, waited silently by as she reached out with her bare hand and lifted the red-hot blade from the Anvil formed from a dozen different Fire-biased metals.

Frost gathered about her shoulders, forming a shimmering cloak of rimeflame. The icy cold stole across and down her arm, gathering in her Vajra, and followed her hand down the length of the blade, carbon dioxide hissing and flaring into mist as the cold stole into the metal, and began to drain the heat far faster, and under far more meticulous control, than any dousing in water, oil, or other liquid.

They had been here three days in the outside world, just a short distance beyond the temporal barrier in the fourth Zone-ring. Kill teams had ranged for miles in every direction, slaughtering the many beasts here which kept converging on them, an endless task yielding up furs, blood, organs, and other salvaged gold value in great measure. Fortunes had been made... and burned as power comps into making more magical items, or making current ones stronger.

Three days had been nearly a year. A year had been enough time to do a lot of work. Most especially, it had given them time to get their own key Gear the QL upgrades they needed, at least partially. They still hadn't gathered all the many things required to make a suit of orichalcum skinplate... but the temporal Quintessence generated when a reality zone like this was fractured and returned to normality was one of those items, so they were closer.

And so, Sama had forged Tremble's ultimate home, with adamant and gemstones traded from the elves and Rockborn, who even now weren't sure they believed what she had made.

It hissed with the cold in the air, the red heat of it fading, and the Runes on it awoke with gentle power.

This Sword she had made Properly, in accordance with the tenets of her Grandmastery.

Thus, she had forged it as other weapons first, each time at QL 40, an exemplar weapon of each and every type. Each such forging took twenty-one hours of her time. Spear, lance, dagger, hand axe, battle axe, mace, pick, hammer, scimitar, chain-whip/dart, short sword, rapier, long sword, until finally it was time to make the bastard sword.

Seeing her lift up the same metal over and over into the forms of what most there considered to be perfect weapons at QL 40, only to melt each down again into another weapon, had driven the smiths there nigh-crazy with such unreasonable demands of craftsmanship. How was what she was doing actually making a sword? Any of the weapons she had made would be fit for an Emperor or great champion to wield for the rest of their lives, practically begging the magic to come into them and empower them.

But no, they had all been melted down, into bars of metal once more, and reforged anew.

And now, they were done.

Her breath skimmed across the metal. The fires in the Runes, uncountable numbers of them, Runes made of Runes made of Runes, swirling with layers and layers of power, beaten inside the metal and without by all the continuous reforgings, until they intermixed and swam together with a power like none of them had ever seen.

The eyes of these master smiths, who had been blessed to look upon QL 40 Perfect Weapons, only a tale to some of them, closed despite themselves.

The sight of it was... too pure!

The craftsmanship seemed to hit the back of their eyes, without actually having any power to it, impacting their souls with the sheer absoluteness of its existence. This was craftsmanship beyond the mortal, embodying the very concept of what a Sword might be, taking mortal skill and materials and pushing them into the realm of the profound.

"A Truly Perfect Weapon," murmured a dwarven master-smith in awe. Only the greatest smiths of the race were ever thought to have made such a thing, and if such Arms existed, they were stored in vaults, or delivered unto the gods for safekeeping until needed, to be turned into artifacts or legendary Weapons used only by those who were post-Ten.

They watched her moving her palms over and past it, the sword balancing smoothly as her hands moved back and forth, supported on her Vajra, not quite touching it.

Her Phoenix Cloak shifted to acid, washing across the metal, sealing, treating, adding layers to the Runes of measure and finality. The greenish, liquid flame flowed back and forth, doing no harm, only adding the most perfect of finishes to the alchemical slakes and treatments that had been part of the entire process, and the Sword responded by beginning to steam.

Then, another round, another change, as the Phoenix Cloak became a crackling thing of lightning, snapping arcs of electricity crackling around her, dancing over and through the metal here and there, wild dances of chaos that yet somehow found themselves drawn into some kind of a greater pattern.

Her fingers and palms wove different and dangerous patterns, the Sword tumbling about in her grasp as her hands moved in some strange exchange of a greater Form the other smiths there couldn't understand. There was heat and induction, conduction and transferal, energy moving around and opening up, or closing down, connections finalized and others sealed away.

Then once again, the cold and the ki, coming in to remove the heat, and guide the final cooling-down process as no quenching could ever emulate, the incarnated energy of a soul coming in to remove the heat and guide the Sword into a final form more perfect than any of them had ever seen.

It had taken her a full month of labor to make this Sword, and the many weapons that had preceded it. Given the amount of work she could do on lesser Weapons, that level of effort and focus was just unreal to those who had seen her at work.

And now she was done, and Tremble would be finding a new home.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Will a magic sword break the rules of magic?

Mastering my Phoenix Cloak so that it could manifest as other Elements was one of the two Masteries attached to that Tat. The other Mastery concerned how the Phoenix could manifest and be controlled, both of which were vital to this final quenching, heating, and controlling the fire while forging.

Without access to comets or similar celestial ice, relying on my own soulrime to quench the adamant was the best choice.

Fifty days of Karma to boost effective Soulcaster Level to Fifteen via Soul Mastery. Fifty days of Karma to pay for Phoenix Cloak Mastery to Five, giving me control to go with the power. Fifty days of Karma to open the Tat to Five, for the raw power needed. Twenty-five days to get the Elemental Mastery to switch elemental damage around, thus being able to use lightning, cold, acid, or fire damage as needed... and even radiant, for the micro-etching of the smallest Runes. Induction, quenching, slaking, treating, heating, melting... my soul was intimately involved in every step of the process.

Some of the things were done concurrently, but generally it was part of the massive time suck, which this time-hastened zone of reality did so much to offset.

And hey, I grew a couple inches, too. Time does that for folks.

The metal settled and crystallized in strange patterns, the very movement from molten to solid state another final circumstance to imprint Runes upon it. The heavy metal in my hand, as Energized pure Earth elemental tungsten is three times as heavy as steel, settled into its final state with waves of ki and cold going through it, chasing away the heat, and I was aware of it on so many levels.

This was the Sword I remembered from the game, the Sword I had been awaiting for over eleven years of Nightmare and reality.

"Tremble," I said softly, as I held the sword across the top of the fingers of my two hands, "it is time for you to come home."

Power pulsed in this thing, but none of it was committed. I could forge a thousand gold worth of work into a Sword in an hour, using all my skill, my Shaping Tools, Floating Forge, and Anvil of Silent Thunder. It was a monstrous amount of work; a magical Weapon every two hours of work, if I so desired.

Forsaken can add goldweight value into an item by pure exercise of skill, something Powered have to do with Karma and Gold. Yeah, it takes money, but only a third of the cost of what we were making, as opposed to the half of Powered, so us Forsaken Smiths have a cost advantage. However, not many mundane smiths can do five hundred gold worth of work a day, and match the speed of Powered when it comes to making Gear. Infusion is half the cost of Investing, so unless you were a really good smith, Powered did it better.

I was a really good smith.

A QL 40 Crafting represented twenty-one thousand gold, forty-two goldweight, worth of labor. I had done that work thirteen times, and the remnants and echoes of that work still hummed in the adamant.

Then I had made the final version, at the highest level I could, the very limit of what adamant could attain. No mortal material I knew could be forged better.

QL 55 Adamant, which meant a check of 65, due to the difficulty of working with the metal. A Truly Perfect weapon, literally a stereotype incarnate of a bastard sword made for me... and it represented an additional 63k of value.

Tremble floated in. A fallen knight's sword, refined and improved by me, still a pale and ugly shadow of the silver-edged, flowing black metal in front of me.

Tremble actually held a tremendous amount of power. As an Intelligent Weapon, she could allocate great amounts of the Naming Karma I earned with her to improving her special powers, and the allocations to Arsenal, Arsenal II, Armory, and the like sucked in massive amounts of Karma to expand her versatility. On top of that, there were many external powers that could be worked into a Sword that were actually Slotless, and she'd improved herself that way, too.

Indestructible, for instance, would cost 30k all by itself.

"I am ready!" Her humming voice was eager. She could feel the nameless power held within the Sword, more than three hundred thousand gold of raw value, enough to pay for a lot of stuff.

Each +III addition to Greater Arsenal cost 18k. Each +IV, 32k. +V...50k. Finally adding her Special Purpose Power... 90k!

It all wouldn't be going very far. All that gold value of my forging would be disappearing right into the black hole of Gear upgrades.

Floating above me, she lowered herself point-down to the black star sapphire that was the eye of the waiting blade, touched it with her steel point.

Magic sparkled, and began to flow as Tremble transferred her Name.

Runes flared in polycolor glory on the new Sword. They lit up in series and combinations, representing every power and ability Tremble had and was bringing with her. The Sword hummed atop my fingers, my Soul Essence moving through it and making it Soulbound once again, my Item Familiar link transferring smoothly over through my connection as maker and wielder.

The old sword began to disintegrate as the magical meaning of it was removed. Flakes of steel shivered and fell apart, the gems inlaid in the guard shattered and fell to dust. From the pommel down, the old sword began to disintegrate, as the magic and essence of it poured down into its new home, less than the dust swept away by the breezes from the burning Floating Forges.

The last inch of her was blown away, and a flaring flash of completeness blinded everyone around who didn't have Devasight. I watched the Slots light up, one after another. Einz, Zvei, Drei, Veer, Funf, Zeks, Zeben, Akt, Neun... and Zehn.

A Ten-Slot Sword. The number of Ten-Slot Weapons in the whole of the Dwarven and Elven lands was probably measured on the fingers of one hand. It was just a massive amount of gold to be putting into a Weapon, a minimum of two hundred goldweight, gold that could be spent on many, many other things, instead of burned away forever to make a single Magical Weapon. One hundred magical swords, or one very magical sword?

In combined Naming Karma and Forging, Tremble was now well in excess of four hundred thousand gold in value, closer to five. It was quite unreal, but that's what happens when you feed Naming Karma into a Weapon for many, many days of battle.

"Mmmm." Tremble's stereo voice was crisper, clearer; still humming, but like it had gone to a much better set of speakers. "This is very comfortable, Sama!"

I smirked despite myself, as I flipped her up and grabbed her by the hilt.

She was a Heavy bastard Sword, admittedly a bit too long for me... but then, I hadn't reached my full height, and she could morph and pull back her length to current perfect size for me. Her weight was something that would break a normal person's wrists to use, but I had no problem with her, my Might effectively around 40. I flipped her about as casually as a willow wand... I'd have to do some katas to get really familiar with her again, but that was fine.

"Any problems with all the extra Slots? How's Final Arsenal?"

"Active without problems. I picked the defaults as we discussed, and a III, IV, and V to make Final Arsenal open and effective." She did a good false sigh in my hand. "You put so much into this, and it all went so fast..."

"A Grandmaster's Sword should be special, and you're all sorts of that."

"I think it's time to help Briggs with Endure," she said softly. Her True Perfection shifted to merely QL 40 Perfection dagger-form, and she zipped around to her comfortable old scabbard... I was going to have to make a new one for her, but it could wait.

I glanced over at Briggs, and the head and handle of the Hammer waiting in the Forge for me to get done. All the smiths in the area sighed despite themselves.

He'd only done five reforgings, as mace, flail, axe, maul, and pick, before coming back to hammer. But oh, did that Hammer look nasty... without being an oversized joke, as so many of the Warped liked to use. No, using a Hammer with an end bigger than your head is not necessarily so effective, given how well you are controlling it.

"Let's go, fuzzy," I grinned.

Three hundred days inside, three outside, had been good to him. He'd gained his Levels and the Masteries he wanted; the unending killing we had to do every day had been good for the soul, as it were. He'd hit Ten, topped off his Grandmastery, and he could now officially Wreck Face. Even the Void Brothers were very respectful when they talked to him now. The power of his hammer blows was just freaking insane. I knew that I was extremely deadly with a Sword, but his Hammer was just overwhelming.

And you know, that was fine. We made a good team, there was no doubt about it.

We were working on his ultimate Hammer, the same way I'd worked on Tremble. I still had to do Stand... that was my next project, and wouldn't take as long as Tremble did, but her little brother was already champing at the bit.

-So, what did you decide to go with?- I /asked her, as I readied my Hammer to help Briggs with his final poundings. His pale violet eyes were glowing with expectation.

-The four defaults will be +I, Water School Sword, Fire School Sword, and Courageous. All effects are constant and beneficial, but can be swapped out easily enough for Final Arsenal effects.

-I opened the +III paradigm with Speed, - !?,– and the +IV with Brilliance. The +V was Vorpal, of course.- Well, of course. Just in case we had to fight a Jabberwock. Blowing fifty days worth of Karma on that possibility... We'd had to bring in Ligaii, the male Valor dragon, for the Spellcraft Ranks for the IV and V effects, but if you can't take advantage of having a dragon in Marktell, what kind of person were you?

-No Healing Edge?- I was surprised. I mean, Doc was fine and all, but I seriously wanted that effect for my long-term staying power.

-I'm working on that next. It's redundant, and Speed giving you that extra attack is an offense boost I think we're going to need.-

Redundant?... -Okay. Go on.-

Delighted I'd not second-guessed her, she continued. -I upgraded Impervious to Indestructible, of course, since I don't feel like getting Sundered by a Greater Demon.- Mental thumbs up. -I picked my second Extraordinary Power to be Teleport, three times a day.-

Okay, that was a utility effect, and my greatest metagame disadvantage was a lack of long-range mobility. She could even upgrade this to five a day... with more Karma. It made my Visual File and Lived-Line useful. Naturally I'd have to pull in my Null to actually use it... but it also meant that she could pull me out of a bad situation if the need arose.

-I spent a lot on that Planecutting effect you wanted. There's two uses of it.- Excellent utility value with that...

-I picked Umbral as a supplemental IV, given these over-armored steroid-inhaling rejects we've been fighting.- Okay, another 32k gone, but being able to ignore all their armor was pretty nice. Potentially meant up to a +14 to hit, more if they used a shield, which they seldom seemed to do.

I knew she was going to make me wait, so I just smiled as I hammered with Briggs, our blows a cadence of destruction on the adamant. I was just adding the force and putting things in motion, his ki was the stuff doing all the directing. At this point, he was actually a better overall smith than I was, except with Swords, given how his Hammer Grandmastery dovetailed with smithing overall.

-I thought a long time about my Special Purpose Power,- she finally /went on. -Thwarting the Curse of the Hag allowed for a lot of flexibility.- Choosing a special purpose had been all her, I'd just gone over how to approach it with her. Until she chose the power to go with it, it didn't really have an Ego effect, but now she'd done it.

-Taking an offensive spell was very tempting. Fireballs in all directions would give me a direct effect on combat that could be used at close and distant range, I would always have something to do!

-Except when I wasn't fighting, and then it would be useless. It was too much like the Curse... all death and destruction, no life and rebuilding.

- I was going to go with Telekinesis, as that would give me many, many options in uptime and downtime to do things.- I nodded at that choice. -But then you told me that power was available as a Ring, which meant it could also be used in a Rod, and thus usable in my Wand Chamber, or added to my Pommelstone.-

Also true. No need to have the power twice, and it wasn't like I needed it right now.

-So I decided to completely break the rules and crash the magic. I picked Reach Cures.-

It didn't affect my hammering, but I mentally blinked. -In a V Valence?- I /clarified.

-Yes!- She sounded quite smug at the fact she had just crashed the system.

No wonder she said Healing Edge was redundant...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

I know, I know, any Healer in a video game can do this... and it forces the bosses to be able to two-three shot most characters JUST to cope with it. If they aren't powerful enough to do so?...

And naturally enough, this amount of healing when applied to an army is stupefyingly powerful...

Unlimited Cure V's at will, every six seconds, in service to her Special Purpose of Thwart the Hag Curse.

She had chosen that Special Purpose with the clear idea that it put her solidly against all Hags, their plans, minions, and allies, AND it also meant supporting Hagchildren, the cast-offs of the Curse, and their plans, minions, and allies.

So, for example, it included me, all my Ironblood, and anyone fighting beside me.

Reach was one of the two Ranged Spell Metamagicks in the system. Distance, the first, doubled the range of a spell, and was basically used on long range spells to make them just ridiculously long range... or, if Weirded, to double the range of any spell for no cost.

Reach extended the range of a spell by one category, from Touch to Close to Short to Medium to Long, each increase costing an additional Slot to power the effect. A Touch Spell was effectively turned into a Ray, delivering the effect elsewhere. It couldn't be Weirded, unlike Distance, but that hardly hurt its power.

She was saying that she could use a Cure spell in a V Slot, with Reach. That meant there were five variations on the base spell she could use.

The V Valence Cure spell was Cure Deadly Wounds. It healed up to 5d8+5x Caster Level, max 75, hit points, meaning both/either Soak and Health. It also could return someone to life who had died within the past minute, making it truly able to cure deadly wounds.

The Heal spell was also a V, but both healed more damage and removed a lot of conditional effects, like disease, blindness, deafness, and the like. It couldn't bring back anyone who was dead, and it wasn't in the Cure line of spells, although it was in the Healing Sphere for Divine Casters.

There was also a Mass Cure Light Wounds effect, sort of like bomb healing. Roughly fifteen feet in radius, up to one person per Caster Level, a d8+CL in healing to all of them.

Being Soulbonded increased her effective Caster Level to 15 or so, so that's what her effects had been boosted to. They could go to 20, but Crafting reflected Reality, and I couldn't Craft in a CL higher than my Ranks. The spells had caps in effective Caster Level, but still...

Cure Deadly Wounds at touch, 5d8+75 Healing.

Cure Critical Wounds up to sixty feet away, 4d8+40.

Cure Serious Wounds up to a hundred and twenty-five feet away, 3d8+30.

Cure Moderate Wounds up to two hundred and fifty feet away, 2d8+20.

Cure Light Wounds up to one thousand feet away, d8+5.

Mass Curing of up to fifteen individuals in a circle up to fifteen feet in radius, d8+15, up to sixty feet away...

Repeatable endlessly...

-Is there a cap on this?- I /asked softly. Because this unlimited amount of healing magic was really, really broken. Healing Traps had unlimited use, but would only work once a Renewal for anyone.

Being able to zap me once every six seconds for 100 points of Healing, and even bring me directly back from dead? Health Qi could take a hike, I'd basically be unkillable except to a massive one-hit... and then be right back no more than six seconds later!

-I don't think so..?- she /replied, uncertain, and I breathed out despite myself.

-There's almost no way it's not, Trem. Positive and negative energy have some severe restrictions on them. I'm sure there's going to be a resonance effect of somewhere from three to five times a Renewal per person.-

-What? But I could have fireballed or lightning bolted all day!- she /protested.

-Which amounts to something less than five times a day per individual, right?- I /added knowingly. She made a strangled /sound.

-Okay, so Healing Edge isn't redundant. I'll start to work on it again promptly.- She sounded very disappointed. In the meantime, I could always use Doc in its setting on Stand. The girls had grown past needing him.

-Don't be unhappy. You're capable of saving an unlimited number of people from dying in combat, if you get to them fast enough. You've got area heals, incredibly long-range target heals, and incredibly powerful touch heals. You're literally as powerful as a dozen Ten Healers going at it, if not moreso. By yourself, you could heal an entire army in under an hour, and keep them on their feet during combat.

-It might not have unlimited use in personal combat with me, but you know what? You can save me from dying several times a day. That is huge all by itself. I'm fully capable of restoring my Soak over an extended fight, gradually, and with this kind of safety valve, I'll be doing fine. Get that Healing Edge back for eternal staying power, and we'll be fine.

-And you know what?-

My /voice had that conspiratorial edge she loved. It meant she was going to find out something else about the rules of the world that could be exploited. -What?- she /whispered back.

-Transfer Wounds counts as a Cure spell, right? But you're transferring the damage, not healing it, so there's no resonance...-

The star sapphire on the Sword at my back glittered with cold light. -Combine Healing Edge with Transfer Wounds, and we could heal others all day...- she /realized.

-It isn't like I don't have a stupid amount of Health, and if we turn Healing Edge into a cyclic pumping effect... well, it's not stupid broken for myself, but if I'm fighting with others, they are going to think so!-

Tremble shivered behind me, letting out a nasty /cackle I approved of tremendously. The Ironblood were going to get another notch on the unkillable cockroach scale when she and I were around.

And really, while I was away smithing, she'd be able to run battlefield healing support for any of the forces out there. I pointed this out, and she got excited all over again. The fact she couldn't give me unlimited healing didn't change the fact that she could deal out unlimited healing, as long as she could do so to different people.

It was a stupid broken Special Purpose Power, and really only possible on a Weapon.

Another thing was that negative energy destroyed resonance. So, people wounded by negative energy attacks, or fighting undead, could be healed multiple times, as the two energies rose in opposition to one another.

Mass CLW was also a mini-fireball against undead and negative energy life forms, which meant that she did have a limited unlimited offensive use to that effect. Sure, it would only wipe skels and zombies, but what did you need unlimited offensive power against when it came to undead? It wasn't like vampires occurred in the millions...

Yeah, I wasn't seeing the downside, as long as it was usable more than once a Renewal per person. I personally hoped three times, but we'd have to see...

If I could get myself a measure of Fast Healing, I'd be able to Transfer Wounds even outside of combat. Mmmm... what Templates or Classes gave that? It'd be like a back-end Healing Reserve, only really painful to Yours Truly.

Okay, Tremble had spent 50k on opening a V Slot effect with Vorpal. That Enhancement was basically only useful if you could barely hit. It required a nat 20, and ping, off with the head. The problem was, I had a x4 crit, and around a hundred damage a swing with my Grandmastery. So, it was only useful against creatures that had more than 400 Health, as a crit would kill them anyway. It would only proc one swing in twenty, and there were very, very few creatures that could stand up to twenty hits from me without a biiig pool of Health Qi... and if they had Health Qi, they could spend it to null the Vorpal effect, so it was useless against them...

Except against Jabberwocks, who had something like DR/30 and an insane regen rate against non-Vorpal Weapons. I might never run into one, but she had heard me mention it, and the V-Slot effects were... not spectacular for their cost, anyways. Still, needed them open to add in later Legendary +VI and greater effects.

Oh, yeah, demiliches, too. Hmm...

Bless the dragons for having Spellcraft Ranks equal to their Hit Dice. Inherited genetic knowledge was such a nice thing when you had the Hit Die to abuse it...

I could now have Courageous up all the time, and with Fire and Water Discipline, was provided an extra +3 To hit, each. That +6 to hit gave me a lot of room to trade off for Power Attack and Expertise if I so desired, which was entirely the point of it. The standing +I final Slot meant Tremble would be +5 base against all creatures, which actually bypassed most DR types on the face of it, and practically ensured Anathema would kick in for some extra damage on them.

If I was fighting extremely armored stuff, Umbral would mess them up badly. If I was fighting crap with extreme natural armor, Brilliant would do the same to the monsters. Umbral could be thwarted by Energized armor, but only people who hated touch attacks that ignored armor invested in such stuff. Like, oh, the Ironblood...

Speed would just increase my damage output against chaff and minions that I would hit anyways, or be good for long slog fights against bosses.

The net effect of all this was not a huge increase in damage. It did, however, mean that I was going to hit what I fought, as I could neutralize either the armor or the natural armor of my enemies completely, which was huge against specific foes.

Unless they were constructs, but that was something me and my Scarab vs. Golems could deal with...

Teleport would let me bop around and give me a bailout option in case things went really south. Very useful.

Planecutting, ah. That was a Mass Travel option. Using Tremble, I could cut the Veil to another plane and step on through, the Portal staying open for a couple minutes (150 seconds, to be exact). Then, on the other side, I could cut a Portal back through to home... or some other destination halfway around the world, if I could locate it.

Or another world or plane, if need be.

It was basically a method to move large amounts of men from one place to another. Just line them up at speed on both sides of the Portal, and run them through before it closed, then do the same on the other side. As long as I picked a 'safe' transition point, there wouldn't be any problem.

I was going to have to talk to some Celestials and see if there was a convenient marshalling ground I could use as a waystop...

If organized properly, I could move a lot of people that way. Evacuation, transport... trade... the uses were both tactical and strategic.

Tremble's power in combat had grown some, but not hugely. I was already at the almost auto-hit stage, there wasn't a lot of stuff that could avoid me in a fight. But I now had some powerful options open to me that most Powered couldn't even use.

And I would most certainly use them...

I loved time skips, and Forging Karma!

There were a bunch of us gathered in /Marktell, including every single Ten that was Marked. Rockborn Kings who'd come out to play, elven Monarchs thirsting for another post-Ten Level, Knightly heroes, respected adventurers, powerful Casters, renowned Masters.

Before us was an extension of the Map, now centered on Yle Tyorm, as scouted out by members of the Void Brothers.

It took a powerful Forsaken to walk through the higher temporal barriers of the Zones, or some very specific magic, and only a Void Brother could take someone along with them. As they were high Stealth operatives anyways, it fell to them to make a map of the whole city in detail, and figure out what the Hags were doing.

And now we had, and it was time to make a plan.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

so what have the Void Brothers been up to all this time?

Those people outside the fourth Ring were just here to listen, as they were operating at a fraction of Sama's time and couldn't contribute effectively. They had to know what was going on to coordinate, but the decisions were being made by among the most powerful people in the whole Alliance effort... and were direct blows against the Hags that were behind all of this.

Members of the Brotherhood had gone into the Fifth Ring, and used Veilwalking to progress through the thousands of miles of territory to all the magical trouble spots, drawn by their Voids as none of us could duplicate.

There were massive Obelisk formations laid out through all the accelerated time zones, guarded by literal empires of humans and non-humans under the command of Hag servants. What these were intended to do precisely wasn't obvious, but they had obviously taken a great deal of time to get into place accurately, and the races of the inner realms were completely bent to them.

Close to the central ring, the areas were dominated by Aberrant monsters, cultists, inhabitants of Leng, and a whole lot of dark elves spun out on psycho-spores, and not a few being ridden by cerebrovores.

What was far more interesting is that there were ten zones around that central hole, and only six of them were fast time, varying between three and six hundred times normal speed. The slow time zones also varied by that ratio... in the other direction.

"Going from a fast time zone to a slow time zone at that level of temporal velocity is effectively impossible. The route that the Hags set up and that we are on is the only 'safe' way to reach the inner ring. Any other route involves detouring sideways multiple times to avoid slow zones in the way. Trying to breach a thousandfold or greater temporal conflict is impossible even for me," the Shadowknife said.

"So, this awesome master plan of theirs, putting up obelisks in a grand formation across multiple empires... isn't complete, despite having millennia to work on it... because the slow time zones aren't letting them complete it fast enough," Hazé observed. She pointed at the slowest of the time zones. "One six-hundredth normal time. It hasn't been even two years since Yle Tyorm fell in there. Even if they used Grand Rituals to send in monstrous amounts of people to set things up in there, the internal distances involved mean that there's no way they could be set up to the degree they truly need inside there."

"Correct," Brother Firesword agreed with her. "Notice the layout of the formations, and how irregular they are once they take into account the slow time zones. Their formation is quite vulnerable at all the junction points that cross the slow time barriers. We don't need to crash them all... we only need to take out these four in the zone that we have access to."

All attention naturally devolved on those. They were obvious conduits to and through the slow time areas to each side. I could imagine the cost in forces and materials that had been spent to run obelisks across the slow time zones over the centuries. The inner zones narrowed down some, but they were still a thousand miles across. They would have had to get those Obelisks up in the equivalent of only months, stretching across thousands of years of their own time, probably by flooding it with massive amounts of manpower to succeed. If the forces inside also suffered temporal shock, it also meant they were going to be advancing over the inevitable bones of those who died before them.

"What are we looking at there?" Sama asked briefly, and tactical maps as scouted out by the Void Brothers materialized at all four locations, there to be zoomed in on and details downloaded.

Now, there was no thought whatsoever of just hacking their way into the city. The populations of the places numbered six zeroes and higher. But that didn't mean they couldn't reach them...

"Site one, descendants of Hagspawn and half-ogres. The primary power is a legendary Green Hag. I believe she is Verd's grandmother," the Firesword answered calmly. "Site two are dark elves with fungoid traits, commanded by a legendary shellycoat. Amber's grandmother, I am presuming.

"The last is Jotunbloods, trolls, ogres, and swamp giants with mire dragon blood and Hagspawns among them, definitely the toughest of the three. I believe Tusk Annie herself is defending that obelisk, with a Mire Wyrm consort."

"Huh," was Sama's only comment. She pointed. "What's with the monkeys?"

"It's an ape kingdom. We expected a lot of demonic influence, as the Pits love intelligent apes, but these stayed surprisingly neutral. That led to some poking around..." Brother Firesword cleared his throat, and two locations on the map lit up.

"Oh." Everybody mentally bent forward to look at what was brought up. "Oh..."

"I don't know if that's good news or bad news..." Briggs commented to nobody.

"Given their nature, they won't even notice or care until something impressive happens," Ancientaxe spoke respectfully. "That being said... there is known to be an Elder Mu Spore down in that Hole, and if it's been taking advantage of the time dilation, it is very old, indeed."

"I really don't think they care," Sama pointed out, and everyone laughed softly, despite themselves. "So, what we've got to do is punch an Interdiction route all the way to Ringzone Five, nine hundred miles, and then crack open that four hundred-fold dilation and make it their last year of existence while we race to those obelisks." I glanced at the dragons, who were watching all this in fascination and great interest. "You can see the reports, lots of dinosaurs, drakes, and rocs in the air. Still willing to come?"

"The cost of us not assisting you is too high," the oldest Shield dragon demurred firmly. "We will be there!"

"Then we crack the barrier here tomorrow, and make the run overland starting then!"

Three days, she'd given the Brotherhood back then. Three days to get into the inner zone, and get stronger.

Over a thousand days. A time skip, a time acceleration capsule, something their opponents had been using, and they could take advantage of now.

Sama had said they were weak, and they weren't getting strong fast enough. The fastest way to get strong was slaughter, and there was a whole lot of powerful stuff in the fifth ring that had an early appointment with death. All of the Brothers could feel it, and they all went in on their 'scouting missions.'

The Fire and the Sword held up the blade of Weep, now a QL 40 adamant, Zehn-Slot Weapon. The parade of recent dead carried over with the dead held by the other two Swords that had borne its name.

None of his elders had racked up a kill total quite like he had. Everything in this shard of reality was an invader, barely real; killing them was like wiping film off the eyes of the Land. There were so many aberrant and foul otherworldly bloodlines, reaving through them had been a pleasure and a duty.

The Brotherhood had killed millions between them in those 'three days.'

They had raised the Names of their reforged Weapons to Zehn Slots. They had gained Levels. They had applied Masteries. They had picked Feats. There was enough Karma for them to do all that, the numbers of their foes so vast that it still didn't matter.

They had moved from assassins picking off targets to becoming agents of slaughter, slicing through hordes and armies, killing everything in their way, tanking in a way that no Void Brothers ever had before. Always clean, surgical, precise, killing and moving on to the next problem.

Nothing clean or surgical about this. A dirty butcher's shop, living in blood and slaughter.

He lifted up his hand, and the glowing spirals of his Helix swirled through his palm reflexively. Unseen, the Runes on his Endoskeleton glowed with power.

Magic to increase strength, dexterity, and toughness wasn't uncommon, but Sama had doubled down on the concept with her Heavy Gravity training method, a variant on the same thing the Heavenbound Errant had used. As they were all grown men, there was no problem with it, other than it taking two and half years to take effect. One Heavy Gravity belt with a slow self-healing effect to offset the damage the training did, large amounts of Karma, and putting up with ever-increasing gravity while wreaking havoc on a scale he had not imagined he could do before.

Sama had sunk the strands of gold and platinum into their bones, dancing delicate wires between muscle and sinew, setting them in place to soak up magic and Karma, binding ever tighter, to lock in the gains of the heavy gravity training... and to internalize the physical enhancements normally gained through gloves and belts, welding them directly to their bones.

An Endoskeleton. Biomagic, she called it.

All combined, +5 Enhancement to Strength, Dexterity, and Constitution, sacking all their magic items that did the same for the originals, then feeding the Endoskeleton with slaughter. A +5 bonus to the same Stats, with an effective +12 for Might on top of that to reflect the x6 gravity boost.

Four times stronger, more precise, greater endurance. All of the Brothers were now far, far beyond any of their elders in their records. They were capable of a type of open combat that was simply impossible before. They didn't NEED to be stealthy all the time. They could simply be blunt instruments, if they so chose.

They could just go up to their targets, cut through all their guards and minions and traps, and kill them. No need for shirking or stealth or too much cleverness.

Not that they didn't still prefer that style, and certainly wouldn't forget it. There were still things it was best to approach with every single advantage possible.

But he was very, very powerful now, far different than he had been before he had met Sama Rantha.

Sama and Briggs weren't full grown, and couldn't do an Endoskeleton yet, nor could the other Hagchildren. Soon enough it would be their time, and they would be going into the accelerated time zone, and picking up those years, for the last 'three days' had been transformative of many, many people.

Errant's group of fellow Heavenbound had all their arrogance smashed out of them repeatedly dealing with the monstrous attacks in the 100x zone. They'd had to get better fast, or die, and had been tempered faster and harder than they'd believed possible. Everything in this temporal shard wanted to kill them, was coming for them, and there was always fighting. Without vivus, this place would have been piled with hills of corpses from the dead.

That Amazon was so ridiculously strong it was hard to imagine, at least twice as strong as any human he'd ever met. He'd watched her catch an ankylosaur's tail and then club a King saurial with it. With a Girdle of Giant Power, she was rocking a Might of at least 50...

A good reason not to mess with Aethran Amazons, he considered wryly.

He had gone through fortunes, looting gems and jewelry and valuable power comps that didn't weigh too much, burning them into extra Gear to cement his defenses, utility items. Gauntlets, Bracers, Amulets, Belt, Boots... they all had to be Invested by standard means, and they required a lot of goldweight to do so.

The wealth of kings and emperors had sifted through his hands, and blown away as their power was Invested into his Gear.

As Sage Sama said in her unique way, he was now a strong character. There was still a lot of Levels he could take, advancing as a Ten was no easy feat... and there was always Eleven, and that first step on the road to the Eternal.

There had been multiple Legendary Hags in their own little Empire worlds around the pit, but they were irrelevant. As long as the key Obelisks were toppled, the whole Formation was worthless, and the oldest and the most powerful naturally guarded the most essential of the Obelisks.

Fighting a Legendary Hag. If what the young Heavenbound told them was correct, and Hazé had pointed out, they would have loads and loads of Health Qi. Tusk Annie had taken a shot from her of more than a thousand points to the face, and lived through it. The storm crone Zouma's pool must have been even larger... perhaps expanded when she found it difficult to grow her power in other ways?...

He would have to live long enough to hew through all that Health Qi, if he fought them.

He visualized a mental lever in his mind, a Feat called Beyond Law and Chaos. With a half-smile, he flicked it.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Power of Ten Orcs aren't all that.

"Raaaaaarrrrghhhh!"

Blackheart turned his head as a flood of yellow-skinned orcs smashed into the lines nearby, screaming their bloodthirsty little hearts out. The armored, mutated humans there, the Warped, took the charge with near-berserker frenzy, welcoming the fight with deep cries of their own.

Alas, the orc chief smashed into the heavily armored commander of the marauding invaders, there was a bit of discourse with over-sized Axes, and then the orc was chopped in half with impunity. Their chief slain, the morale of the orcs fell like their blood, and with every bit as much energy they'd had charging in, they fled yelping in fear.

That was fine. Blackheart pointed, and as the expected rout of the orcs occurred, the urgobs on the flanks of the marauders piled in with glee, swinging morningstars, flails, and tetsubos with energy and strength, ripping through the lines of humans with their greater strength and mass. The chief of them, a sly throatcutter called Nugglib, closed in on the Warped commander with his two favorite kidney-eaters along, rapidly surrounding the man. One of his flunkies was quickly chopped down, but Nugglib took the loss without a tear, his Axe relieving the Warped of his leg below the knee, then coming down to break his neck as he fell, even if his overweighted armor held.

The last of the goblin serfs ahead of them were chewed up by the elite troops of the enemy, all mutated with pincers, claws, tentacles, spikes, or horns, which they plied to deadly effect. However, those were all personal combat weapons, and not much use when tired and facing a shield wall of pikes. Grim higob soldiers in tight formation, knots of control on the battlefield, held up under the powerful blows of the enemy, spears finding throats out of which odd-colored and strangely reacting blood flowed out. Were there minnows leaping out of that one's jugular?...

To the sides, a howling band of hyen raiders mounted on horse-sized hyenas, their laughing cries eager as they hacked down, smashed into a unit of Warped riders tossing javelins around. The hyen were a strong race, and the jaws of a giant hyena were capable of breaking the necks of even the altered horses of the Warped. Bloodthirsty giggling presaged carnage, and only seeing the effects on those who had indulged kept the hyen from immediately partaking of a feast. Not very sane to begin with, the hyen whose eyes started glowing while they sprouted new appendages, and the hyenas that did the same, all had to be put down.

Their purified corpses made decent hyena fodder, however.

A massive horde of the wretched little dog-faced, scale-bodied kobolds washed up against a long line of Warped men, and shrieking little bodies went flying in several parts as the slaughter commenced. However, the little worm-eaters were small and clever, driving between gaps in the lines of the men, striking low and hard, and soon causing chaos in their lines as they dropped a soldier or two and swarmed over them. Soon, the hundreds of men were fighting kobolds in knots and clusters, separated from their fellows, and heedless of deaths, the kobolds piled in to kill them and be killed energetically.

-Worms must give them courage-, Blackheart thought, and raised his hand.

The bullox riders around him couched their spears and their heavy horned mounts began to rumble into motion.

The goblin serfs had locked the heavy armored unit of elites into place, and the goblins were hanging off their limbs, up on their shoulders banging on their helms, gnawing on their vambraces, and basically being as much nuisance as threat as they tried to find an opening to insert their crude knives and hatchets into.

Still, they did their job perfectly. Blackheart's line of heavy cavalry trampled right through the goblins, and if they couldn't get out of the way in time, that was their own fault. The Warped elites could only stare at the cavalry coming and riding right over their own troops, unable to disengage or brace for the charge.

Steel-tipped horns hooked and threw even as barbed lances punched home, and these painted chosen champions of the Warp Gods went flying under the impact of more than a ton of mount and rider, along with more than a few unlucky goblins in inconvenient positions. Massive hooves crushed down on Warp-forged armor, regrettably almost impossible to salvage and re-use without inviting corruption, and although a few lucky individuals survived, some even keeping their feet, their lines were broken, and their fate sealed.

Blackheart closed in on the mounted leader of the force, yet another mutate clad in impressively embellished and oversized demonic armor, wielding a Dire Axe in the demonic pattern. He offered a challenge with a flourish of his Lance, declaring the scornful spite of his people's gods with a curse upon the other's head, and charged him.

Naturally, he wasn't going to take this fool blow for blow in a formal pass. Sharing the power of divine wrath, Glumgrin swayed out of the side of the enemy's path, veering directly in to face it, trusting in his greater mass and strength to overcome the mount of his foe. The other tried to avoid the swift sidestep, but his bullox was inordinately quick and strong, buoyed by his own prayers, and Blackheart caught him on the turn.

His Lance punched right through the horse's neck as Glumgrin's horns caught it and lifted, throwing off the massive Axe blow aimed at the bullox's head, and drove through to crash into the rider. Massive armor and size and all, the mutate was still smashed off his horse's back by the impact, as Glumgrin bowled the dying mutant horse over and Blackheart let go of his Lance ere he followed it.

He pulled out his own long barbed dire Scimitar, in the very precise barbed pattern of Hell, while Glumgrin pursued the Warped commander savagely, head lowered and trying to gore and trample him beneath thousands of pounds of weight.

With impossible ease for someone in so much armor, the Warped human got to his feet, swinging his Axe and chopping into Glumgrin's neck, splitting the armored barding there and drawing blood. Glumgrin smashed into him in response, but proved unable to lift and throw the man for some reason... which hardly mattered as Blackheart's Scimitar came down once, twice, thrice, splitting the man's fantastic helm and sending him staggering back, but not before a backfist like a battering ram sent Glumgrin staggering and almost falling down.

Blackheart dismounted with speed and ease, giving his opponent no chance to catch his breath. The poison on his Scimitar would already be blinding the freak, despite his supernatural vitality, and the Illrigger surged to the attack.

Instead of taking the descending Axe on his shield, he parried it, turning it just enough to lock it away, and spiked shield and barbed armor screeched and skirled against one another, looking for weakness. Before the Warped could pull back his wailing demon-haunted Axe, Blackheart let go his Scimitar and drove in with his hand to the open and bloody wound in the man's massive helm.

Dark energies poured out of his fingers, the deadly touch of the gods sweeping through the half-blinded invader's brain, directly warring with and consuming the energies that animated him.

Purple-black flames erupted out of the champion's glowing crimson-blue eyes, and he lost his energy. The Warped armor about him creaked and began to settle, locking about him as it lost its animating magic, and Blackheart spat as he pushed the corpse backwards. As stiff as a statue, it fell over flat with a crunch of final impact, the higob pulling out the oversized Axe that had somehow reflexively bit into his side even as the warrior died.

"Now you know how a true chosen of the gods can fight!" the higob sneered, following that with a quick prayer to seal the wound and render it little more than a nuisance. Repairing the breech in his armor would take a little more work, but there was still killing to be done.

Another healing spell took care of the wound on Glumgrin's neck, and he remounted his bullox, surveying the battlefield as the last of the enemy's elites were barreled over and stomped into mush between massive hooves.

His horn-like call garnered their attention, and they finished up their enjoyment of the slow deaths of the invaders with some brutal thrusts and crushing of skulls, riding up quickly to gather around him.

There was another line of marauders swinging around to flank some orcish berserkers going off on more of the enemy, leaving themselves nicely exposed to another charge. The timing would be fine, hitting them as they attempted to sandwich the orcs between two lines. One rear charge deserved another!

The harvest was pretty good, and if he lost two-thirds of those fighting, he didn't much care. The majority of those who died were expendable, and their meat didn't need to be purified to feed their replacements. Thousands were still streaming down their narrow trail through the unnatural waves of stone and floating rock islands, and the silent yet lethal black plains and their ominous white pillars.

Threetusks had gathered up his tribe and clan, and invited in some trolls and ogres to help them out with some additional muscle. The boar riders were chafing to get into a fight, all of them staring at the meat being hauled off the battlefield hungrily.

Behind the battlefield, great pots and cauldrons were ready and waiting for their own dead, and the white fires there for treating the meat of the enemy... which, since they had so much of it, they ended up giving away to those incoming, to get them in the mood after the dangerous trek to the battle here.

Soulhunter's disciplined army of huul rested, waiting for Threetusks to take his chance for meat and gold, buttressed by several hungry hill giants, and the fearsome dire wolf cavalry of the huul. Lines of brow-beaten hyen formed the loose infantry lines, and a great number of the archery corps that would support them.

There had been a force of ogres led by an oni, with many giants in support, who had found themselves facing off against many demons Summoned in to deal with them. The resulting losses had been pretty bad, and so the bigger races now worked in support to the smaller ones, spreading out their power and appetites so the Warped didn't bring in so many dangerous forces to counter their strength.

There were other great tribes of higobs here, their own goblin vassals swelling in behind them, with the urgob strikers supporting, occasionally with a leashed drake, great lizard, or similar behemoth brought along to be expended against the enemy. Blackheart had considered Summoning in aid from the Hells of his gods, but knew that would just mean they'd be facing demons on the field, effectively negating the value of the tactic.

The fighting was done, his troops were heading home with spoils of meat, what metal could be purified and used in the next battle, and the magic of the enemy, to be burned down and turned into something useful by the Shamans. Another elder Shaman had died in battle with the enemy's Sorcerer, but his apprentice was very happy to take his accoutrements and possessions and prove himself in his new position.

It wasn't like the fight to the west.

The higob Illrigger's red eyes narrowed, debating whether he should follow the gouged line of hills around and observe the battles taking place over there again. He closed his eyes and banished the thought.

He did not want to see them win again.

The battles the forces of the plains and hills of the East fought were merciless and bloody. None of them ended without at least two-thirds of the forces of both sides dead, often as high as ninety percent. The Warped were fanatics, with the presence of their gods Right There, and the tribes themselves were united by the words of all their gods, and the call of so much endless meat.

The battles of the west... were nothing like this.

Those walls of dwarven Spears. Those merciless gnome infighters. The terrible precision of the dwarven ballista and crossbow teams. The eruption of hundreds of spells at once from the Elves. The lethal silver rain of their archery. The impossible precision of their pass-through marching, and even cavalry charges through their own ranks. The folding and surging of their lines, drawing in, collapsing, peeling this way and that, scissoring the enemy's advance as if one hand, one mind was drawing and guiding everything.

Their losses were miniscule, and their annihilation of the Warped complete. Any Warped who fled were chased down and eliminated without fail. No word of the tactics or lethality of their enemy was allowed to get back to those coming out of the Rift behind them.

They had hills piled up of the armor and weapons of the dead. Army after army slain by the same cycle of forces...

And the demons, and the Greater Demons...

His breath hitched. Disposed of. It was the only term he could think of to describe it. They would enter the battlefield, and they died. Seeing a burning, Axe-bearing colossus of a demon butchered...!

And his underlings complained about why they hadn't swept into the rich lands of the west and made them their own...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Tolkien had his epic run, but his runners were slooooow.

The Run began fairly quietly, but it got pretty loud, pretty quick.

AA, Briggs, and I tore open the Barrier, letting in normal space/time into this 100x zone and starting the collapse that would literally rip the zone apart and send huge portions of it tumbling back into Dream or Leng.

The smiths had all headed out, nearly a year of labor under their belts for only three days of time outside. They'd all made tremendous contributions, and the joint efforts and sharing of lore had all helped them advance their craft.

Some did look longingly at the wall of the next zone, so far there in the distance, the land flat and seemingly going on forever. Then they thought about running through nine hundred miles of fun, and kept going on the path out of there. There were a couple somewhat slower Zones that they could make it to, and take advantage of time still, although who knew how long they would last...

The magic of this world was gushing out. In one full day of outside Time, it would link up, and forcibly synchronize. At Aru's Great Renewal, the spatial collapse would drive forward under the rays of the sun, returning this area to the proper amount of space here, where so many millennia had passed.

Some of the creatures that were strong enough were going to be left behind. They would first fight one another, then they'd flee into other time zones, trying to get away from the sticky, slow chronality they found themselves in.

Or, they might go wandering around to vent their ire on something else.

Our job was to make it to the next barrier, and if we did it right, get it and this realm to collapse at the same Renewal. The only way to do so was to make a trail through the unstable time/space all around us, running ahead of the wave of synchronization going on behind us, outrunning it, and doing that for nine hundred miles.

Killing everything in our way. The extra vivus would help solidify the connection.

We couldn't fly, as without the Land as an anchor, any such trail we made would just disperse. No, this had to be on foot. We could be followed by fliers, as was appropriate, but us three Forsaken had to be the tip of the spear, driving the nail of reality into this unbalanced place, and in our wake a whole universe would be expanding inside.

We had twenty-four hours until Time synched up, and then to the Great Renewal after that. We actually did not want to give our enemies a lot of time to work with, if they could see this coming... and we knew there were spotters on both sides of the barriers, for just this reason.

Still, there was a lot of ground to cover, and we were going to create a lot of havoc.

Knowing this was coming, both AA and Briggs had been investing very heavily into Lightfoot and making sure their Con was raised. Technically, they didn't have to run this... I could do so, and push or drag them on Disks. That was certainly what we were doing with a number of people, including the North Wind, and my little sisters. Hazé could Linejump or Gemjump and catch up to us without much problem. The dragons were flying overwatch ahead, helping scout the path and alerting us to any problems.

Errant and his Heavenbound were on griffon-back. With Heavenbound buffs, those griffons could fly rings around anything in the sky. They'd spent a lot of virtual months getting a lot tougher alongside their riders, too. The Amazon he was training, Trella, was riding the Valor Dragoness, Kumusa, putting Lance or Bow to use as needed.

The optimal path was naturally AA leading, Briggs following, and me solidifying the temporospatial path they were blazing. AA tore apart what was there, Briggs burned away the energies supporting it, and I made the solid funnel that was going to be the chisel that would break this entire place wide open.

And so, off we went, the boys in the lead, and me trailing a flying wedge of Disks at multiple levels. Behind us, lines of hardened Men, Rockborn, Elves, Gnomes, and even Hyn waited for the flood of retribution and unrest that would be coming behind us.

This was all about movement speed and endurance now. The best overland lightfoot was the Wave-Skating Step, because it ignored terrain modifiers like rough ground, mud, water, and the like.

It didn't ignore vegetation and undergrowth, which is where Barus came in. Druidic magic in Ritual Format could put out a Pass Through Woodlands Growth that could last for hours... and doubled, an entire day. So, we could basically make most of a beeline for the far side, following rivers if they were convenient, crossing mud puddles that had grown into lakes, while constant Detect Locations from Liiss and the Dragons watching above made sure we didn't stray off course.

Base movement of a human is 30. Fast movement as a Class alternative is +10', to 40. The Fleet Feat was increased by Armor Mastery, +5' to base move multiplied by Armor Mastery, which was base 2, increased to 3 by Combat Genius for +15'. Lightfoot is based on spiritual and ki development, which we all had topped out now, +1/3rd of base movement for every three Monk Levels or points of MAB. So, doubled at +10 MAB.

Base 55, doubled to 110 with lightfoot. Add Swift Soul Feat, +5'/Essence to speed when running, 4 Essence invested. Cruising along at 130' movement, which meant 520 feet every six seconds running, and we could sprint to 650 if needed.

It worked out to an overland speed of about sixty miles per hour, which wasn't bad for being on foot.

We all had the Endurance Mastery, and Con scores of at least 30, by hook or by crook. Couple that with using Revitalizing Strike on creatures in passing to eliminate fatigue, and we simply didn't bother to stop.

We didn't get into pitched fights. We were there to run, and only the fastest things in the skies could possibly stop us... and the fastest things in the skies would have taken a look at five dragons up there and griffons flitting about like swallows, and decided they had something better to do.

Even a good ambush predator would have a hard time dealing with us, considering that any jump from us was going to span at least a hundred feet, about as easily as skipping a step. Running into a web simply wasn't going to happen, and by the time a snatch-and-grab ambusher could even sense us, we'd either be right on top of it or past it, so there was nothing.

Under Barus' magic, up there being towed behind by AA as he concentrated, the thickest of thorn patches, clusters of vines, walls of ferns, fields of reeds, and mazes of roots opened up just enough to allow us passage, and we zipped on through. No matter how dense or unreal the vegetation was, we went right through it.

The rest of the broken terrain we simply handled with lightfoot. No matter how broken or wet it was, we could skate over or through it, and cracks and crevasses, unless they spanned over a hundred meters, we could simply jump and skim down and across without a problem, arcing and sliding through the air.

In our wake, we pulled a thread of reality, which would only grow as the weight of the universe came in behind it.

Did I mention the Hellpuppies were pulling up the rear? Oh, that's right; they weren't on Disks, either.

Hellhounds with Monk Levels. They hadn't wasted the last year, either. Mastery of Breath Weapons and Monk Levels had been the big things they learned. Base 50' move, buy +10 of Fast Movement, add +5 of Fleet, Run, and then +4 Swift Soul, and they could cruise at 600, easily able to keep pace with us.

The biggest thing we had to worry about was all the bugs hitting us... but everyone was wearing Bracers of Force Armor at +5, which was basically drawing the equivalent of a suit of chain mail all over us, and the many, many bugs just splatted against us. On the Disks were shields breaking the wind, helms, and bowed heads against the draft, if they didn't have the same.

I would have liked to say the scenery was fantastic and strange and I could ooooh and aaaah about it... but it wasn't. Sure, the trees were freaking huge, and when you're running down a mile-wide river and there's thousand-foot trees rising up to either side, that's certainly impressive. When you're skipping across tree roots that span half an acre, that's nice, too. Seeing spider-webs a half-mile across, witnessing a land wurm measuring two hundred yards in length sidling between them... yes, yes, all quite fantastic. There were rocs up in the sky that veered in to investigate, got three blasts of lightning to the face, and decided that maybe land wurms were better to play with.

There was a whole lot of stuff that got very excited when we blazed through and past them, massed fire from the Disk Train occasionally popping a critter or two for that nice shot of vivus to help the Land out. Some were creatures I didn't know about and had never seen before, and just filed away for reference.

None had much time to do anything about us. When you're traveling two hundred yards in six seconds, and putting out a respectable amount of firepower, first instincts are to flee and/or hunt cover if you are an animal. By the time they peeked out again, we were well past them and vanishing into the distance.

We did pass giants on more than one occasion, wandering among the trees and surprised to see us. They didn't try to chase us more than a few steps before realizing they couldn't catch us, but they did chuck stones after us in irritation at us not stopping to slaughter them. I did avoid them conscientiously, debated satisfying their urge to die, and kept on going.

I noted to Hazé that this was the biggest waste of nine hundred miles of lived-lining in like EVER, and now I could actually take advantage of it! She laughed at me with no sympathy...

Ahead of us, the turbulent wall of 400x normal time loomed ever closer, extending clear across the horizon and up to the sky.

Nine thousand more miles to the Hole past that. Not that we were going there right away. No, this run was to make sure the Land got all the way to this Barrier at Renewal, and started on the process of tearing it down when we broke it open. If we needed to make it to the Hole to bring it down, well, we could do that... but our mission objective was off to the east, such as it was, and the three key Obelisks that had been put up there.

Testing on the other shattered spatial shards had shown that the Land only resolved them slowly if a wake like ours wasn't put in place. There was simply too much distortion, possibly being fueled by outside sources. Putting to vivus a whole lot of stuff sped up the process nicely, however, but unless we punched all the way through to the Hole, wrapping up the space was a slow process.

There was a caveat. There was no telling what was going to happen when we took those Obelisks out, especially if we led a Wake right to them. If they went vivic, and that vivus flowed along the Wake, well, things could break down rather quickly.

If and when that happened, things were going to get very interesting, indeed.

Eighteen hours of skating, fading, jumping, pumping, sliding, gliding, veering, steering, sprinting, sideswiping, dashing, almost crashing, diving, and skidding, our destination was in front of us.

So was an army of about two thousand dragon-blooded lizard-men. Mire blood, too...

It might have been because a very narrow but perceptible line of blue sky started following us on our grand trip, splitting the clouds above us visibly. Given the flatness of the land, it was visible from a great distance away. An hour was plenty of time to muster a response, and this area of torn-up ground formed a natural chokepoint that we had headed right towards.

But you know, that was okay. The dragons saw them way ahead of time, and there was really no reason we had to face them. They and the drakes and dinos they were riding certainly weren't enough to catch us, and we could have gone around them.

But we needed a warm-up, and overpowered lizard-men were definitely one way to get the kinks out of our muscles...

Acid resistance all around, Shamans identified, and the whole shebang started off with five dragons diving down on them, which certainly wasn't good for their morale.

Each dragon had two riders: one lancer, and one ranged. As they made the best lancers and support in this area, all of the lancers, save Kumusa's, were Senior Paladins from assorted Orders, brimming with pride to be chosen as Dragon-riders. As they made the best dual-duty ranged attackers, all the second riders were Elves who were excellent archers and Casters. The combination had been proven repeatedly in combat in the air and ground to be immensely effective, and the trios had gotten a great deal of practice in together.

Estemar and General Moonriver were riding the big male Valor dragon, Ligaii. Estemar had been branching out in many directions, as Powered could, and the amount of support he could dole out was impressive, while he hadn't let his fighting ability slide at all. General Moonriver had put a lot of effort into upgrading the killing power of his archery, above and beyond what he had achieved as a Ten, and a year of slaughter in the 100x zone had certainly helped with that.

Down they came, and it was on.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

"And all of you will each get your own little kingdoms, divided up by terrain and type and whatever. Yes, it'll be weird, but this is our world, and we can arrange it as we like!"

===Zones in reality.

Okay, an average lizard-man is a 2 HD scaled humanoid (lizardoid? Okay, bipedal sapient carnivore). They've got a decent bite attack (as in, it would rip off a normal human's face), and weak natural claw attacks (they'd put holes in your hide). They're stronger than humans, but slower afoot, excellent swimmers, and prefer swampy/wet environments... and naturally there were subspecies with magical bloodlines that existed in other terrains.

Historically, large lizard man settlements end up dominated by gator-men, or Kroks, who are a head or two larger, and mass what an ogre does, with about the same strength, and have six to eight HD.

Adding dragon blood thickened their scales, gave them acid resistance for their Mire bloodline, maybe a breath weapon, and made them stronger... much stronger, if they were full half-dragons, with wings and everything.

Maybe they had 2-3 more racial hit dice, being part of a draconic kingdom ruled over by dragons. But in the end, it really didn't matter when they were slammed into by a wave of tricked-out Tens.

Yeah, I had a few of them behind me. Namely, fifty berserkers crazy eager for a fight. The North Wind. One hundred Ironblood axe and shield, bracing fifty elite dwarven spears, fifty elite elven archer/swordsmen, a score of gnomes on the Autoballistae, and twenty hyn infighters and hole-pluggers.

The order of battle was very plain and I had hammered it into them on multiple occasions.

The strong killed the weak. The weak ganged up on the strong. The really strong killed the really strong.

This was naturally completely at odds with what you were supposed to do, going up against foes of equal power for glory and proving you were better.

These foes were here to be slaughtered, not to be dueled. We were here to massacre them, not teabag them.

That meant the big berserkers with individualistic Totems began a cleave-fest on the weakest of the lizardmen, one-shotting them and reaping on to the next. The big Kroks or mutated commanders were double and triple-teamed by the pack-oriented berserkers, and taken down from multiple angles in seconds.

The dwarves crushed forwards in a line, a stalwart wall anyone could retreat behind, a moving juggernaut of punching longspears that let nothing past. Behind them, staying on their Disks, the elves drew endless arrows out of One More Arrow quivers, sparkling with various magical Reserve energies, and nailed them point-blank into the writhing walls of scales in front of them. Spears retracted, scaled bodies flopped and writhed, spears extended, and nailed boots crunched onto their scaled heads. Anything that managed to move past the dwarven spear line found itself instantly attacked on four sides by leaping hyn, and ceased to be a threat within two steps. The archers hardly bothered to glance at them...

My Ironblood kept the flanks of that spear advance clean, and swept up after the rampaging berserkers with unmoving expressions, sweeping past to rescue those held up improbably, finishing anything on the ground, and available to dogpile anything that looked particularly tough.

The North Wind roved and played favorites with the enemy, Casters being free in their loosing of spells, be it fogs to interrupt line of sight, fireballs and lightning bolts to open up lines, or Rays of death at specific Casters to tear them down instantly. A grizzly bear the size of a small elephant was sending lizard-men flying in every direction, Jhon and Talatha were cutting down the toughest commanders in seconds, Grym and Feist were shadow and fire in a driving wedge, leading my little sisters in a wicked, weaving dance of cutting blades, driving Spear, and roaring Hammer.

I was wielding Quaver, an adamantine longsword I'd also made at QL 55, but with a distinct catch. Quaver was +I Main Gauche, which meant she reflected the magic of the other Weapon to which she was attuned... which was Tremble.

This was because Tremble was flying around bestowing Cures on anyone who was too wounded. This was especially true of the Berserkers, who weren't too focused on defense when Raging away like they were. Through Quaver, she could initiate Transfer Wounds if need be, and I could simply heal them up with Healing Edge while on Cleave-trains. The berserkers were the main beneficiaries of this, as zipping Transfer Rays or AoE effects would wipe away the marks of ironwood spears, nasty bites, claw attacks, tail swipes, and hacking stone axes and clubs, and I'd be pummeled by the same... yet when I Supreme Cleave'd my way through a score of shrieking lizard men and buried Quaver in the skull of a Shaman who couldn't believe I could get through them so quickly, 20d8 of healing would inevitably wipe away the Health damage, and open wounds would vanish as fast as they were inflicted on me. Ow! Ahhh. Ow! Ahhh. Ow! Ahhh...

The berserkers were the only ones who weren't all Marked by me... although a few of them had evolved their viewpoints and taken that step into fighting for a greater cause, and helped lead the rest. Nevertheless, they were inside my Warlord Aura, and to a man, they all had Courageous Weapons, Greater Soulbound, and Furious, the last giving them +2/+2 while Raging, which was all they did. +5 To Hit, Damage, AC, and Saves was only a shade below +6, and with Tremble singing overhead and dispensing heals to everyone, their chances of dying were slim to none... which only spurred them to even greater frenzy when killing.

We'd learned that there was indeed a per person limit on Tremble's Cures... one per Valence Level per day. So, five Cures, from Light Wounds to Deadly Wounds/Mass CLW in step... or unlimited Transfers. If I was willing to take the hits, I could take it all.

In mass combat and with Healing Edge? Yeah, I didn't mind at all, and I had the Health to give a massive shot in the fundamentallum to even a dragon. When the big Shield Dragon Corgun, being ridden by Sir Harbrom, saw me take a 100-point six-foot long, scale-peeling and flesh-rending wound from him, and then Healing Edge it away in under six seconds, well, even the dragon was impressed by that... but not enough to stop him from ripping apart the mammoth-sized Behemoth Shadow Rhino that had given it to him back then, while I left a whole lot of wisps of Dire Shadow Rhinos burning behind me through the stampeding umbral crash it was leading...

And yeah, that had freaking hurt...

So, Tremble was taking over very active healing duties, and had a little sister who could borrow her combat powers, so I wasn't lacking for anything.

They outnumbered us better than five to one. Alas, it just gave the lads more bones to chew on.

They lasted about three minutes. The Mass Acid Resistances from the elves basically took care of their breath weapons from Ancestor Dearest, and after that, this bunch of buffed-up and impressive scaled bastards just died. The opening breath weapons of the dragons wrecked their formations; the berserkers got into the middle of them; Briggs, AA, and I blew through their commanders and Casters in a spray of scales and gore, and there were loud complaints that we weren't to do any more Cleave-runs before the main line smacked into the reeling scalies and displayed why you don't mess with an armed force of Geared-up Seven through Tens.

Tremble flitted here and there, healing any large injuries, while the Healers among the Elves dealt with the rest. I could Transfer while fighting and even during downtime, if Healers worked on me together, so I could even reload everyone's Soak as quickly as the Healers could bring me back up, converting Health Healing of the Reserve into the Soak Healing which Transfers could do.

What goldweight there was to salvage was quickly snapped up while the healing was going on, some blood harvested from the true half-dragons for power comps, and after about ten minutes of recovery, everyone mounted their Disks again, and followed after Briggs, AA, and I as we trotted up to the Barrier at a leisurely thirty mph or so.

Nine hundred miles in a day. I was impressed despite myself. In a 100x temporal zone, that amounted to like fifteen minutes Outside. Behind us was an almost straight line of solid reality intruding in, reinforced by incidental vivus, and now anchored by this huge vivic feast of drac-blooded lizard men we were giving it.

"I can feel it growing," murmured Ancientaxe, looking up with his crimson eyes. The clouds above were distorting, a sign of reality readjustment ongoing. It would still take the full day and Renewal to get through the full spatial distortion... but the temporal shifting would precede it.

"Then we don't want to stay here." I pointed ahead of us, and felt the hum of expectation coming from those behind.

From the moment we entered it, we would go from 100x to 400x, and basically had a year to travel thousands of miles to the Obelisk cities and foil whatever the Hags were planning to do.

We'd just proven we could run nine hundred miles in a day. We could definitely do it.

AA grunted, and drove Zeitgeist into the wall of sliding time in front of us. Everyone tensed as his multi-red Helices spun out into the flow of time, grabbed, and began to twist, test, and pull.

In addition to being more energetic, the distortion here was also harder, but AA wasn't the same Void Brother he'd been a virtual year ago. His Helices moved with grace and precision from one point of temporal flow to the next, subtly twisting, distorting, crashing the irregular and naturally imperfect flow of time against itself, aided immeasurably by the weight of Creation streaming down a nine-hundred-mile Wake behind him.

With a grunt that brought a spray of crimson from his nose, he threw his arms wide. His Helices writhed, locked, spirals in gigantic concentric patterns flared across the Barrier, and he tore it open with an awful sound of plastic space and time being rent by applied Eff You.

"Rah!" Briggs brought his Hammer down, and everyone here was a Null or Caster of some sort, even if it was only Soul Magic. His Source Interdiction erupted out like a wave of invisible sunlight, forcing its way in against the power flowing out from within, turning the jagged edges of the breach into a smooth tunnel, pushing and burning away whatever forces were trying to keep it intact.

-UP!- I raised my foot, and all the Nulls in my Ironblood did the same. -DOWN!-

"FUCK YOU!" we all shouted out together, as we all Put Our Foot down.

The Veil blazed with our Interdiction, vivus blew through the dimensions and locked them down tight as adamant, visibly making the Casters twitch at the sensation of massive indomitable spiritual weight crystallizing all around them. The writhing, burning edge of the Barrier trembled and stilled as the Veil solidified into something far, far harder than it was before, and time and space seemed to spin around everyone for a second, before settling into something old and mighty and Proper.

Maximum length of a Forsaken Interdiction was one day. But we'd driven a spatial nail into here from outside, had a nice offering of vivus to make it stand and lock in place, and so that One Day was Real Time, not this unbalanced 100x shit.

Three hundred ninety-six days awaited ahead of us.

The view ahead was hazy with an early night, but we'd already seen a lot of this through the eyes of Void Brothers scouting our path and targets.

It was a fog-shrouded land, with all kinds of terrain. Forests hundreds of thousands of years old, both plant and fungal; blasted hills and desolate moors, improbably steep and high mountains, yawning chasms, howling cold steppes, and sun-scoured deserts. Whole areas swayed with interplanar instability to Dream and Leng, and the nightmares of unclean things lived alongside the bent and twisted descendants of the city and those who had come up from below. Empires warred, mortal creatures died, and timeless things looked on from the shadows and laughed while the sacrifices of millions fueled a vast scheme beyond their knowledge...

And we were going to tear it all down. Mwahahaha!

I pointed. AA took point, Helices extending out, and the most powerful Source and Null in the world followed behind.

The nail in the sky grew longer behind us, a clear path to follow, a Wake of reality, if but the natives were fast enough to follow it. Who knew if any would take up the challenge...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

The thing with Encounter Zones is... it becomes a lot easier to optimize against the inhabitants...

In the course of an epic journey to equally epic conflicts with some of the most elite fighting forces imaginable, it is of course necessary to have conflict zones.

Such areas are replete with dramatic scenery, and fell foes that must be overcome on the road to uberness, little smelting trials to make you worthy of the fight at the end, won in the blood and deaths of your comrades and followers.

They were a goddamn pain and we did everything we could to make them as undramatic as freaking possible.

Naturally the Void Brothers had scouted out our path (Voids guide!), so we knew which way to go. That didn't mean the way was easy, because this was basically a 9,000 x 3,000-mile little world, a quarter of a million years old or older, filled with nasty shit vomited up from the Felldeep, or twisted by the influence of both the Hags and Leng.

That didn't mean we avoided fights. On the contrary, we made sure to include at least one fight a day. Naming Karma didn't manufacture itself out of nowhere, and why waste any day you might get stronger? Every single individual here was fully cognizant of how the wonderful baseline magic of Naming Karma and Renewals, of once a day Feats, Masteries, and Levels worked, the restrictions thereof, and how to make use of them. A day without Karma was one day lost on the road of apotheosis, and while that didn't matter as much to the longer-lived races, it left the humans champing at the bit to fight more.

Which was fine. After all, I liked to fight, too. It's just the whole army complained when Briggs, AA, and I did anything other than wipe out the really dangerous things. I was only allowed one Cleaving run to open up the enemy formation, and then my job was to sit aside and Warlord everyone while Tremble kept everyone healed, and Briggs and AA went on idle 'Oh my are they trying to spring a surprise? Splat!' duty, disposing of certain undesirables who would mess up the fun of those behind us.

Even the dragons, those elemental-breathing, flying, hexa-limbed engines of destruction, got in on the whining, once they saw how the three of us would steamroll anything that looked like a proper fight. With two riders each, the dragons were extremely confident of taking on just about anything, and watching us mulch down some terrifying opponents that looked like they might provide the dragons with a good tussle and an ego boost was something they were quick to get snarky about.

Naturally, when there was stuff up in the sky that only they and the knights in the air could do anything about, we didn't hear a peep about sharing. That was okay. They could only look on, depressed, when their enemies zipped into the Stillflight Fields of our continuous Interdiction and went plummeting to the ground. 20d6 ground-saying-hello damage and a few Spears to non-mushed parts later, and the various mutant avians, reptiles, insects, worms, polyps, drakes, dinos, humanoids, plants, swarms, elementals, jinns, undead, flowers, towers, shadows, Radiant Ones, canines, felines, bovines, ursines, rats, bats, and other twats that defied easy description went aaAAaaAA in disbelief at Reality insisting that no, a multi-ton brute with no wings and a poor mass-to-area ratio really could not fly, and King Gravity agreed from up there on his Throne of Interdiction.

The Nulls in our company scrupulously kept their smiles off their faces at such things. But still, everyone enjoyed watching the pageantry of swooping griffons and dragons speeding through the air with improbable agility, setting up one another's charges with ease and experience, Wrath flashing here and there, burning arrows flying out, and multi-ton engines of destruction smashing into other equally impossibly big fliers and doing a claw-claw-claw-claw-bite-wing-wing-tail flurry of ripping destruction and quickly disassociating key body parts.

Despite their egos, the dragons were also team players, and it was repeatedly pounded into them that they couldn't abuse the healing capacity of the group, in case we had to, oh, fight five times in one day, and didn't have time to heal up in between the scalefolk on the ground, the spellcasting Rimmer Cones, the swooping flock of monstrous bats, the charging raptor riders, and the avalanche elementals thundering down the side of the pass we were going through.

"Sooooo... is everyone else smelling what I'm smelling?"

Everyone else pretty much flared their nostrils at the same time.

"Trap." "Trap." "Trap." "Trap." "Sacrifice." "Ambush." "Trap." "Enfilade." "They think we're stupid."...

I sniffed again. "Yep, smells like it. Shall we smirk?"

Smiles teased at the edges of lips as everyone looked over the situation ahead of us.

The canyon was over a mile across, going down into some howling gulf that might or might not have a bottom in this dimension. Certainly the winds coming up out of it smelled/felt/sounded/looked/tasted like something not exactly of the mortal plane, and the non-Forsaken indicated that they felt like something down there was looking up at them, and it was a mite bit eternally hungry-like.

There was a single long arch crossing that gulf, old rock shaped by unhuman hands, big enough for a wagon to cross, but bereft of anything sensible, like, oh, handrails... Gusts of roof-raising wind blew this way and that, and playing in the unholy winds were a whole lot of wind walkers, a-wailing and a-whooping in a-nticipation.

The dragons and griffons, having the best eyesight, pointed out a dozen aether-wendigos leading the worship services to something Man Didn't Want To Know in the howling winds. We waved to them...

The fort and small city behind us were mostly empty of life. The Leng natives and ghouls that had made up the city and the fort respectively had long since ceased to burn vivus, and a disconcertingly blue area of sky had opened above the city, with wan sunlight now filtering through the temporal-dimensional soup down upon us, no need for sunscreen.

Leng ghouls were powerful undead. We'd harvested enough heads for Undead Baneskulls for all the dwarves, gnomes, and Casters by now, with the Tokens going to the elves. When we ran into more of them, they'd swap who got what. Our rest period had been about burning a whole lot of goldweight from the belongings of the natives, and converting it into things that could kill them better.

...Fine, we plundered them thoroughly, just like respectable murderhobos should. Unfortunately, we couldn't trust most of the food, so it was clerical manna-with-spices and some Really Good Apples/Berries/Oranges once again.

The dragons had informed me that the moonbeast in charge of everything tasted like mushroom and chicken pie after I fixed it up for them, and they were looking forwards to more. Not having the I-can-eat-rocks-and-dewdrops-mwahahahaha physiology of a dragon, the rest of us demurred on the dish. More for them!

The constant susurrus of the winds, interspersed with expertly timed wails, howls, groans, and shrieks, would have had quite the deleterious effect on any normal troop. Alas, the combination of fear-immune Heavenbound, Aura of Courage Paladins, and Tremble not having to make fatigue checks for playing morale-boosting Courageous music meant the maddening, terrifying chorus of unholy paeans to forbidden powers was running into the wall of something like an extra +18 bonus to save against fear and horror, and everyone was pretty much ignoring it in favor of some rather transcendental elevator music.

Oh, and Minstrels/Bards can sub their Skill Checks for Perform skills against sonic effects to everyone who can hear their music, which means there's no automatic failure on a 1. Guess who had a base Song check of +34 before other modifiers, and just Took 10, making a no-roll average effort? Additionally, the Cantors and Bards among the dwarves and elves could assist if they so liked, for an additional +2 each, up to +6.

Let's see. Take 10, add 34, add 6, and then tack on 18 for fearlessness, Courage, Courageous, Warlord Bonus, Save buffs...

Hmm. With a 68, all the hordes of Hell could be sitting in front of us, and we'd be humming along to the elevator music, and were trying not to sway along to the melody right now.

Tremble, oh ooooo oh tremble, we come...

"Confirm no flying through that mess?" I inquired.

"You'd need Windbound to cut through that," Errant promptly replied. "We'd be blown all over the place. The Walkers will rip apart any kind of aeromancy put into effect."

The dragons conferred with /Marktells and subtle movements of wings and muscles. "We could reach the other side, but we could not be certain of our course," big Corgun spoke for all of them, proudly, yet admitting they didn't have the strength to overcome it all.

"Which is totally the idea. Likely there's a Blessing or Ritual that's formed to propitiate the wind walkers, probably having to do with sacrificing some slaves to them, in order to cross," Briggs noted. "We'll have to rope it across, the gusts are mostly from below, but there's some nasty crosswinds coming across, I'm betting?" The dragons and griffons confirmed it immediately, looking annoyed that they'd have to claw it across. No hooves, couldn't hoof it, hee...

"Oh noze, we shall have to sacrifice some of our own to cross the dire bridge to nowhere," I said, clasping my cheeks, and more than a few chuckles spread out behind me. "Might we, how horribly, be ambushed as we cross, roped together in single file, so vulnerable as we cross this ageless bridge to the other side, where yet more fell foes await us? I canzt not think of what to do, woe, oh woe is uz."

More of them chuckled.

"Okay, get the wings of the fliers bound tight so they don't get caught by the wind, and get the roping done. Let's make this as hilariously anti-climactic as possible, I trust everyone agrees?"

There was effusive and amused agreement.

March march march, humming softly as the Odes of Heaven calmly fended off the subsonic, quasisonic, psionic, and sensionic waves of fear, horror, terror, despair, apathy, insanity, madness, craziness, mad enlightenment, disenchantment, bleakness, weakness, and overall eminently critic-worthy bad vibes coming from below.

A few criticisms promptly got made into anti-Aberrant specialized stanzas, as the music-makers took the opportunity to collaborate on something new and interesting. Hey, a +2-4 modifier in the future against Old One sonic effects could be useful to someone, why not?...

The smallest folk and elves were hanging grimly onto the Rockborn, who had low centers of gravity and Heavyfoot, and were in about as much danger of being blown off this bridge as if they were walking boulders. The humans largely all had Heavyfoot to one degree or another, more than enough to secure themselves.

The dragons, once their wings were bound, were in no danger, their claws and mass letting them advance with sure-footed, powerful grace. The griffons had all gone lion claws, but their riders all had shared Heavyfoot up, or Wards flicked up to deflect the winds that could come from any direction.

March march march. Wail-howl-moan, look at them all gathering up. Why, there must be thousands of them. What were they saying in Aklo? Dire threats? Devoured souls offered up to which of the Old Ones? How horrible. Really must do something about their invitations to dinner and religious services, how did they expect to recruit new worshippers with such stuff?

March march march, we be a-moving and a-grooving, nobody paying attention to the winds that were definitely trying to shake us, effectively deaf to everything but the Elevator To Heaven music playing in our heads. It really seemed to be pissing off these things, which were anticipating a hearty meal of fear, dread, horror, terror, and other flavorful sesquipedalian synonyms while making offerings to their foul and benighted master...

Hey, why weren't air-based worshippers offering screaming souls to something Up There, instead of Down There?

Everyone looked up at the same time, pursed their lips, and puzzled over that before glancing in ridicule at the thousands of wind walkers and their wendigo masters gathering around us.

Ah, right, non-Euclidean geometry; it is a thing with this set, the Valor dragoness Kumusa pointed out with just the right touch of levity.

Okay, we were all on the bridge, halfway, couldn't get away, and we were not-so-subtly pissing them off. They all did the moany-shrill howl-tornado rumble thing and exploded at us. Less than a hundred yards to reach us, moving pretty fast there, somehow all the winds blowing at us from every direction at the same time without crossing.

March-march-march. -Oh, fine, put your foot down.-

March.

The Stillflight from the spread-out Null Interdictions went off when they were about ten yards away. The equally spaced Casters released their Ward Walls to cover the entire length of the column from those diving from above, angled nicely to deflect certain falling entities off to the sides.

It was impressive seeing that solid wall of elemental spirits and doomed hunger-makers suddenly take a dive all together. The astonishment on their rather indistinct and wispy faces had to be seen to be believed, exaggerated as it was.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

The best way to deal with Mythos shit is snark.

For some strange reason, I was absolutely sure it was coincidence, the winds didn't blow them out of the Stillflight area as they fell. Amazingly enough, the winds were all suddenly blowing in and down. These elemental creatures of air, who should have been able to tread the winds like the lawn I didn't have, dropped like stones. Well, soapstone or pumice, maybe, but that just meant the winds had more effect. The semi-corporeal wendigos, materializing to get some food for perpetually empty bellies, found they couldn't go back ethereal, nor ignore He Who Is King gravity anymore.

They smashed into our meteor shelter of Ward Walls, bounced off to the sides with rather shocked shouts of pain, and scrabbled instinctively at the stone with claws of solid air and congealed ice, hanging on in shock and disbelief as the winds dragged them down...

March march march, crossbows held at arms swinging down. Poinkpoinkpoink!

Damn, that +15 (or higher) or so penalty to climbing checks to an unskilled climber from taking damage was truly nasty. Aieeeee... off they went on their pilgrimages.

Zipzipzip, Shards flew out; a few Fire and Lightning Reserves detonated; some breath weapons disdainfully played over the stone and cleaned off the sacrificial offerings to their no doubt delighted master and Patron. Waaat, they didn't know how famously uncaring the Mythos masters were?

Well, far be it from me to withhold a fine instructional moment from such eager and willing students, so zealous and eager in their fanatical devotion. I'm sure they appreciated the enlightenment, judging by the amount of fear, dread, terror, and so forth ad nauseam wafting up from below, which their master would no doubt dearly enjoy, given the amount of effort they'd put into trying to generate some for It.

I strongly admonished everyone not to peep over the side for the umpteenth time, as they didn't really want to see what was down there greeting the eager devotees.

March march march. Hey, the winds died down! Wow, their Master really did approve of this offering of theirs. No doubt It wished It had more such zealous servants serving It so faithfully...

A thin line of blue crept across the sky, and if the shadows down below seemed to pull back a bit, we could only regret that we didn't vivic some of the eager worshippers. Their master might have taken it as trying to steal food from Its mouth, after all. Gotta be polite about this sort of thing, y'know. A little respect for immortal Entities from Beyond keeps a Null healthy and sane, after all...

Humming and Not Looking Down, any vertigo and agoraphobia finding the Muzak Elevator To Heaven just too hard to climb and taking a polite rest off to the side, we marched on across this mile-long arch of warped stone towards the far side.

Now, the Brotherhood had zipped across this thing by Veilwalking, pausing only just long enough to see what was on the other side, and then they were on the way again.

Naturally, it couldn't be more undead to let us use all these nice new Baneskulls and Tokens in proper field tests. Leng natives are kind of rude that way.

No, this was an opposing faction of Aberrants, namely the cerebrovores.

These little brains-on-legs are pesky little fuckers. They can eat the brain of a sentient, then occupy their bodies and animate them, using surface memories to sub for their victims and infiltrate their societies. Naturally, they are completely amoral about such things, considering it their right and privilege to do so, while the rest of us are just walking livestock existing to provide them additional experiences to savor and a new set of meat clothing.

They're also approximately as hard as granite somehow, as well as extremely resistant to most forms of energy, including magic, and so a true pain in the ass for most people to butcher and grind into spell components properly.

The favorite ride of cerebrovores are xenosyms. These creatures bear a disturbing resemblance to Aliens from Da Movies, which only served to reinforce my opinion that Giger was one of those mad artists tapping into the dark dreams of Mythos entities and painting out stuff nobody really wanted to exist.

Cerebrovores didn't have to eat the brains of xenosyms. Nope, symbiotic relationship, they could scuttle in right under their skull-crest, and there was a nice little shielded hollow with cortex access they could plug right into. Lo, now you have some existential psionic brain-eating genius horrors plugged right into phrenic acid-spewing chest-bursting horrors... with extending jaws and claws and nasty tails who could scuttle along walls with blindsight.

Needless to say, these creatures were not something you wanted to fight with a standard line of infantry. Aberrant phrenic shit is just a total pain in the ass to deal with, worse than most magical creatures that at least take a decent amount of time to mature.

I did say most...

Of course, the folks I had fighting with me were anything but a standard line of infantry, and as they say, knowing is half the battle.

Mind control was the last thing I was worried about. Any successful mental attack like that was blindingly obvious in /Marktell, meaning only some of the berserkers were vulnerable, and trying to mind control them in rage was completely impossible, as they had been very careful to learn how to resist such. The rest would just get shouted back to awareness by their buddies, getting somewhere between zero to two hundred or so extra saves against mind control, at most costing them a moment of hesitation, or not even that if I noticed and just bid them attack something other than the creature that had just tried to control them.

Certainly I wouldn't notice such a blindingly obvious intrusion against my Marked, nope, nope...

Topping off their Will saves was my Warlord bonus, enhanced by my Resolve/Courage bonus for a happy +10 extra, and with Soul-boosted Mindwarding saves adding +3-4 more, well, the success rate of such things wasn't going to be too high.

The Forsaken, of course, basically ignored them. Nulls work perfectly fine on piss-I-on-ics.

Acid resistance took care of that horribly acidic xenosym blood, and, well, both silvershine and blueshine slakes rendered the Gear so subjected completely immune to acid. I certainly wouldn't have been so foresighted as to insist that everyone have their Gear treated that way, right? I mean, with all the rotting, corrupting, decaying, molding, rusting, and other effects prevalent in Mythos and Chaos-infested areas. Nope, nope, not me, my 32 Int and 34 Wisdom is Totally Fer Show. I r stoopid, hur hur hur, I iz.

Corgun traipsed up behind me, Briggs, and AA, while some esoteric energies were trying to get past Null, Source, and Void, and basically just fading into nothingness ahead of us. There were a few catapults unleashing their loads, and the Casters behind us were taking turns Featherweighting the big rocks and watching them blow away on the winds into the void beneath us. After a few minutes, there was a crack of some inverse-note thunder from below, the ground trembled, and even the cerebrovores in charge didn't keep sending more offerings of just rocks down to whatever was below us.

The big dragon wasn't exactly comfortable in three overlapping Forsaken auras, but tolerated it out of pure superiority... and knowing we weren't going to attack him. -There is a Queen atop the wall,- he /pointed out helpfully, with that tone he used when wanting to wheedle a good fight away from us.

I'd already seen it, my Mask up now that we were past the canyon and there was no chance of me looking down low and Seeing Something I'd have to lobotomize myself instantly to forget. -Yeah, I'ma throw Briggs at it,- I /replied, ignoring the way the dragon's surprisingly mobile lips fell. -I need you to be a mobile siege ladder, not a combatant here, until we get multiple Disk Stairs raised. The last thing I need is for a dragon to be caught in tight quarters and assaulted from all sides. Xenosyms are armor-rending sons of lungs, and they'll chew up your scales quick. Once we have a foothold, I'll need the dragons to get around to the front and make sure nothing gets in or out. You can cover one another in formation there, and you'll be out of the winds if they try to swarm you.-

-Hmmm.- The dragon ran a few scenarios, I helpfully /supplied him some numbers, his eyes flickered, and he decided that being attacked by a dozen xenosyms ripping away his scales was probably not a good tactical decision... and it may or may not have got him thinking about actually investing in some barding, which the proud dragons had been rather skeptical of acquiring when magic was so sufficient.

Big difference between +4 from Force Armor and potentially +11 from mithral Plate Barding, and if it was well-made, it would look totally badass on him... and it wasn't like they hadn't built up a heap load of goldweight credits for battlespoils.

We weren't dumb enough to actually give the dragons coins for their hoards, of course, as they'd never spend the damn things, and they would be completely impossible to haul along while we were traveling. It was just a mental tally, but they salivated over the shining numbers in Markspace as if they were real.

-I know this isn't your specialty, AA; any problems?- I /inquired, bringing my left hand back, and Tremble slowly slid forth from her scabbard, immediately beginning to chime with the notes to our Song, which Endure patiently picked up with ringing emphasis.

Quaver slid out eagerly, happy to be fighting with her older Sister.

Soul Essence flowed over the Belt at my waist, flared as it turned my hips into extra shoulders and two vaguely spider-like arms coalesced out of a third of the symbols encircling my waist, electrum against the white of my Marks. They crossed, clasped, and Fall and Stand lit up in eager anticipation as I drew them.

Corgun pursed his scaled lips warily. He'd seen me fight with a Sword, and rarely a Sword and Shield. He'd never actually seen me pop the Arakne Arms. Sir Harbrom and Vialeste, the Elven Magebow riding crossbow, were also very interested.

A kite-shaped silver decoration on my waist-length hair dropped down, and sealed itself just below the Mark on my spine, right on the tailbone. Soul Essence flared on the other third of those Belt-Tats, and Compressed mithral extended out in serpentine segments, arcing out and up and over my head.

Sparky flared into existence, and promptly zipped into the widened last segment of what looked like a serpentine Tail that had lit up with the same assortment of multi-hued flames as my two Swords. Three spikes of solid light gathered around the Tail, and Sparky formed a watching eye up there, ready to attack with his own now-considerably buffed energies.

We had an Interdiction up, so Tremble couldn't float free, which meant hack and slash time it was.

-I'll just clean up in the wake of the two of you,- the Void Brother /chuckled, without a bit of shame.

-Errant,- I /called back softly. He traveled over the intervening troops and dragons by bouncing from Ward Wall to Ward Wall, landing weightlessly on Corgun's head, since space was limited. The dragon just rolled an eye at him.

-Go!- and Errant took off. I followed on his heels, AA paced me, and Briggs paced heavily behind, each step planted like a descending stone... or a boulder rolling downhill.

Errant wasn't as fast as I could be, but he was definitely not slow. He stayed just within my Null, so the cavalcade of piss-I-on-them energies coming down faded into nothingness right in front of him, and if they were mind-churningly bright and nauseating to look at, well, that's what Devasight is good for.

It was two hundred yards to the walls. They got off one volley of arrow fire, which rattled against the stones behind us as we kept picking up speed towards those hundred-foot walls of basalt that were bending and twisting as we looked at them.

Errant held out his hands low to the sides, palms up.

AA and I took two steps, and left the ground. Our ki was nicely harmonized, juked into Errant's, and without stopping, he heaved at the same time he jumped, the Philosopher's Might on his forearms burning to life.

An effective Might in the neighborhood of 60, sufficient to lift a main battle tank, hurled us skywards.

He hopped into a handstand at sixty mph, Angel Walk took his momentum away an inch from the ground, he hit, crouched his legs.

Briggs came down perfectly on his soles with both feet, and they kicked off one another with massive force, enough to send Errant's hands crunching into the ground, and Briggs took off like a rocket.

Author's Notes: Giger is of course the name of the artist who inspired the design of the xenomorphs in Aliens, and a master of some really disturbing imagery.

Customizing to a foe, Aliens ain't nearly so dangerous to Tens.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

High level people assault castles very differently.

AA and I were still shooting up towards the walls, tossed up like softballs, when Briggs shot right on by; last to jump, first to get there. His broad shoulders rotated Endure back to his right as he came over the edge of the parapet just as the Queen Xeno was looming forward to get a look over the edge.

His right foot hit the ground, anchored him as if he weighed ten tons with Crystal Dragon heavyfoot, and Endure came around.

Well, that's what it looked like, at least, because Endure was on his right side, then it was on his left, and the head of the Queen was spraying out in a burning cloud of acid over everything to his left side. It was literally just an eyeblink. Mixed in that spray was a shattered and pulped cerebrovore the size of a small pig that had just been enlightened on what it meant to be a Hammer Grandmaster first-hand.

Briggs' left foot descended, a step forward and down. His shoulder hit the Queen's headless carcass, sent it flying back off the curved and knurled stone of the walk she was latched onto with her immense lower claws, and away she fell, wheee...

She didn't get much of anywhere before AA and I alighted.

There was a horde of the things on the walk, on the walls, down in the courtyard, and the psionic backlash of their Queen dying was now reverberating through their hivemind. They were at once directionless and going territorially berserk. The cerebrovore in charge dying had also disrupted the telepathic network of the little neo-peabrains, and now they had to work out a new hierarchy of command. Given their Evil nature, exactly how seamless a transition was there going to be with that?

Maybe in the future I could advise them that they might not want to put the commander of both themselves and their rides in the same place. Why it had risked itself out here was another bizarre mystery I'd just chalk up to sheer arrogant overconfidence of someone riding a 15 HD giant xenosym...

Briggs and I saw the subtle motions of the horde dividing between competing factions instantly, picked out the three warrior-class drones being piloted by the second-rank 'vores clamoring for authority on their tele-bands, doubtless making their cases for I Be Da Boss with great urgency while also trying to direct this horde of dispirited and woe-is-us Queen-less xenosyms.

There just might have been a little bit of a multi-tasking problem we took advantage of.

Welp, change of plans. AA went left, I went right, and Briggs dropped down after the Queen. Battleplans surviving first contact and all...

I let go with pretty much everything.

They had carapaces as hard as good steel, which might have impressed me if I wasn't currently wielding a set of +VIII Weapons made of adamant, which meant very, very sharp, i.e. tracing lines of spatial cuts behind them, and also very, very hard.

The normal xenosyms had eight or so hit dice, giving them a high end of about eighty Health, freakishly tough, with DR 5/- or so. Their claws were psionically empowered by the same phrenic forces that allowed their unnatural physiologies to exist, doing improbable amounts of damage, very similar to having ki-boosted weapons and fighting skills. When cut, poked, or getting their carapaces broken, their acidic blood sprayed out under high pressure, powerful enough to eat through steel like cheese, but strangely not so effective on the greasy basalt underneath my feet.

It also sloughed off my Vajra like rainwater, as my Swords began to trace arcs of it in flowering sprays of death.

Quaver and Tremble were Singing with me, transcendent music pounding at the ears of the xenosyms with awful angelic rhythms in Aklo, letting them know that the wrath of the Heavens was upon them in Cerulean words.

Trust me, to the 'syms, the words Definitely had Color.

Intimidate check at +50, swift action if you kill an opponent. -5 to apply it to everyone in sight. Sneak Attack damage applying to all frightened opponents...

Stand slammed into a thrusting jaw hard enough to snap it closed on the extended teeth, cutting them off and spraying acid at me, which I ignored. Sparky turned the Steel Manticore Tail and drove two spikes into its skull, Anathema blowing it apart, and exposing the cerebrove riding it. A third spike punched into the turkey-sized thing, and then two rays of Soul Light hit that spike of force, punched into its innards, and blew the supernaturally tough little brain-eater into spraying pulp.

Sparky really loved the Tail!

Fall's trigger was pulled, the Arm holding it able to rotate unnaturally and keep impossibly steady as it pumped out a steady and endless stream of Force quarrels at whatever was beyond my shoto and convenient as I moved along the walk surrounded by flowering sprays of phosphorescent yellow-green blood, hissing stone, and xenosym carcasses igniting like tinder.

Vivic fire loved to feed phrenics to the Land, too, even if it didn't do any extra damage to them.

Two seconds after our slaughter commenced, Errant had completed his somersault, shifted to full Angel Walk, reduced gravity to one-sixth of normal, leapt after us, shot up a full hundred feet, and landed on the parapet behind AA. Boy had springs!...

Now Grace and Purity came singing out. He flowed off the battlement to the walkway, and Grace hissed through the heads and necks of two xenosyms crawling over the edge there in an arc of decapitating Wrath. He swung onto the flank of Brother Ancientaxe, who was plying Zeitgeist like a reaping scythe of death as fear shot through the screeching, writhing horde of xenosyms on Cerulean words from Reality and Heaven come calling.

Hey, Cutting Life operates off base Sneak Attack damage dice. You mean the Brother got both Cutting Life and ALL his SA dice on these Intimidated Aberrations, too? Man, what dumb Hagchild thought up that combo?

Behind us, the rest of our forces were charging down that OSHA-noncompliant arch and onto the broken ground behind us, led by Corgun and his riders, lining up even as they charged forwards into the breaching formations they needed, under strict finger-wagging from Warlord Sama's Mark-glare of Tyranny.

Corgun reached the proper point first, turned and put his shoulders down, and his tail up into the air.

Pursuing elven Casters cast their spells rat-tat-tat, and a line of Mass Disks winked into existence above him, extending from the end of his tail all the way up to the edge of the parapets above.

His two Riders were the first ones up that slope, running up his broad back, up the extended tail, and onto the Disks.

Flowing up after him were the elven archers, interspersed with Ironblood to block for them, going up his claw, shoulder, back, and tail in a smooth, easy stream.

Sir Harbrom hit the parapet, charged into three xenosyms who had crawled up to block him, and Thunder sounded in a place never meant to hear such purity. Sunlight punched a hole in the clouds above, xenosyms screamed at the touch of it, and shattered carcasses blew back from the ramparts, yay-us!

Vialeste was exactly one step behind him, hopping up for height, two arrows leaving her bow at ninety degrees to one another, striking down and past him on either side.

Lightning gathered up the remnants of Thunder and blew down the sides of the walls, hammering through the hordes coming up the walls as she came down.

Two more archers came up behind her, and everyone moved left, making room for those behind. Two arrows punched through the skulls of smoking 'syms coming over the edge, sending them off the walls as the first Ironblood arrived, shield and axe at the ready. More elven archers danced up the battlements behind and above him as he brought his cerulean-burning Axe down upon a smoking skull, treading sideways to make room as arrows hissed past him and nailed two more wounded 'syms through the head.

Don't watch the bosses, don't watch the bosses, don't watch the bosses, rang through all their heads. Follow the music, watch the paint, keep moving, make way for those behind you...

They very, very much wanted to watch their bosses slaughtering everything, just stand there in awe at the fact any living beings could actually wreck that much carnage on everything before them... before the inevitable, acerbic -Why can't you do the same thing?- /came along to kick them into action once again, and they remembered that they too were some of the deadliest warriors alive, and it was their job to kill!

Errant hit the parapet above about the same time as Briggs hit the ground below. His heavy boots and weightier heavyfoot slammed down on the carapace of the Queen, radiated sideways, and blew out her shell with the impact of his Heavyfoot soles. Soul-soles? Acidic innards blew out in a flat stream in all directions, and xenosyms screamed and smoked under the deluge.

His Tremblesense radiated out like sonar in all directions, locating every clawed foot, every shift of weight, and tensing of talons on the ground, reverberating up into those unnatural bodies pulsing with phrenic energies, and reading them, noting which ones were unnaturally reinforced and strong, painting them into the Marktell for sixty feet around himself.

There, There, and There were in range.

The handle of his Hammer grew to ten feet long, and his arm moved up and down.

From behind him, Endure was now in front of him, along with the head of a 'sym with a 'vore rider that had been reduced to the thickness of a pancake beneath the impact of his Hammer, creating a nice dent in the ground.

The rebound lifted Endure as Briggs took a precise step and pivot, and the Hammer arced up and down, and then another pivot, up and down, and then a rotation.

Whamwhamwham, three 'vores were flattened to spongecakes, the Hammer only seeming to get faster and faster, and he spun in a circle as his ki and motion seemed to pull their heads into a line. He completed a full circle and let go of Endure.

Six heads exploded in passing, and Endure smashed through two more skulls, sent two more careening away, and a warrior drone starting to rise up from their mass got caught right in the eyeless-face, which promptly decided to flatten itself against the 'vore behind it, and that thing decided to take a brain nap against the unflinching and supportive basalt of the wall behind it.

There was a beat, and Endure was back in his gauntleted hand, drumming happily around, covered in steaming acidic gore that had absolutely no effect on either of them. One more beat, and the acid was blown off the Hammer by Briggs' Vajra, and he casually took a step fifteen feet long, and struck out.

Carapaces shattered like brittle glass, and 'syms swarming instinctively to the attack went flying back, their own acidic blood coating their kin.

Beat, step, left. Beat, step, right. Beat, step, left. Beat, step, right, release, flatten another head against a wall sixty feet away, watch the telepathic shudders and loss of control ripple through the horde.

Beat. Left. Three 'syms around him found four arrows each punching through their heads, and the 'vores also impaled there didn't seem to like it too much. Acid fed back, and mount and rider liquified explosively in that classic cranial out-all-the-orifices way.

Four more arrows bracketed him as he took two more steps towards another drone at the entrance to the hive fortress. He pulled his Sun in, and four fireballs went off all around him, flat Disks overlapping in multiple areas, pulling up just shy of him with perfect placement of the AoE effects. Xenosyms screamed and died, and two revealed 'vores were nailed to the ground a second later by unerring arrow fire. A step, wham, and a toss later, they were shatter-splattered, and his unhurried, irrevocable progress continued.

There was a momentous hiss as a couple brood guards, almost as big as the Queen, rose behind the drone. Unlike the drone, their narrower heads didn't allow for a 'vore rider. They had come hurtling up in response to the death of the Queen, and without hesitation, the massive things bounded towards him.

Step left.

A crossbow quarrel, three spikes, and two Rays drove into the side of the head of the one on the left, smashing its head to the side and throwing it off pace as Briggs took another step, and brought Endure back as it overstepped, looming up on him, blocking the other one trying to lunge at him-

A leaping 'sym's head disintegrated, so did the narrow head of the brood guard as its extending jaw bounced off his skinplate, and Endure continued on through into the shoulder joint of the second, shattering it like glass and smashing it away from its course as acid spurted from the broken carapace.

He didn't look back as a shining Shardstroke sliced down from above through the middle of the second's head before it could find its feet, cutting its foreskull and brain right off. Up on the battlements, Errant continued after Ancientaxe, not breaking his own warding of Brother AA's flanks.

Glossary: Phrenic is the psionic equivalent of spell-like abilities. Any creature born with natural psionic powers is phrenic. A creature with psionic talent, but who gets their powers from Class Levels, is just psionic. So, Marvel's X-Men mutants would be considered phrenics (and psionic), but Moondragon, who got her telepathic powers via training, is merely psionic.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Because what goes up, must come down.

There were now two lines of Disks forming steps racing up to the walls. The dragons all waited until they were together, and then used the Amulets of Spell Knowledge they were wearing. The spell within, naturally enough, was Spider Climb.

It was like we planned how to get dragons up over the walls in a no-fly zone, or something.

The dragons swarmed up the side of the basalt walls every bit as quickly as the xenosyms could, poured themselves over the battlements at the top, and triple lightning breaths scythed through the masses on the walls in their arcs of fire. Silver jaws reached out to crackle and crunch a couple 'syms who were too close and too full of themselves.

They went over the walls, and started down them, and suddenly the wall-crawling xenosyms found some really big competition for wall space, and some big-ass tails and wings flinging them down fall-go-splat.

The Valor dragons didn't bother wasting their breath weapons, as the syms were quite resistant to cold damage. They just bit, clawed, buffeted, and smashed while on a vertical plane, not at all put off, and bulldozed a path through shrieking 'syms.

The Torcs their Amulets were hanging from flared repeatedly as mind-control magic went the dragons' way. Betrayed by the psionic displays, the guilty 'vores and their rides were promptly hatracked by archers waiting for those very signs. The dragons were also very curious about how the 'vores were going to taste...

The Rockborn, being the slowest of the troops, arrived last, with one of the Priests with them whipping up a wall of stone in spiral stair format, forming a tight rising stairway to the top of the walls. The dwarves tromped upwards tirelessly, their Spears held tight, their cadence on point with every step, reaching the top at a trot and pouring out onto the battlements in a steady stream.

An elf dropped over the side of the wall, immediately followed by a dozen berserkers. Five feet from the ground, the gentle white cube of a Featherweight Zone went off, and everyone hit the ground softly in the midst of writhing xenosyms.

Berserkers zerked, jumping away as another dozen of them came leaping down with excited cries, hit the ground, springing away as the next wave came down.

Right after them came the dwarves, to set up the relief line behind them. Brawling berserkers found Rockborn Spears driving into the guts of the writhing aliens they were hacking into, and soon the hedge of Spears was up and the dwarves were taking ground, as the berserkers pulled back to get healed.

The scampering dragons made every effort to catch up to AA and Sama as they made their way around the walls in explosions of black carapaces and glowing green blood. Everyone made mental homage to the Casters who'd doled out the Mass Resist Acids for everyone, given how acrid the air was becoming, and as the dwarves and berserkers below followed after Briggs, the rest of the troops secured the walls and battlements.

The griffons and the Hellpoodles were the last ones to come up the Disks, following in the tracks of everyone else. The griffons were annoyed by the Null Interdiction keeping them from flying, and occasionally got to mix it up with a xenosym and further realize why they didn't like not being able to fly. Captains Fido and Shirley stayed alert for any surprises to the flanks, which their slavering jaws and massive crackling claws were more than happy to greet with fire, cold, and lightning.

With Errant keeping his flanks solid, and dragons playing flick-the-wallcrawler below him, Ancientaxe made very good time, his Glaive Zeitgeist happily vivisizing a bunch of angry Aberrants. He naturally didn't give a damn about the 'vores in charge, their psionics finding him less substantial than a ghost, and he picked them out anywhere in his Helix, no matter how hard they hid, painted them into the Mark-Up Display, and the archers hatracked them if they were out of his reach.

Sama reached the far side, and sent three shrieking strokes of Tremble through the door in front of her. Psionic energies shattered shrilly in protest, some things inside started boiling out at her, and she went right in after them.

Quaver and Tremble's ominous notes didn't stop at all, and the sounds of whatever was inside there contributing a stanza to their Song would probably have caused a lot of nightmares if everyone wasn't humming along with Heaven's Elevator Music.

The great drawbridge over the naturally unfathomably deep moat slammed down, severed chains with jagged ends falling down to dangle above the depths. The dragons slithered up over the walls, down the outside of them, along the gatehouse, over out onto the bridge, and across it quickly, facing the new xenosym and 'vore forces coming up from the settlement below.

A good number of the cerebrovores were riding sentients instead of 'syms, including humans, apes, lizardfolk, anthros, orcs, ogres, and even a couple Jotuns, Drakes, and other monsters.

That was totally fine. AA, Errant, and Sama bounced off the walkway, skipped along the walls, leapt out to land lightly on the dragons' backs, bounced again, and Void and Null landed right in front of the walkway just in time to meet the barrage of spells, psionics, and natural abilities from suborned hosts getting tossed at the dragons.

It was an explosive display, very colorful, eyecatching flames and crackling arcs of power, rings of energy, mind-bending auras and waves. When it was all done, and people could open their eyes easily, Sama and AA stood there unharmed, his Helices up and spinning blacks and greys, while Sama just looked annoyed.

The heads of five dragons rose behind them, looking very smug, while Errant just looked amused.

And then all the spells went off from the elves on the walls.

Acres of ground vanished from sight under a lot of fireballs singing with banefire, swallowing every part of the small army out there. Although the cerebrovores riding the skulls of their hosts were mostly unharmed by the magic, the same thing couldn't be said for their host bodies. Overlapping flames tore into them from every direction, burning to ash what was only still living by psionic energy, and suborned throats screamed in irritation at this event happening, and maybe just a little pain from the feedback... which was a new and splendid experience, and so not nearly as off-putting as it should have been.

What it did do is get rid of a whole bunch of xenosyms, and Brother Ancientaxe and Sama were off like launched bullets. Lines of 'syms in the way parted ways like cloven waves, gouts of corrosive blood flew into the air... and no, the stolen bodies weren't immune to the blood, either. Might they possibly be taking the splash effect into account when cleaving? My, they would have had to be pretty damn good to do that...

Glaive, Swords, and Autobows went hunting for 'vores, shearing through skulls and splitting them inside their rides. For those whose rides had died and were extracting themselves from their carriages of charred bone, streaks of spinning Helices and wrathflame divided them, and their wielders kept going.

The dragons, however, were bellowing for attention, and the surviving xenosyms reacted to the stimuli, swarming toward them in a wave of gleaming, writhing black alien bodies.

Dragon tails and wings are incredibly strong and quite heavy. The dragons flowed into a five-part circle of motion while Errant began picking off 'vores here and there who, it just so happened, were not immune to The Light of Heaven, and Purity blazed like a small star as chained Rays of radiant energy speared out and let their thoughts out into The Light.

Massive wings and slamming tails scooped and hurled xenosyms sideways with great energy, lunging jaws grabbed and hurled them like sides of beef. They hiss-wailed strangely as they went hurtling over the side of the moat, were pounded past it with crushing tail-swipes, and swept flying with hurricane-force winds picking them up and sending new offerings down to whatever Thing existed down there in the darkness.

The wind coming up from the moat stopped, too...

Standing up there on a small Ward Wall just above them, Errant ripped Walls of glowing fire right and left, chained bolts of Wrath, and picked out the 'vores for the archers ready on the walls behind him to hatrack with True Seeking Arrows. There were a lot of them, but ten of them were basically dying every breath, stolen skulls transfixed by quintets of arrows as their wounded host bodies staggered and tried to attack before being brought down by uncannily accurate arrow fire.

AA and Sama were moving with appalling speed, zigging and zagging from 'vore to 'vore, narrow lines of destruction exploding in passing, and 'vores were getting to investigate Life's Final Mystery in numbers as the two zipped hither and yon, and split skulls and the squirming things within were flying in their wake.

Cold swallowed a cluster of 'syms, two of them, doing scarcely no damage to them, but the follow-up lightning bolts went through them as if supercharged, blowing many of them apart violently as superconductivity did its thing. Valor and Shield dragons glanced at one another, made little neck shakes that amounted to 'hee hee hee!', and continued flinging 'syms and some overconfident 'vore host bodies over the lip of the moat and down to their doom.

The inner gates groaned slowly open, and Briggs marched out at the head of the infantry corps and the griffons.

He saw me glance at him, his helm opened slightly so I could see his grin, and he patted his chest. Probably three or four pounds of gory remnants of things fell off his Skinplate with a hissing, wet squelching.

Tremble started flashing, hands went up, and the Healing was doled out quickly. There had been some impressive traps and psionic energies used inside, but the Healers were on them, and the White Staff had already brought back two berserkers and a dwarf who'd been reduced to meat paste, a blasted corpse, and nearly bit in half, respectively.

The force outside had a fair amount of carried Gear and jewelry, as bling seemed to be a vanity statement for 'vore host bodies. Nobody protested their odd tastes in style, as we were just going to Invest or Infuse it all, anyways.

"Got some nice spoils. Although some of the shit makes my eyes want to bleed." He picked up a coffer of some slick, greasy pseudo-metal. Some kind of Void-Energized palladium, I thought...

He'd naturally relayed most of his finds to me, a huge chunk of it in weird trade goods bartered for passage, in addition to a lot of coin from tolls cum offerings. What was in the coffer had to be pretty nice, given how warded up and sealed it had been in a corner of their secure storage area.

He popped it open with his thumb, and a cool, pale blue light rose from within. We looked at a pentagrammic star inlaid with a very unique Rune that pulsed with an inherent strength of reality, and disdain for those things not of Creation.

"A Cerulean Seal." I smirked despite myself. "And they didn't throw it into the moat, why?..."

"Probably it made them forget about it. It represents just how much Creation doesn't like them, after all." He snapped it closed, and tossed it over his shoulder.

Barus, who was just walking up, caught it reflexively, startled. "It's made for Druids. Enjoy."

The Druid of the North Wind's eyes lit up, and he bowed shortly before hustling away, Brown ambling like a small hill after him.

A Cerulean Seal was essentially a minor Artifact designed to really piss off Aberrants. It had Greater Bane effects, sensed them nearby, could Turn them like they were undead, trashed their spell resistance, and generally made them feel very unwelcome here in Existence. He'd be able to do some major bullying of Aberrants with the thing. As its origins were Druidic, it only made sense for him to be the bearer of it.

Vivic fires were everywhere, burning merrily. We'd gotten some blood and organs off some of the more magical monsterish hosts, the dragons were trying out different seasonings, frying, boiling, broiling, roasting, and mincing the crunchy cerebrovores left all over the place.

The little sisters trooped up, their trim outfits of deep green, burnt crimson, and bright white and blue with ribbons had some gashes and gouges in them, which Tremble would fix up when she got a minute or three.

"Oh, Sama, was that 'vore surprised when I punched it in the jaw and got all the way up to its brain!" Verd buffed her fist proudly.

"Sooooo irritating," Amber sniffed in contrast. "They run around naked, and only have like three good places to stick them. No style at all." Her scarlet eyes fixed on the town a mile down the hill with interest.

"Everything in that town is ridden by a cerebrovore," I informed her blandly, and her face fell again. How was she supposed to get any Night Rose practice in with Aberrants riding hosts everywhere?

I looked down at Veis, who looked so cute in her outfit, totally out of place here. Of course, it could morph to a ninja body-stocking in a heartbeat, but that hardly meant she was going to give up her loli cuteness if she had a choice.

"Two 'vores!" she chimed up, her twin Kukris flipping up like ready snakes, and just as quickly flipped back down into their scabbards. "They were trying to run away. They look really funny when they run," she added in a stage whisper.

"They do," I agreed, knuckling her head. Ribbons and bows... "We aren't done, of course."

Their eyes joined a bunch of others looking downhill. "We have to purge that?" Verd asked grimly.

"Basically," I agreed. "Really, just get past it, loot, plunder, kill everything in our way... you know, Heaven's Brigands."

They all smirked despite themselves. "Murderhoboing?" Amber cackled despite herself.

"Yeah," I agreed with a lop-sided smile that didn't reach my eyes.

"And that'll wrap up this zone," Briggs contributed with a glance at me.

"What? All this is one zone?" Verd spoke up in alarm.

"Both sides of the bridge, yep," I informed Busty Little Sister.

The girls looked back, thought about everything we'd killed, how much more we had to kill, and pursed their lips.

"So..." Amber drawled, "how many more of these zones do we have to go through?" she asked slowly.

"Twenty?" I asked Briggs, who made a 'thereabouts' shake of his hand. "And of course, the three super-zones around the Obelisks."

"So, this was just light exercise," Veis piped up.

"A casual harvesting of alternative draconic culinary fact-finding components," I answered with a straight face.

"I bet those things would taste really good in 'sym acid blood that's been gently electrified," Verd mused, and went off to volunteer that to the dragons, her sisters darting after her with great interest, coming up with a half-dozen more totally weird and inspired suggestions on the way. Hag Akasha at work...

Briggs smirked after them. "All of you are characters," he supplied helpfully.

"Well, duh." I glanced at Errant at the far edge of the temporary camp, speaking with Estemar as their combined Eyes of Heaven scanned for any sign of intruders incoming. "Freaking predetermined combat zones. So glad the Brothers scouted us right into them."

"I'm more worried about the stuff we are avoiding," Briggs admitted, and I couldn't say I blamed him...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Because it would have been tedious for all of us to go through each fight zone by zone.

Zone 2...

"So, I count two hundred visible super-worm tunnels through this pass..."

Zone 3...

"Um!" Verd pointed at a castle-sized toadstool in the distance. "Is that mushroom moving?"

"Yes."

"Oh." Everyone stared at the landscape covered in a thousand types of fungi, seeming to undulate as if alive, despite the fact there was no wind, only a lot of spores in the air... and some of those winged things in the sky had no heads...

Zone 4...

It was cold, and the wind was howling through the pass ahead of them. Snow blanketed the ground, and the trees were heavy with white snow.

Shirley and Fido sniffed and growled. The dragons nodded agreement.

"Thousands of them," old Corgun murmured, his wings wrapped tight against the nearly gale-force wind.

Everyone looked up at the long, narrow Wake of the Land riding above us. Yeah, no way they didn't know something was coming.

"Should be fun!" Veis chimed, enjoying the climate, and everyone laughed softly...

Zone 5...

"Well, don't these look familiar," murmured Feist, shrugging off his new yeti-hide cloak. There were a lot of them, stacked on Disks as loot, they'd fetch a good price back home. Hazé, busybusybusy with her evacuation duties, would be popping in with an Item Tapestry to take them all off their hands, and distribute them to Sama's goods-hungry burgeoning mercantile empire. There were, after all, far more of them than they needed to make everyone here cold-resistance items, no reason not to send them back to make more of the same... or make a whole lot of money, as long as they could be distributed around the continent.

And, well, Hazé was definitely bouncing around the continent, coming into the 400x zone, getting Renewed, and Gemjumping out to punch through the spatio-temporal hijinks. She'd already done a dozen Teleport Runs, bringing in hundreds of people and colossal amounts of goods through coordination and Marked in key places helping communicate. Popping up and dumping off a few/dozen/scores of prime yeti hides wasn't even an imposition, although most of them simply got dropped in The Camp and were snatched up to make Cold Resistance items for the Ironblood there.

The company was parting with them because the plain in front of them was dotted with large mounds. They were all at least a mile apart, but they stretched straight to the horizon. And there were already dark blurs wriggling out from each of them...

"That's a lot of formians," Briggs observed, side-eying me.

"Is it? Prep for poison, everyone..." I half-grinned.

Zone 6...

Hazé looked behind us, at all the insect mounds littering the plains, the ones underneath that blue line in the sky kind of half-crumpled, with a clear line of white on the ground matching the skies above. She glanced at the stacked-up square Stone Shaped containers, lifting up the plug on one and sniffing.

"Ant honey." Her eyes fell on the containers made from white stone. "Royal?" she asked, pointing.

"Well, their nests didn't need them anymore," Briggs said with a straight face. "We kept a bunch for Healing Potions, and Wand charging..." As a power comp, the magical royal honey meant you didn't have to cast the spells to charge up a Wand, like normal; you just sacked the Honey to it. Given how much we'd recovered, charging up a couple Wands of Cure Serious Wounds made for a nice emergency reserve... and now everyone in the army had at least two doses to drink in event of emergency, too!

"Right." She looked ahead, where the sparse grass of the ant-ridden plains gave way to desert, the sands turned remarkably dark remarkably quickly, but did not venture past this hill line, as if held at bay. "And what's out there?"

"Temple to Apep," Errant replied, silver eyes shining expectantly.

"Sooooo... lots of snakes."

"Especially Fire Snakes!" he agreed enthusiastically.

"Well." There was clear longing in her voice, but she was doing Good Work, and earning no less Karma than him in so doing. "Be about your snake-hunting, I suppose." She sat down on her own Disk, shaking her head, and watched our troops gliding past on Disks, alert and ready to fight. She could rest from the spellcasting she was doing, go through an accelerated Renewal, and be off to another evacuation.

There had been deaths, of course, but with the White Staff, we'd managed to recover most combat deaths, and there were several Clerics among the elves and dwarves who could bring the dead back, as long as we recovered a body. Given how damn tough this troop was, and how much Healing we had available, it was actually really, really hard to perma-kill anyone as long as formations were kept and teamwork was adhered to.

And of course, Hazé could Gemjump in to the rogue stone Errant held, and provide even more help on the revivification side of things. With Tremble able to bring back anyone who died within the last minute, as long as she could reach them, we still hadn't lost anyone permanently, despite some very energetic attempts to make it so...

Zone 7...

"That would be a real bad idea to go in there," Errant mused, accepting the new boots of Fire Snake hide I handed him. He sat down on his own glowing Ward Wall and swapped out his tooled leather ones calmly. The flames that poofed up from them when he put them on were certainly eye-catching enough, although they wouldn't set fire to anything unless he wanted them to.

The desert had rather abruptly given way to a dark and brooding old forest, rising out of the sands over the course of a mere mile, splayed around a winding river that gave some wet to the dry sands.

Apep had one less temple and was pissed at us, no doubt. Those had been some big Fire Snakes, but the Valor dragons had had an absolute heavenly time, freezing the burning neo-cobras and stuffing themselves silly on them. Fido and Shirley had just gone off on them, as such things were fairly common in certain areas of Hell, and rather bemused, the rest of us had just followed their lead as they rampaged around.

"Agreed!" Barus and Verd spoke up together, and Silent Jhon nodded, as did every single damn elf and halvyr there. Nobody wanted to go into that place. Broody and hungry, everyone could feel it.

"Barus, Commune with the Land, not the forest! Find out if this place can be purified. If so, where the heart of the forest is, what we need to do, and we'll alpha-strike it with a strike team, and run everyone through while it's recovering..."

Zone 8...

Horns blew, shrill and high, haunting and soul-chilling. I cocked an ear at them, noted how the eyes of the elf-bloods went wide.

-Hey, old crow, that horn what I think it is?- I /replayed the sound for Noir Rabe, still Way Back There, veeeeeeery slow.

-The Lost Hunt!- he /identified the horn immediately. -Be wa... Ah. Let them entertain you...- he /caught himself in time.

If they were caught in this zone, then pretty much anything dangerous had probably been hunted away. As long as the zone could be crossed during the day, it was probably perfectly safe.

Alas, we had come out in the evening.

"So, who wants to come with me to kill a Fey Hunt?" I asked freely, and the elves all looked very uncertain, while Brother Ancientaxe just looked disdainful, and Briggs and Errant totally expectant. Everyone else just kind of pursed their lips, looked at the stats in Markspace, and wished us well. The dragons were already scouting ahead, no need to turn back and engage with this... unless the Hunt was dumb enough to pick them as prey.

Not that I'd give them the chance...

Zone 9...

Mutated and malformed bodies, parodies of natural animals and bipeds, warped with aspects of other creatures, swollen muscles, gaping jaws and extended claws, and the occasional extra mouth or limb, were everywhere, now burning vivic.

The demigod was sitting atop a mound of burning corpses, His eyes glowing as he regarded Briggs and me.

He looked like an Ancient, with more teeth and claws, dressed in leathers from some beast I'd never seen, His famous Spear, and of course His stag-horned head.

A dozen warped versions of Him were burning away under our feet, and many of the creatures we'd had to kill were mutated versions of His green-fire-eyed Hounds. Of course, there were literally thousands more of the creatures dying throughout this barren place, where even the lichen and moss had been scraped off the stones to feed the hunger of the Gargovian Mother ensconced here.

She had to be limited to this zone, or she would have eaten the world by now.

I kicked the skull of one of the replicants, probably made from eating His corpse after He died. As a demigod, He naturally was Renewed to Hunt again, but if the Mother had been able to make multiple versions of Him, that meant He'd died here multiple times, and had been brought back to hunt again.

"Briggs greets the Elder!" mah Fuzzy said, bowing to the ancient god of the hunt. Lord Herne studied him, His bloody wounds healing quickly, and nodded slowly to this junior, His eyes flicking to the Hammer beating softly in Briggs' hands. His eyes turned to me, and Tremble zipping around in the distance, dispensing rays of gentle white light... the same rays of light that had kept Him alive during this very long and bloody fight with a dozen of His doppelgangers.

By transferring his injuries to me.

He gestured us both closer, and, totally unafraid, we stepped up within arm's reach. His hand reached out, and dark claws bit into Briggs' shoulder (he let it). The bloody scar flashed with harsh red light, healing up even as He carved it. Briggs didn't even grunt, as he had half-a-dozen deeper wounds on him right now.

He did the same to me, and when the scar flashed and closed, so did twenty-two different faded claw and bite wounds all over me, which He didn't fail to notice. I'm afraid I quirked a smile at him, and He exhaled long and slow as he looked over the two of us, and nodded.

"Girls, clean Him up and make sure He takes the rest of the night off." I snapped my fingers and pointed.

There was a fire in the eyes of all three of my little sisters as they came forwards, and there was no way the demigod was going to miss that light. The three of them pulled Him to His feet, and there was a thick set of cover not so far away...

Briggs watched them go, not knowing whether to laugh or not. "So... her first time will be with a demigod?"

"They are so envious of her," I chortled, leaning over against him as if he were a tree.

"And you aren't indulging because-?" he asked.

"Mah Fuzzy is way more dangerous than some ancient demigod who can't even kill a bunch of Gargovian dupes of Himself. Exactly why would I prefer Him over you?" I gave the rock of his ribs an elbow, and he politely grunted... and lengthened it into a groan.

"I so need puberty to start and get done with like yesterday!" he growled, reaching a big hand out to drape around my shoulders and drag me in. He smelled my hair, all nice and sweet with vivisizing gargovian guts. "Aren't you as old as Veis?"

"I'll turn mine on when yours turns on," I patted his hand. "It keeps them happy thinking they are all bigger than me because they went first."

He sniffed the air, thick with primal vitality and ancient energies, stirred up by the presence of the Hunter. "We're going to have to declare a night off after this, and break out the beer. The elves are getting restless..."

I laughed deep in my throat, and he shivered. "Come on, let's give that Mother the final treatment. You ever kill her in game?"

"Yeah, made a couple runs. She probably won't look anything like that, though..." He hefted Endure, I drew Quaver back out, and we started in the direction that Fido and Shirley were indicating.

The rest of the troops fell in behind, and didn't look back to where the girls and the demigod had vanished to...

Author's Notes: Small zones range in size from 50 x 150 miles to 100 x 300 miles. Major zones are 300 x 900 miles.

Zone 2 – I was channeling Dune, but not so big. There are spots in the Felldeep where lots and lots of purple worms gather...

Zone 3 – The killer fungi zones in Vault of the Drow, only worse.

Zone 4 – Last module of Rise of the Runelords, there's a yeti camp. Yeti can be verrrry tough in Pathfinder...

Zone 5 – I was thinking the bugs from Starship Troopers as I wrote this...

Zone 6 – Big Fire Snakes are the Cobras from Gods of Egypt. You can't ride the little ones. Totally overpowered breath weapons from the little ones.

Zone 7 – This is based on an old Dungeon Magazine adventure where if you don't purify the heart of the forest in time, it animates the WHOLE FOREST to kill you.

Zone 8 – I saw the stats for the members of the Wild Hunt from Paizo and went, aww, I just got to do this...

Zone 9 – And if you run into a Poser Hunt, you should run into the real thing. 15 HD demigod, kill him or die if you're the target of his hunt. It's okay, He just rises anew to hunt the next day, and holds no grudges.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Because slogging through encounter zones that are supposed to tire you out and use up all your resources is a thing.

Oh, wait, they're making us richer and stronger? Never mind. Bring on the zones!

Remember that taking a few minutes to give a good review helps me out, even if you don't want to support me on ! I'd dearly like to get my rating up over 4.5 for the people who stuck with the story, instead of those who read the first few chapters without paying attention to the synopsis, keywords, and glossary, and wonder why they can't understand anything...

Veis was looking a lot older in the eyes as she and the girls stumbled into the tent in the morning, and they all promptly fell asleep together without saying anything.

Briggs kicked back on the side of a hill, the vivic fires eating away at the remnants of the Gargovian nest also helping to make the sky blue and faintly sunny, a nice day. "He must have popped away at dawn," he observed to me.

"He did. And without dupes of Him here, shouldn't be coming back." There'd been literally hundreds of dupes of Him to kill, although they happily exhibited no teamwork, and didn't have the Health Qi of an actual demigod. Just big, strong, lots of claws, and inordinately tough. Wolfpack them and they went down pretty easy. "She probably made a dupe of Him every time He died, and He was drawn back here by them after every real hunt, until the true Dusk in the outside came to steal Him away for a Hunt. Really, getting brought back over and over to kill gargovian dupes of Himself and his dogs, for who knows how many times?"

"Well, not evolving and adapting to the times is a bitch. Hopefully His Favored Enemy Slayer/Aberrations is up nicely, or at least he got Foe Hunter out of all this. If not, eh." He glanced at the scar on his shoulder. "So, what do you think this symbol does?"

"Well, according to Noir Rabe, it's the Mark of Herne, which makes us the equivalent of people who have bested the Lord of the Wild Hunt in battle. He sounded a bit envious."

"Huh." Briggs rubbed his nose. "Well, I suppose having a modifier on Diplomacy and Intimidate checks against Fey can't be all that bad. He doesn't have any real enemies, as I understand it..."

"No, he's older than both Courts, and beyond their control, a servant of Nature Herself. The Fey Hunt is a smarmy attempt to imitate Him. He could probably tell we'd wiped one of them." I smirked, and he laughed low and roughly. Damn, he really did have to hurry his hormones along...

"How do you think the Hags trapped a Gargovian in here for so long? Seriously, giving a Gargovian that much time, it should have eaten the planet a long time ago."

"I imagine that it has to do with the Formation they started, and the Mother being pinned by its influence. It just ran out of biomass and has just been sitting there cannibalizing its children, slowly starving unless idiots come in to be eaten. Herne must have somehow come in to hunt one of her kids, and been trapped and killed many, many times over."

"Yeah, even a classless demigod has fifteen Outsider Hit Dice. Even with no gear, those things were pretty mean." They could have been a right terror if every one of them wasn't basically fighting at least six Sevens or higher at once, and simply wasn't allowed to kill one of them before it died.

The Mother had definitely gotten addicted to demigod flesh. It had morphed into a canine tauren, three dog heads with burning green eyes and stag horns, furred femalish torso, six legs, huge clawed hands, moving with divine speed and energy.

Oh, and twenty feet tall.

Alas, its instincts and constant spewing out of more Gargovians meant it ended up fighting in a birthing chamber, without the area to run around with its vast speed and really be a threat to our forces. We'd simply plugged up the main way out with a lot of shining steel, and then Bane of Legends, Bane/Aberrants, Enmity/the Unnatural, and Greater Soulbound combined for +X on our Weapons as we carved into the planet-eating spawn-spewing thing.

Had a lot of Health Qi, did a lot of damage. It was really, really shocked when all three of us straight up shanked it dead, and it had real problems dealing with us.

Well, me. I was the one with the Shield blocking for the boys, Transferring wounds with Tremble and just concentrating on hitting it as many times as possible for Healing Edge to do its thing. Stand intercepted dozens of attacks that could have really done a number on us, bearing up under the impacts in his new Indestructible QL 50 Adamantine home.

Bane of Legends wasn't a Slaughter effect, it used a different type of Rune. It was basically an evener, a quintessential fight of the little guy against the powerful, there to compensate for enormous, unnatural power. As such, it fit into Arsenal, and now a lot of the Ironblood had the chance to add it to their Weapons... which might trigger a fatal surprise if something that thought itself obscenely strong and them not at all dangerous went reaping into them...

Good lads. Most of them were just sitting down and doing casual maintenance work from their kits right now.

AA was off taking a look at the Obelisk in this zone. Scholarly interest? Brothers found it almost impossible to relax in normal areas, let alone in some place as humming with distorted magic and reality as this.

We didn't have to worry about residual taint. The Mother would only allow its spawn to escape if it had sufficient reserves, at which point it would have evolved into a Great Mother and would send out Mothers of its own, which would grow in size, and then come back for a big battle Royale, turning into a Grand Mother which could then literally start the process of eating everything alive on the planet.

Yeah, Gargovians were not shit to mess around with. Happily, this batch had been mostly predictable, as the only biomass it had had for a long time was Herne and His hounds, which basically supplanted the other, lesser bioforms it could have used. So, hounds, dog-demigods, and demigods, all with that wonderful Gargovian touch, had formed ninety percent plus of what we fought.

Zone 10...

Great brutes roared hard enough to shake the leaves of the trees.

The earth trembled from the mass of great bodies thumping across it.

Boulders crashed through the trees, exploding against mighty trunks and bouncing and plowing holes along the crowd.

Blood flowed in great gouts and streams, staining the ground with streams of it, flowing out of massive bodies.

It was Jotun time!

The most numerous of our attackers were ogres, coming in their hundreds, with the hill giants behind them looming over them. Driving those twelve-foot brutes on were their thirty-foot tall mutant cousins, the mountain giants, using whole stripped trees as crude clubs, with their Jotunblooded ruler looking like he was made out of black gneiss or something in charge.

You'd think a bombardment of that many thrown rocks would be dangerous, but since we knew they were coming and were there, well, all it meant was a lot of elves had to stop the rocks in midflight and send them falling to the ground in front of the befuddled giants, while Rockborn longspears held an uncompromising line and the command crew lit into them, with Ancientaxe proving devastatingly dangerous against things the heart of his Order was made to kill...

Lots of Gauntlets and Girdles material to salvage from here, as well, and yo, Jotuns have, by hook or crook, decent loot...

Zone 11...

We watched the hunting pack of Tyrant Raptors, literally a dozen of the great carnivores hunting together, threading their way between massive herds of sauropods grazing along the riverbanks, and making their way in our direction. They spread vestigial black wings, and black acid was dripping from their jaws as they hurtled our way.

Bane to Dragons swiftly began to arise on the Weapons around us... because those sauropods were also turning to look our way, and they had vestigial wings, too!

Draconic brontosaurs and Tyrants, and a half-dozen other types of dinos, and that wasn't even counting the magical ones, like the Thunder Lizards.

The mood of the five dragons in the sky was very, very bad. This was why they killed all evil dragons as soon as they could, because the fuckers would mate with anything and totally infiltrate the ecology with dragon-spawn.

Briggs pointed silently, and a great black-scaled sauropod two miles away turned to look at us. The wings it unfolded weren't vestigial, and were wide enough to basically span a football field. Nor did it have the flat teeth of a plant-eater, as it bellowed out a challenge that had every single mutant dino in the land raising its head and contributing to with lungpower that was definitely on the excessive side.

Ancientaxe wasn't off-put, he just sighed some. "That's a lot of meat to hack," he murmured, with the air of someone who'd seen this sort of thing before.

We were definitely, definitely going to be able to add to the Dragon Baneskulls from this area, in addition to the ones being harvested off the Warp Dragons...

This zone... might take a while just from the sheer amount of meat we were going to have to cut through. No wonder the border with the giants was strewn with so many bones...

Zone 12...

There were massive reptilian bodies playing out there in the waters of the lake, which was wide enough that we couldn't see across it. That wasn't a terrain problem, as the three of us could all run across water, towing Disks with the troops behind us.

It was that there was a whole lot of plesiosaurs and wako in the way out there, a considerable number of which had dark scales and vestigial wings.

Up above in the sky, Wrath was flashing, frost and lightning were flaring, and pteradons, pterosaurs, and similar flying wedge-headed dinos were tumbling from the sky, with many a large scaled body in the waters below surging to the sites of their splashdowns.

Damn, there were a lot of them.

It wasn't that we couldn't outrun them, either... we certainly could, but sound traveled faster than we did, and if they warned the ones in our way, well, we were stuck in an open area with unlimited attacks from below possible. Not the most advisable way of doing things.

This lake spanned almost the entire width of this reality shard. We'd have to go through at least five other zones to get around it.

We could punch past the dracosaurs here, sure, and outrun them... but they'd roar warnings to their kind ahead of us, they were smart enough to do that, and we'd find another wall of sneak-attackers ahead, possibly with some deep-water dwellers of size, to make things difficult.

But that was fine. It was still better than going through the additional zones to the sides, at least one of which was thick with incorporeal undead.

There were a lot of sentient eyes watching us, ready for us when we made a move. That meant they weren't watching up above, and so when the Shield Dragons came swooping down to unload some lightning on their acid-resistant, lightning-vulnerable hides, their surprise was great, reactions instantaneous. They dove and fled, opening up a path... and Ancientaxe led us right out there to face it, Glaive at the ready.

Wrath manifesting as lightning added to the chaos, as did a few spells, giving the massive bodies underwater more shocking surprises, sending more than a few heaving and convulsing out of the water in their death throes.

We surged past at sixty mph, skimming across the top of the waters, a wedge of Disks behind me, the Wake of Reality driving us forward as we escaped the shoreline carnage and headed out into the deeper blue of the lake.

Behind us, frustrated roars rose, signaling those deeper in the waters, and above us, griffons and dragons flew grimly ready, swooping energetically ahead to look for surprises and help us avoid them. We chewed up the waves and spray as we surged forward for the opposite shore, fifty miles away.

Beneath us, dark things in the waters began to stir into motion...

Author's Note: Tauren is a term for any creature that is half-man/biped, half-animal, like a centaur or minotaur. An ogretaur has an ogre upper body and bear lower body, for example.

Anthropomorphic is a variety of tauren where animals are 'evolved' into humanoid form, so your cat-folk, dog-folk, rat-folk, etc. Many of the wild, feral races are anthros, like the hyen (hyena folk, i.e. gnolls) and the huul (savage wolf-folk). Orcs can be seen as pig-folk, there's frog and toad folk out there (grippli and bullywugs) and so on, with croc-folk, lizard men, and serpent folk also prominent.

Sauropods are the big plant eating dinosaurs, like brontosaurs.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

wdc543 Wrote:

Hello I'd would like to know the specifications of the Shards spell please.

If you play D&D, Shards is a slightly changed version of the 1st level magic missile spell! 1 Shard at 1, +1/2 levels, max of 5 at Caster Level 9.

Instead of 2-5 damage per missile, it does 1-6. It is short range, auto-hit by default, and does force damage.

If you change it to requiring a touch attack roll, you get +1 missile.

If you require a full round to cast it (i.e. can't move), you get +1 missile.

If you have Shards Mastery, that is the equivalent of the Force Missile Mage PrC, and you can get up to +2 extra Missiles per Casting.

If you Raise the Spell and cast it from a higher slot, the number of missiles you can get increases.

If you use the Delimit Metamagic Feat, the adjustment in Valence is +1, and you can potentially get five more missiles, if your Caster Level is high enough.

If you have Spell Thesis/Shards, all Metamagicks for your Shards have their costs reduced by 1. If you start stacking them on your Shards, they get very powerful, indeed...

Shards is the spell that allowed mages to work out the rules of magic, Stats, and Skills!

AA hit the side of the cliff with a running vertical, and Briggs and I zipped right into his wake and did the same, momentum redirected with physics-ignoring aplomb. No full Interdiction meant we could wiggle our noses at King Gravity, too... we just had to keep the dimensions strong, not Da King, as we ran.

The roars of frustration behind us shook the stones, and a lot of hissing black liquid was spewed in our general direction, to a complete lack of effect. The Disks turned vertical, but the riders were perfectly aware of their Retention ability, and remained glued to the Disks, personal gravity switching with them, heading right up the side of the cliff after me, more than a few making rude noises at the reptiles following us.

Oh, and the barrage of One More Arrows didn't stop, no need to conserve ammunition. The beasts trying to corral us certainly appreciated the fact.

They'd herded us nicely, tried to ambush us from below several times, but in the end, we moved too fast and knew they were coming. They'd sent us into this harbor here, cliffs a couple hundred feet tall around, crowded with seabirds, and thought they had us trapped.

Yeah, running up the cliff had certainly annoyed them.

It also meant we had a quicker way to the far side of the island than they did... except for this antediluvian Shrine to some nasty shit in front of us, and an Obelisk looming above the trees there. What do you know?

No doubt there was something big and horrible there, and the sky grew rapidly and unnaturally dark as we loped unerringly across the island towards it, our fliers swooping down to join us grimly...

Endure came down on the dark altar, and it exploded into dark shards and rubble in all directions. Vivic flames blasted everywhere as they fed on the unholy energies instilled into the thing, and then Briggs expressed his displeasure at the event by punting the rest of it over the edge of the cliff beyond.

Various aggrieved roars spread out from the dracosaurs below, and Briggs spit in their general direction.

A lot of the company was down, shredded by tentacle-waving dinosaurs of impossible strength and speed for their size, physiologies completely warped in horrid and unnatural ways, obviously products of other planes, and horrifically strong.

Our poor lads had to delay them while Briggs, AA, and I cut them down, using shield walls as best they could and digging in with heavyfoot to restrict their movements. It was really hard for the troops to even make contact with them, and if they did, the wounds healed very quickly unless they had a Blooding Weapon.

Tremble was zipping everywhere, doling out the healing. She'd saved at least twenty people from death in this fight, and we were still going to use up the White Staff and all the spells of the clerics we had with us to bring the rest back... and then again come Renewal.

AA was making sure nothing of the creatures survived, Briggs was grinding stuff to dust, and I was inspecting everyone for contagions... and finding some, much to my displeasure. That meant more magic from the Paladins and Priests to burn the unnatural stuff away...

The Obelisk was down there in the water, shattered on the many rocks and not making anyone happy. Briggs had been very enthusiastic when he was bashing it over...

Estemar flopped down next to Briggs, who was now seated on the moldering stone in front of the former altar dais. He had pried the stones beneath the altar up with the help of the dwarves, and the loot hoarded below was being passed out to those who would be burning it up. It was a king's ransom, centuries of offerings, and in eight hours, it would all be dust and mist.

"So... that was a Legendary Template, the Pseudonatural?" the prince asked, his expression wan. He'd used up all his disease-curing on others... and all his basic healing for himself and the dragon he rode.

One! One of the unnatural things had nearly killed a Valor Dragon over twice its size. The blow to the egos of the dragons at how they would have been thrashed without their riders and healers keeping them alive had them sulking yet.

"Yeah." Briggs' pale violet eyes were flat and unhappy. Killing the unnatural raptors, things Summoned in from Outside Creation, had caused more injuries than when they'd chewed their way through hundreds of Jotuns. Without him, AA, Errant, and Sama here, this whole troop, probably the most elite band of soldiers that had ever existed on this world, would have been wiped.

"Please tell me why they were so dangerous," Estemar breathed out, his hands clasped before him.

"The crux of it comes down to advanced Insight bonuses," Briggs told him grimly. "In short, they are looking ahead through time to see what you are doing, so they know where to strike, how to strike, how to dodge, exactly as if they knew where and how you were going to move. The rest is just an unnatural anatomy tougher than anything real should be."

"Insight bonuses, looking through time." Estemar looked over Briggs. "I notice you were not that injured..."

"No, I wasn't, nor the other three of us. Insight bonuses do not work on us."

"Oh?" Estemar's eyes widened. He considered his words. "If Sir Errant can do this, it's not a Forsaken effect... Diamond Vajra?" he asked quickly.

Briggs nodded. "It's a powerful Feat working off the Vajra. There are two versions of it, both related to the Great Alignments. The first, and most infamous, is Beyond Good and Evil. The second, which we are using, is Beyond Law and Chaos.

"The first makes you immune to holy and unholy magical effects, and Divine power, basically denying the gods and the judgement of the Alignments as having any relevance. For instance, you wouldn't be able to Smite someone Beyond Good and Evil."

Estemar pursed his lips, eyes narrowed. "That sounds quite powerful..."

"It is, but you can only take the Feat if you're of the Grey." His holo flicked up with the nine-point graph of the Alignments, streaked across the middle horizontal layer. "Supposedly there's an Epic version which allows someone strong enough to transcend Alignments and be immune to all Alignment-based effects, but that's for Eternals.

"Beyond Law and Chaos means severing yourself from Fate and Luck. In other words, you're a sentient being and claiming control of your own destiny from the uncaring forces of predestination and chance. The net effect is immunity to most Curses, karmic backlash, prophecy... and Insight and Luck bonuses used against you."

"Subtle, but powerful in its own way," Estemar reasoned, thinking that over. "So, the effects of what you do cannot be predicted in prophecy?"

"Correct. We can really muck up Fate, and it doesn't matter how lucky someone is, we don't care." Briggs half-smiled. "Which is why these things died to us so fast. They couldn't see what we were going to do, or how and when to hit us back. Just meat on the plate, hard-hitting but not that bad to deal with."

Estemar heaved a sigh. "Is there a defense for us against such 'insight' effects?"

"Yes." The young Paladin immediately brightened. "It's a psionic Feat, but I'm pretty sure you can replicate it with Soul Magic. It's called Unstable Mind. It basically wraps you inside a field of aggravated probability. Someone trying to use Insight against you basically ends up seeing all futures instead of just the best one, effectively giving them no information at all via probability overload."

"Master Briggs, I think that everyone who experienced combat here should love to shut down such a hideously powerful advantage that such entities have," Estemar told him.

Briggs grunted agreement. "Sama will broadcast the details to everyone. Something like this isn't something we want to see again, either." He saw her golden hair flicker nearby in acknowledgement.

"You look like you want to go hit something again, sir," Estemar noted.

Briggs turned around, got up, and walked over to the edge of the cliff overlooking the rocky waters down below, now swarming with dozens of large scaled bodies moaning around their fallen Obelisk, who all started to scream and roar at him when they saw his figure there far above them.

"Yeah," he said thoughtfully, and his knuckles cracked like breaking rocks as Errant strolled over next to him, looking down. "Yeah, I do want to go hit somethings."

"You know, I never do like being chased," Sir Errant also mused aloud. Behind them, Estemar found himself smiling softly, and sighing. Brutal, sustainable power. He was not there, not yet...

A little distance away, both Ancientaxe and Sama also smiled at the same time.

AA removed the head of a plesiosaur with a massive arc of Zeitgeist, Briggs brought Endure down onto the skull of a dragon turtle and shattered it, and Quaver opened up a gash in a mosasaur a dozen feet long and two feet deep as they swept by. Wrath and arrows made for burning hatracks, and the group swept ashore, finally off of the lake.

They hadn't been followed from the island. The amount of blood they'd harvested from the drac-bloods that hadn't wised up and finally run away had made a lot of Healing Potions, many of which were condensed down into Cure Wands and passed out to the group for further healing reserves. That whole harbor had been stained a very dark red... until it was all set to vivus, and then it became unnaturally clear, contrasting nicely with the dark waters surrounding the island.

The blood, hearts, and basic fundamentallums of the dracs were nice acid resistance power comps, too. It wasn't like they didn't have a whole lot of blood to contribute, so nice they were so big...

Not-A-Zone 13...

Massive fists beat on chest, a roar of challenge to buttress it all. The great silverback letting out the challenge also happened to be twenty feet tall on all fours.

The rain forest was alive with apes, some like gorillas, some like chimps, and some like baboons. They were on all sides of us, sending up a screeching, shrieking, yowling racket that was really rather ear-splitting.

Of course, it all amounted to 'go away!' 'we kill!' 'our land!' 'fightfight!' 'youbad!'

Nobody was really all that perturbed. The Elevator Music to Heaven was on the job, and the first volley of things they threw at us magically went right back and bopped the throwers on the head. So did the second, and they didn't try the third.

I walked out from the orderly ranks of those standing on Disks, the unnaturalness of the show just one of the things that was spooking all these apes. Of course, all the metal and bright shiny colors didn't hurt, and the fact we hadn't attacked anyone until now certainly didn't hurt.

Buuuut... these fellows had no demonic or unworldly aura. As a matter of fact, there wasn't even an Obelisk in this territory. It wasn't so much a Zone defined by an Obelisk as a no-Zone where the Hags didn't dare to put one up.

"You know," I said, my voice ringing with ki, and cute little whiskers on my cheeks and black on by dose, "there are better ways to greet travelers through your lands that mean you no harm."

The cacophony of sounds cut off like a knife. They had all heard me, and more pointedly, understood me perfectly. Now they were looking at me in confusion, then one another, and then they all lit up with hoots and howls, naturally all of them questions and challenges and curses and what-not.

"I believe your elder wishes to speak."

Once again, the hooting all cut off like a knife. The massive silverback, with protruding tusks a gorilla didn't normally have, huffed like a steam vent going forward, his eyes fixed on me suspiciously, but he was confident and powerful, looming up right in front of me, and looking down from his naturally superior position.

He also gave the hairy eyeball to Fido and Shirley standing there, tongues lolling and freezing/burning drool dripping down with corresponding hisses. They were obviously magical animals, but they didn't seem at all upset or wary of him at all.

He was about to say something when I stepped up with one foot, mist congealed, and I walked up in mid-air in front of him, making his eyes go wide as I stepped up in the air to right before his face.

Author's Notes:

Zone 12 – Pseudonatural is a very powerful, epic-level template that can turn routine creatures into Mythos horrors from beyond space and time. Basically the second most powerful stock template you can slap on something you want to kick ass with.

www.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Do we have to fight the monkeys? Of course we don't.

"Good morning, elder," I greeted him, looking him right in the eyes as he inhaled and found absolutely no trace of fear on me, which to a big thing facing a small thing would be very strange, indeed. "Me and my friends are simply traversing your territory, moving from one area to the next. We have no intentions of claiming your land, disturbing your people, eating your food, killing your prey, or taking what is yours. If we may but pass in peace, we shall leave and disturb you no further."

He stared at me, grunting, but couldn't find anything suspicious about me. He pointed and huffed and grunted.

"We killed a lot of the drac-bloods." I pointed up, and his eyes turned to where the dragon and griffon riders were circling overhead. "They are our friends, and waiting for us to move along. They have no intention of swooping down and preying on your people." I leaned forwards. "They've been getting stuffed on drac-blood meat and are getting kind of picky..."

The behemoth of an ape hurfed under his breath, baring his teeth.

"Yeah, Mire Drac-bloods taste horrible, there's no accounting for taste," I agreed. "So, how about it? Can we just sidle through, no need to fight? We'll be out of your fur in no time."

He waved a tree trunk of an arm, paws definitely big enough to wrap around me twice, gesturing up at the sky. I looked up to the Wake punching through the brooding clouds, pausing above us.

"Oh, that's the world outside. We're going to break the grip of the Hags on this place. We already knocked over one of their Obelisks... we're going to collapse them all and kill them."

His amazed huff blew me back five feet in the air, like wind in a sail. "Well, if it was easy, I wouldn't need to bring friends along now, would I? You want us to show you some of our skulls? It's been a long trip, and we've still got a ways to go."

He sufficed for sniffing me all over, then bounding up and sniffing over Briggs and AA, moving down the line to inspect members of all the different races... who didn't have Vajra to clean themselves up like we did. He could smell the blood of a whole lot of things on us.

They all watched me handling this multi-ton ape with amusement. I really wasn't afraid of the big fellow. If things got violent, well, we'd be trying monkey...

He was getting a bit excited, calling out and stirring up the apes all around as he identified who we fought.

I watched him bound away, and several older apes who were actually wearing necklaces of crude beads and bearing carved staves came out to meet him. They immediately got into a hooting and jabbering raucous discussion with great animation.

I fell back down to ground level as Briggs and AA stepped up, and everyone waited patiently. The Whiskers of the Wild on my face were glowing slightly, and I had no trouble understanding any of them.

"I think the big guy wants to help," I murmured to them, lifting their eyebrows. "It sounds like he's seen the Obelisks, and they know there's bad magic involved with them."

"We should tell them what's going to happen if we succeed. That elder of theirs can probably save them without much thought."

"Yeah, that's what I thought." I screwed up my face. "If so, we're going to have to figure out a way to bring him with us, or he'll slow us down."

"What, Kong's cousins aren't built for marathons? Who would have thunk it?" Briggs was pretty amused, despite himself. "And okay, I give, you were right."

I sniffed at him. "You and him are gonna be buds. What pattern you want?"

"Hrm." He looked around. "I was thinking mandrill."

I lifted an eyebrow. "Interesting..."

"There's mountain apes back home in the tribe. We get along pretty well with them. Not quite as bright as these fellows, though..."

"Yeah, if they stick with us, they'll be completely ruined," I admitted cheerfully. "Haul could hold him, but we'd need to build him something to stand on, he's too big."

"Which would probably bend under his weight."

"Sixteen tons capacity. He probably masses ten or so?"

"So there's some room. He's gonna have to eat, though..."

"Like we haven't been passing by boundless light snacks for him..."

"True, I don't want to have to feed him a ton of bananas a day or whatever."

"Tusks. Canine teeth. Him ape, ape omnivore."

"Think he'd like a pair of battlefists?"

"If he can tolerate some armor, he'd be a great line breaker. And shouldn't a big monkey have a stick?"

"I think we have plans for the little fellow..."

"I'll boost his Int with a Mark. That should get him to around human average, at least."

"Just make sure they know to stick to their elder when things start going wrong..."

"This whole Zone is probably 'close to their elder'. I don't think it will be a problem."

"Good enough for me."

Author's Notes:

wiki/SRD:Behemoth_Gorilla

The toughest basic gorilla in D&D. And then you template him... Yes, he can straight up butcher a T-Rex in not much time at all...

King Kong from the 2005 Peter Jackson movie is about the size of a Primordial gorilla. The most abusable thing is, of course, that he has 21 Hit Dice, which means he can reach post-Twenty in Skill Ranks... and take Legendary Feats...

Taking a day off and having a feast of fruits and nuts with the intelligent apes wasn't a waste of time, especially when you have a few dozen helpers assisting you with making a pair of battlefists for a twenty-foot gorilla.

Still, what really set them off was the Marks, and getting Opened to Soul Magic. Naturally enough, I couldn't stop at just him. He had over twenty Hit Dice, and as a Primordial gorilla his life force and vitality were astounding. He only had to gain Levels and start taking Feats.

He Shaped in his Lightning Gauntlets atop the battlefists we made him, and I swear the jungle almost exploded with the monkeys going off in excitement. Glowing Soulbound battlefists wreathed in green-white lightning, worn by a brute that big and awesome... what wasn't to love?

And, of course, the fact that mentally I towered over him like he did over us physically meant he was a puppy in front of me. Always good to have big friends and everything.

Since they weren't Zoned in and limited, the apes here actually raided other Zones, and loathed them all. Having new weapons to do so, and the Markspace to talk to far more intelligent and learned outsiders who weren't trying to make slaves out of them, they looked at The Map and just gawked at how big the World Outside really was.

Naturally, I couldn't and wouldn't do all of them at this time. But any Int bonus was a major uplift to them, and just giving it to their leadership meant word surged out explosively to all the tribes in the jungle.

The times, they were a-changing.

Zone 14...

This was a containment Zone, meant to hem in the monkeys and make sure they didn't stray too far.

It was filled with undead. Thousands of years of accumulation of undead.

The apes raided it regularly, because if they didn't, the numbers grew and grew until they pressed in on the great escarpment the jungle of the monkeys had ended up being built on.

But someone was always reinforcing these undead, be it priests outside the Zone, or the undead inside the Zone after being given new corpses to work with. Tied to the Obelisk, they couldn't leave, couldn't grow... except in the direction of the monkeys.

But Mithar and his mutt, there were a lot of these things...

It was pretty plain we weren't going to be able to run through this place. The number of undead here had to reach into the millions, and it was slowly and surely coming our way. Not just humans or humanoids, of course... most were non-human natives and beast-bones, particularly larger ones. The only thing holding most of them back was the fact they couldn't climb, and the winged apes secluded in the center of the plateau came out to take on any skeletal fliers.

Yeah, there were winged apes. I started humming Follow the Yellow Brick Road, and there were some knowing guffaws...

So, it meant we had to arm up. Since we had an enthusiastic army of monkeys here who were totally ready to fight, and we definitely needed the additional offense, well, why not put them to use?

Baneskulls and Tokens could both be fed with Naming Karma.

Every Intellect Mark I made was a potential Smith, Bonecrafter, or someone with Spellcraft. If they were talented enough, they could directly become a Shaman recruit, and if not, they all wanted to be Soulshapers. Even if they couldn't get a big pair of battlefists, having Lightning Gauntlets Shaped, plus Banefire on top of them, made for a very impressive sight.

And so, we started killing undead, for hours and hours on end.

The undead were packed up, had killing instincts, and were commanded by the more intelligent among them. Said intelligent ones were hatracked by Token-bearing Archers, leaving some very big and stupid skeletons around to be mauled by ever-increasing numbers of monkeys with sparking fists.

The apes were enthusiastic, to say the least, and they really didn't get tired of exploding all these old bones that kept coming for them. Of course, they were rather lacking in tactics and strategy, so I didn't let them fight without oversight, and Elder Arg was there to keep them in line. Still, apes with ghost-fired, crackling fists bouncing all over the place, wearing Baneskulls about their necks and Tokens at their hips, made for quite a sight.

The fact we could Cure them from basically anything short of death just utterly wowed them, even the Shamans were awed by that level of Healing ability. Apes go running out, flail around and kill a lot of stuff, come pounding back to get Healed, go out and do it again. Elder Arg was particularly enthusiastic about this tactic...

Which is about when Hazé returned for another night of quick power-up. She'd been gone only an hour or so in the outside world, but given a four hundred times temporal modifier... eh, it had been days here.

Just inside Not-A-Zone 13...

I watched Amber, Verd, and Veis teaching a bunch of she-apes how humans danced, which was only fair, seeing as how the she-apes had been teaching the girls their own dances. Having toothy smiles, the apes took a big shine to us Hagchildren, and naturally Briggs was totally their own hairy buddy, especially once he got his Whiskers and could hoot and howl freely with them.

He was over there now, teaching them how to throw using sling staves. With their strength, and some Returning ammunition, they could wreak havoc from range with them, which the smaller apes, the champa-ka, were all for.

The chakon, the gorillas, were much more into the melee mindset, which was fine, because a lightning-handed gorilla can fight any way he wants to, thank you.

Errant was watching his sister and a champa-ka swaying to a waltz from a very straight-faced elf who had pulled out a lyre, while another ape nearby was deftly setting a drum tempo for them.

"So, I see Hazé is initiating the Shamans into the greater world of the gods," Errant mused as he sat down next to me, offering me a gourd of fruited water.

I glanced to the side, where a holy light was playing down from the stars, and some apish Celestials were discussing things over with a whole lot of awed Shamans who were completely bowled over by seeing monkey-ish Heavenly spirits.

"It's a magical world. They are going to evolve fast once they get out of here," I noted to him, clinking gourds and taking a swig. It wasn't booze, but not half-bad, really.

"And be part of Sama's growing empire?" he observed, silver eyes seeing all.

"Some will join me, sure. But like anything else, most of them are sedentary. I've been asking if there's some primeval woods at the heart of the Sidhete, and been getting good responses. The elves won't mind some decent neighbors with strong natural biases."

"You're going to have an entire race in your Marktell and practicing Soul Magic," he observed slyly. "Like, holy shit, Sama. Kingdom-building much?"

Author's Notes:

The champa-ka are a variant of a Paizo/Pathfinder race of ape-men under demonic influence called the charua-ka, with great throwing ability.

The chakon are variants of a forgotten monster from the 1E Fiend Folio, the dakon. They are LG gorilla/chimp ape-men. They'd be bros to Tarzan. Inspired by Gorilla City.

Flying winged apes are statted up in Paizo, the derhii.

As the Void Brothers noted, no demonic influence here. Strange, that...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

No, not as toothpicks.

Still hanging in Zone 14...

"If I'm gonna uplift 'em, might as well go all the way, right?" I narrowed my eyes in the direction of the holy council taking place. "They've got good intentions, such as they are, and are very malleable. Last thing I want is some demonic butcher-god getting into their heads, right?"

"Truth. Gonna keep Hazé around to help with the undead?"

"That depends. I'm hoping she earns enough brownie points off this to get that Perpetual Spell meta direct from Sylune. If she gets that, and her Soul Magic is to snuff... well, undead are the perfect practice targets, no? And we've got like a hundred-mile crawl of that shit to go through... I don't want to be hung up here that long."

"Especially since there are other Zones of them to go through after we're done with the Obelisks?"

"I wouldn't be making sure everyone has the Baneskulls and Tokens all good to go for a reason, would I?" I snarked back.

Errant just laughed softly. "I wonder if Hazé knows how you're steering her around. She's already irked your mental Stats are so high..."

"She's probably figured it out. The key part of being the servant of a god is serving the god, something hard for us modern types to get into. She wants to go out and butcher things with magic like a super-powered gamer... but that's not what Sylune wants. By doing things which further the Cause of Good, she's suborning her mortal impulses to a higher cause, and Sylune is seeing it.

"She's making crazy Karma and beaucoup brownie points doing this. She just has to fight the urge to act like a gamer and stay the most powerful mortal servant of Sylune that we know of."

"And just maaaaybe she realizes that her talents are even more useful outside of combat than in it?" Errant ventured. Because, you know, we could fight like all the Angels in Heaven, but we couldn't Teleport like her.

Well, Tremble could, but nobody needed to know that. Tremble was floating out there with Quaver, adding whistles and bells to the music, which the apes really appreciated. "Says the man who can cast Walls of Fire all day?" Errant's smile was cheerful, indeed. "Even if it's only one active one at a time, that's still impressive."

"And given the numbers we're facing..." I just nodded to him. "I'm just so glad there's nothing like a lich among them. There might be some undead Knights, but I haven't seen them yet..." Nothing like a Death Knight lighting you up with a twenty-die fireball to say 'Hello, how are ya?' after all...

"That Wrath treatment working on the dragons?" Our five genius flying energy-breathing spellcasting not-dinosaurs were having a time of it. First some pipsqueak pseudonaturals half their size nearly butchered them, and now there were so many undead they were abusing their fundamentallums trying to strafe as many as they could... and not really making a dent in their numbers.

"I think so. Takes a solid half-hour of treatment to get it back to steady, but that's better than forcing them to go gorging. Isn't there some sort of mental disorder tied to overuse of breath weapons?"

"Apocalypse Gluttony. Pyre Dragons revel in it. Eat, breathe flame, eat, breathe flame. The more they eat, the more they burn."

"Oh. So, Riggibuhl and Klaw having a puppy together."

I tilted my head at that mental image. "You know they can hear you." When he said their Names. Hear him, not me. Him not Forsaken.

"And I'm sure they find the concept of having a puppy together fascinating." Naturally, he wasn't afraid, and they couldn't act directly against another faction's Warlock, anyways. We tunked gourds again.

"So," he asked, giving me the silver eyeball, "exactly what course gets us through them in only fifty miles?"

I could have come up with fifty miles being all they could stack in our path, but I just smiled. "The one that leads to the Obelisk, of course. Pretty damn sure there's more pseudos there, and the lads are just spoiling for a rematch."

With Baneskulls, Totems, and Bane of Legends to help out. Gear up properly, own the bastards!

"That could get really nasty if they are Knights," he pointed out helpfully.

"If the three of us have to go up there and hack them down by ourselves, we will. But I highly doubt the Hags wanted anything that could be a magical threat to them in charge of stuff. So, I'm thinking just Skeletal Warriors."

He rolled his eyes. "Almost magic-immune Nines to Twelves. I suppose it fits the theme of animated and forced to serve..."

"See, we're doing a great good deed, sending them back across the Veil," I chirped at him.

"Indeed, indeed, my dear young woman!" he agreed, speaking through his nose in a bad high-class pontificating accent. His eyebrows rose as Veis and her partner exchanged dips, chortling with one another, and he shook his head. We both looked at Amber, who had discovered that the primary visual sexual focus for the champa-ka were teeth, arms, and shoulder hair. Out came the alchemical dyes, teeth were being painted, shoulders curled and braided and colored, and clickers and jinglers being put around wrists. Add in some grass skirts in colors for the swirling motion, and when they suddenly spun into the circle, all the male champa-ka almost lost their eyeballs on the ground.

Amber started putting them through what amounted to a not-so-toned-down stripper dance, and the jungle erupted in pure primate appreciation...

La la la, Zone 14, still grinding...

In the end, it took ten days of building up before they made the run for it.

AA led the way, as he had to, Briggs following and driving the Wake after him, and Sama had to follow and lock it down.

Behind her was Errant and Hazé, and a line of meditating Heavenbound. Meditating, because they formed an interlinked Wall of Fire around themselves over sixty feet across, burning a path through whatever remnants of the undead managed to survive the slightly-staggered carnage being wrought by the Forsaken in front.

Elder Arg rose over the center of the flying wedge behind them. They'd elected not to stick him on Haul, but simply have Hazé cast Enduring Flight on him. The delighted ape was zooming along two feet above the ground, arms spread wide, and anything that got past the three in front and the rings of fire was smashed to the ground by his bulk... or bulldozed and held in those rings of heavenly flame, cooking to nothing in mere seconds if it tried to fight.

Two Healers were on his broad back, making sure he suffered no lasting injuries from the fighting.

To either side of him, the Hellpoodles formed the outer edge of the wedge, being big enough to slam aside any of the man-sized undead, and fully capable of blasting down much of the bigger stuff.

Anything too huge, the dragons were strafing ahead of time, slamming frost and lightning into the animated bones in their own One-Twos, and the skeletons of great dinosaurs and beasts blew apart in great moving explosions ahead of us.

The center of the formation was generally clear, things collapsing from the edges were the only real danger. The circles of divine fire from the Wrath of the Heavenbound consumed all the weaker skeletons as they raged past them, ready spears and arrows caught the leapers and lungers, and other arrows hissed out, whist-whist, as Reserve Casters let loose at short range in endless salvos.

The griffons were spotting out ahead, looking for the undead that stood out, big ones obvious, smaller ones trying to hide in the press not escaping the eagle eyes of the griffons, who knew what to look for.

Sama's calm voice was issuing silent orders as the Marks-Up Display interacted with the Visual Files of the troops, and painted over their vision with a wild worldview of information from all sources. Positions of everyone, ranges, threat levels of the enemy, coverage and motion, coordinating missile, magic, breath weapons, following the terrain, scouting information in real time, allocating targets and converging cross-fire...

The more intelligent members of the group realized they would have cracked under the intellectual load of Warlording to this level of threat and efficiency. The Elevator Music of Heaven was the Elevated Music at this point, drumming out a dire beat which had long imprinted on the bipeds fighting, and now had claimed the hearts of the primates who were coming with them, now pounding on drums with beats that even had the undead wavering as they came.

Intimidate checks at -20 can affect even the fearless if successful, and at +55 to start, the penalty was still far from what the undead could withstand, orders of their masters be damned or whatnot.

The dire beat and endless Song resonated among many magic Weapons, which added their own hums and songs and beats to the melody. The bardic-types took turns with stanzas new and old, adding ever more to the lexicon as they beat a requiem for all these undead, who shuddered to see flames black and unwhite coming for them, and final rest for their tormented souls at the end.

They trembled in hate and relief and fear, and True Death came for them.

Okay, it's the middle of Zone 14, finally...

It was made of stone, but it was still a tower shield, albeit one sized for a giant. Elder Arg heaved it up, and the massive fireball detonated against it, splashing away and to the sides, sparing the soldiers and apes behind the great gorilla.

Two streaks flashed by on either side of him. A pale white ray flashed down on him from a Sword floating in the air, and stole away his burns and the impacts of half-a-dozen boneshard arrows punched deeply into him, forcing them out of his flesh, and redistributing the wounds through Quaver into Sama.

Twoscore reinforced skeletons and wight guards blew apart in wrathflame explosions, positive energy from Healing Edge wiping away the wounds almost as fast as they were inflicted. Elder Arg bulled forward like a bulldozer, crushing and trampling the undead in his path, many of them made from fallen apes and great lizard men, his mailed feet trampling them flat with no fear of sharp points at this time, and exploding balls of Fire Reserves exploded non-stop along the sides of the furrow he was making.

A cone of cold flashed down one way in front of them, a bolt of lightning came down an eyeblink later, conducted out along a greater width than normal, and blew apart a whole line of elite corpses of great beasts gathered to meet them. The hellpoodles howled and cleared away the chaff to the sides, and the burning Weapons and fists of soldiers and apes poured up the steps of the landing towards the Obelisk.

Sama slammed into the formation of ogre and Jotun skeletons, weaving between scything weapons, crashed into the skeleton of a Tyrant raptor being ridden by a skeletal Bone Knight, and three strokes collapsed the animated beast and sent its rider into a free fall... which would not have harmed it at all if Briggs hadn't wandered up that way, striding through a press of dozens of skeletons that were exploding around him, and Hammer met skull on the way down to immediate deleterious effect.

Elder Arg continued forward behind his shield, too big and strong for anything less than the skeletons of great saurials to stop him... and those were the instant targets of a dozen fiery Rays coming in from all directions.

The wedge drove up into the central plaza, where the leaders of this place were waiting for them... some few of the Knights, and the twisted, distorted, tentacle-waving skeletal figures of cursed warriors beyond them.

Errant, Briggs, Sama, and Ancientaxe converged on them in streaks of banefire and vivic flame. The misshapen skeletons, each bearing three extra bony tentacles with spatial-shearing barbs on them, leapt to meet them with distorted, impossible agility... and found out that their otherworldly insight didn't work against these foes...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Says Elder Arg. We're not going to argue with him.

Yep, Zone 14 still...

Hazé stopped her strafing and brought up two Walls of Fire in front of two of the six entrances to the complex, forcing the undead into taking double-damage banefire'd flames to the face to get to them. The Heavenbound immediately sealed off three of the others, and General Moonriver the last.

The dragons had swooped in to join them as the last of the wedge came flying through, spreading out with the hellpoodles to cover each of the entryways. The archers and the Casters flanked them, and as the toughest of the undead managed to make it through the Walls of buffed-out flames, salvoes of undead-eating arrows, magic, and breath weapons, coordinated to maximum effect, slammed out to meet them.

The dwarves and Ironblood converged on the skeletal warriors not being taken apart by the previous four, mobbing them with shields and thrusting in for what damage they could inflict, reinforcing one another and not letting themselves be thrown back like they had before. Shields screamed as bony appendages and their rotting Swords and Axes that shouldn't work crunched against the troops surrounding them... but this time, they held, smashing their victims to and fro, taking advantage of their lack of mass and heavyfoot to render them off-balance.

Tremble floated overhead, while the griffons ripped the last of the skeletal bats and pterosaurs out of the skies with burning claws and beaks, watching the unlimited horde that was converging from all directions. It was covering the ground for literally miles around with rushing undead bodies big and small.

It took less than two minutes for the Big Four to rip their way through the dozen skeletal warriors, each of the ones enfolded by the troops turning in anticipation as they saw the Shields opening up... and then seeing nothing coming for them, only to be surprised by the sudden arrival of Grace, Endure, Zeitgeist, and Quaver, all come to play.

"Take it down!" Sama ordered, her voice cutting through the thunderous, collective moans of millions of undead, resonating through the Elevated Music. The apes howled together, vine ropes were snatched up, and they climbed up the rough basalt thing glowing with yellow-green Runes, shrieking in fear and loathing as they touched it, but still continuing.

The fighting lines quickly reorganized as the Healers tended to the wounded fast, forming up shield and spear lines before the six entrances. The dragons and hellpoodles pulled away to the Obelisk, while the griffons above alighted on the stone columns ringing this plaza, eyes sweeping everywhere, missing nothing, warning everyone of what was coming.

Long vines wrapped around the top of the Obelisk, layer on layer of braided vines extending down into the ready hands of the strongest apes, and Elder Arg. Briggs decided the angle, and then the One-Two-Threes started.

The elven Casters with Fire Reserves poured the power into Captain Fido, who sent a steel-melting Topped blast of fire into the side of the Obelisk. An inhalation later, Captain Shirley and the Two Valor Dragons slammed it with enough combined cold to freeze helium. An inhalation later, triple blasts of lightning from the Shield dragons hammered at the black stone, sending shards flying in every direction.

Fire howled down on it again, and overstressed rock expanded and disintegrated. Cold came, it crumbled, and lightning followed, to explode and shatter.

The apes were all pulling steadily, feet wide and braced, heaving back on multiple creaking rope vines, feeling the Obelisk tremble.

The magic-resistant stone cracked and crumbled and shook, as a huge bite was taken out of its base.

The breathers poured over to the other side, at closer range now, and began the bombardment again, across a narrower strip.

One, Two, Three, repeat...

One minute, two, shredding a narrow path across the base of the Obelisk, and the apes heaved opposite them.

There was a very loud crack, spreading through the base of the Obelisk. It began to sway and tilt. The apes howled and surged, muscles popping and sinews straining... and the tower of stone began to fall.

Shrieking with glee, the apes got out of the way, Elder Arg giving it one final pull before leaping in the opposite direction. The lines of shields and spears moved out of the way as the Obelisk tottered and fell, slowly, grandly, the Runes emblazoned all over it going out, right between two of the six pillars forming the entrances to the plaza. The griffons thereon didn't even move out of the way, just narrowing their eyes at the rush of wind as it fell past... right onto the forces of undead and the Wall of flame burning there.

The impact jolted the entire plaza, enough to send the Casters and Archers stumbling, while those with heavyfoot largely staved off the impact.

The undead outside all seemed to slow and mill around as a visible shockwave swept through them. The pell-mell rush to surround and overwhelm became more of a trot or walk, as whatever uniting force the Obelisk held over them vanished.

Now, it was target practice time.

Yawn, Zone 14 again?!...

In the end, it took almost twelve hours to burn them all away.

As the only living things in the Zone, and definitely creating a commotion, they still attracted all the undead there... hundreds of square miles of them.

As they died, the vivic fires feasting on their remains spread out over the plaza, eventually becoming a virtual bonfire of unwhite fires, wiping out the weak skeletons before they could even make it to the plaza.

Like moths to honey, the mindless undead kept coming, stacking up their bones... and getting burned down literally as fast.

The intelligent undead were instantly noticeable because they stopped. Archers on Disks up beside the griffons on the columns took note of them, and hatracked them with burning arrows.

Hazé, flying in the air, did the same. Endless streams of Shards and Shardrays continued pouring out from her, getting in the rep counts she would need to Weird the price of her Perpetual Spell down a level. Ten a minute, six hundred an hour... and one million twenty-four thousand to get to...

She was covering a third of an arc all by herself, spells flying out from her endlessly, multicolored eruptions among the undead, just target practice for her. Anything flying she started dealing with hundreds of yards away, and flocks of hundreds would be reduced to scattered numbers easily shot down before they could reach anyone.

Okay, seriously, Zone 14 is taking way too long...

There really wasn't much to do. The entire plaza was now surrounded at about a hundred paces out by burning undead heaped more than thirty feet high, the vivic fire glowing with a sepulchral light, heavy mists wrapping knee-high through the area. The undead charging in never got down the mound before collapsing under the force of the flames, expanding the hill further out as they did.

Archers and Casters on Disks up in the sky were poking down any intelligent undead who might stop the incoming horde, but that was about all that was needed. Nevertheless, a lot of Casters were working on rep counts with their Reserves... why not, with so many targets? Aiming practice on top of it all was always a good thing...

The apes were up on the fallen Obelisk, or up atop the pillars not commandeered by the griffons, watching the endless undead marching blindly to their dooms. The vivic mist was as thick as soup, almost liquid, the hill of undead grew ever higher, ever further away, as they marched in mindlessly and died... or maybe willingly, as the sight of the vivic flames was seen very differently by the living and undead, perhaps beckoning them...

Even the Heavenbound were out there, practicing the uses of Wrath, making use of the casual time. With the undead having no ranged attacks, just endless numbers, it was a decent use of down time.

"I have to admit that this is a first even for me," Brother Ancientaxe said, seated on the steps to the dais and gazing at the thick vivic mist that stopped just below his heels. "The Land is feeding very well today."

I pointed up. He and Briggs glanced that way, where the clouds were getting lighter and lighter, prying apart that pale line the Wake was drawing through the inky clouds. There was a lot of negative energy here, and even with the millions that had died, the cloud cover hadn't broken yet.

"Given a couple years, this would be a nice not-a-Zone for the apes to expand into, if it weren't all going away," Briggs observed sagely, eyes more on the Marks-Up Display than anything else. Lines of red and orange x's, interspersed with the occasional yellow or green, were marching up and going away as they hit a blurry white line. Countless shapes were crawling to the top of the hill, igniting unwhite, and crumbling down, and the mound expanded further...

"Is there really a need for us to stay here, other than killing the intelligent undead?" Brother AA asked.

"Glory Award," Briggs and Sama said together, emphatically. The urkhar Brother lifted a dark eyebrow. "You'll know what it is when you feel it. It's the reward from mass combat, when you finish the job, drive or break your enemies before you, and accomplish a great deed in concert with many others. It's the reward of a Warlord, and those that fight with him," Briggs went on. "So, we see the deed through, and get our reward. How much longer, Sama?"

A couple of the dragons were a-wing, scouting the edges of the Zone, measuring the pace everything was moving at. "Six hours, give or take."

"Well, a rest is not unearned, but could we speed it up any?" AA asked archly.

"If the three of us went out there and chain-slaughtered until they were gone, we might speed it up by fifteen minutes," Sama informed him blandly. "Six hours of effort for fifteen minutes of reward..."

"Any harvests?" AA glanced at a small mound of unnaturally warped skulls sitting nearby. The undead Knights and pseudonaturals would auto-Invest as Lesser and True Baneskulls respectively once Carved appropriately, but naturally needed someone with the skills to do so. QL 30-35 didn't just stumble by...

"Other than the Weapons and armor of the bosses, no," Briggs sighed. Those were already being burned away by the apes, who really had a long way to go on their Gear... although not as much as a week or two ago. The weapons of the skeletons tended to be bone, obsidian, stone, or ironwood, so not much to salvage from those, and that was if they didn't use just naked carpals and teeth.

Sama grunted, bounced to her feet, grabbed one of the misshapen skulls off the pile, and sat down against the column nearby. She fixed her gaze on it, her nails began to caress the steel-hard bone, and white dust began to fall away.

"Let's do something a little more complex with these," she said to them, not looking away from the skull. "Qualifies as Undead and Aberrant Bane, or stacks on it as a Bane of Legends." Her fingers moved like delicate spiders over the bone, etching subtly, strongly, and already there was a glitter of fell blue-black light in the unequal sockets.

"Ohhhh, that sounds interesting. Give me the Pattern," Briggs said, also rising to his feet. AA grunted agreement, getting up as well. This sounded like a very useful tool.

One of the things that the Brotherhood had started investing Karma in seriously was Expert and Vizard levels. Even they had downtime, and one thing they had never lacked for was raw materials. Being able to Craft their own stuff during downtime had surprisingly come across as very relaxing and rewarding to all of them. Carrying around enough Tools to do so before had always been something of a problem, but now they were happy to Craft, stitch, sew, paint, mix, and assemble during their rest.

There was plenty of stuff that needed full workshops to do properly, and they certainly didn't have the time to stick around in one location to do that kind of work, but carving wood, bone, and stone traveled easily, and rewarded those who had steady hands and keen eyes with something other than placing a length of sharp metal into the vital points of things that had to Feed the Land...

It was a pause, a moment like drawing in a fresh, cold breath. That instant when the deed was done, the mission accomplished, the goal achieved.

Victory.

It blew across their souls, perceptible, obvious, a recognition by the Land of accomplishment, of achieving a Great Thing, above the Karma of individual effort. This was the end results of souls coming together and accomplishing a Great and Worthy thing through combined strength, not individual strength.

This was Glory.

To those who'd never tasted it before, it was truly an awesome experience. A feeling of being connected to all who they had labored alongside, of collective undertakings rising up to do what must be done. To those with the most accomplishments, the greater Glory, but the true Glory was what was given to them all, standing together and fighting together.

Many of them had tasted lesser Glory on a battlefield, against the Warp Bands... but nothing like this, the purging of literally millions of undead from the land, a totally lopsided battle that they had somehow managed to engineer.

The Glory, even for the more seasoned souls, was overwhelming. They had done an awesomely Great Thing this day, and the Land had taken notice!

"So, this is what Warlords live for," Ancientaxe mused aloud, savoring the sensation, his crimson eyes glowing brighter. "And Champions, and those who lust for battle..."

"Yes. Eternal yet fleeting, powerful yet ephemeral. There is nothing like it... and little to rival it in the course of gaining Levels," I answered him. "Glory Awards are addictive, and why generals want to fight, fight, and fight. Glory is truly something that men strive for."

"So... this shattering of the Hags' ambitions, the destruction of the Warp Rift... these will also generate Glory?" he asked in understanding.

"Yes, and it should dwarf this. This was merely a slaughter, after all. Defying a millennia-long scheme, thwarting Divinities... yeah, much bigger," I replied knowingly.

He laughed softly to himself. Naturally, I was still power-gaming, even after all this. Or really, the power-gaming was meant to facilitate this...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Other people are doing stuff, they're just at 1/400th the speed of Sama and Co.

The house looked subtly different from before. The many birdhouses were now mounted on the porch, for starters, and the small gardens and flowers had been left to go wild.

There was still a lot of traffic going in and out, as many women and few men bustled about here and there, getting ready for things.

The exclamations as Hazé came walking in from the back acreage were enough warning of her arrival, and she eyed the changes being made archly.

It was subtly jarring, being around people who weren't Marked, and who she couldn't just flick a thought at to give orders, acknowledge, or converse with, even while doing other things. With Sama's Mark, she'd broken the 32 Intellect barrier, and had the four thought streams, which really, really helped with multi-tasking.

Still, it was just a shift back to an older paradigm, and she smiled at the women doing final gatherings of herbs and plants as she stepped up the back porch to the door.

"Mama, I'm home!" she called out, already hearing Mama giving directions from the former living room area.

"Oh, my sweet little girl!" Mama's smile was as infectious as ever, turning and sweeping up to embrace Hazé warmly.

"You look like you're lagging behind a bit, Mama," Hazé said severely, looking about. Much of the furniture and ornamentation had been stowed away, taken over by storage cabinets, chests, supplies, and the like.

"We can up and leave in five minutes, dear," Mama told her calmly, waving towards the kitchen, which still had a couple stools to perch on. The two of them sat down at the station in the middle to talk.

Hazé's brow furrowed. "Then why are you still here?" she asked calmly. "The time is but days away. It will be difficult for you to bring more people away if you delay. Northmarch will be in chaos, even if you reach it in time..."

Mama sighed, reaching out to take Hazé's hand. "It is because of you. You are a horrible influence on the women, once they found out you were one of Sylune's own, and fighting against the filth that has risen up everywhere. They refuse to just leave everyone behind like that.

"When it comes time to go, we will withdraw, but we will not flee!"

Hazé heard the steel in her voice, and had to smile despite herself. There was a whole world of difference in those two words. "Well, then..." she reviewed what she had seen of the outside of the house. "What would you like me to help you with?"

"Ah! Well, there are a great number of things, but they will take several days worth of Valences..." Mama replied carefully.

"I am in a rather unique situation right now. I have a tie to a temporally accelerated area where time passes four hundred times faster. I can go through a Renewal roughly every four minutes, if need be."

Mama Greta froze for a moment. "Sweet Sylune..." she managed to whisper after a moment. "Then... then it is best if you Cast as many spells as possible as quickly as possible, no?"

"I have been evacuating people from churches literally all over the Continent. I have an hour of time before they have more sites prepared for me, and I must go."

Mama Greta promptly jumped up, still holding her hand, and burst out running towards the back yard, and the barn outside. "Then we must hurry!" she said over her shoulder to her little girl, smiling broadly. "Oh, there is so very much you can do in an hour..."

Clutching her Staff firmly, and quite bemused, Hazé let herself be dragged along by Mama Greta enthusiastically, already analyzing what Mama was doing, and what spells she might be needing. No doubt she would need to be Casting literally hundreds of Valences over the next hour of real time...

Rorn Greywolf's Sword Mournfang took the Champion through the eyeslit, banefire eating away his warped brain and ending his fanatic devotion to Amourae in a last twitching, spastic dance, before the vivus ended that final bit of piety, too.

It had not been too many days since they went into Yle Tyorm, but the change on the battlefields was subtle, even wary now.

Truly, having Sama and the Brotherhood around had relieved a great deal of stress on the part of those fighting. Who wouldn't be stirred, seeing those people cutting down Greater Demons more easily than the normal soldiers did Lesser ones? With such people around, there truly was no foe too terrible to worry about.

But they weren't here now. They were driving into the depths of Yle Tyorm, where tales of endless monsters, fell beasts, undead horrors, living forests, and other things in endless numbers flowed out with powerful and skilled adventurers who went in, and most of whom came back out alive, albeit much bloodier and warier than they had been, and they had not been overconfident entering to begin with.

It was endless battle in time-accelerated Zones. The amount of combat experience to be harvested there was simply incredible.

The soldiers looked at the fell beasts, powerful monsters, and most mutated of the elite troops they were facing on the field, listened to the tales where such creatures were the least and weakest of the creatures being fought inside the city, with no gold for a reward, only the harvested carcasses of the slain, if they were lucky... and they decided to stick with the fight they knew.

The average soldier stepped up, goaded on by those tales, by men who certainly weren't any better than they, right? The numbers of Warped they were facing were growing steadily, trying to balance out against the increasing skill, Levels, and Gear of their opponents, balanced on some paradigm of the Warped Gods that still couldn't take into account the Marks, the Forsaken, and the boosted Warlord bonuses that applied to everyone on the field.

Rorn was satisfied.

He'd sent away the strongest men of the Kalden, the berserkers, and the North Wind. There had been complaints and protests, which he had silenced with curses and challenges to the courage of every loose-lipped, lazy shirker who dared call themselves a child of Kalden, daring them to be strong enough to not need those crutches.

Were the North Wind going to be there when raiders came in the night?

Were the berserkers going to save their villages from things come clawing for food in the winter? When out a-hunting? Would they beg and scream and cry for the North Wind to save them when brigands struck on the roads? Perhaps they could whine at the feet of the dwarven spears to fight for them, or bend their knees to the frippish elves, surely they didn't need to fight for themselves any more...

He was a son of Kalden, a wolf among men, and if they wanted to be sheep bleating for a shepherd, let them go find one! Their time to be shorn, gutted, and roasted would be coming soon enough!

The complaints dried up. The grim men of Kalden settled down and did their jobs. No berserkers, no magical heroes. Oh, there were Skalds, there were priests and clerics, mostly Southerners, there to heal them when they were wounded, or counter the spells of the enemy.

But this was a fight to be won with Axe and Spear, Sword and Hammer. By normal men, strong of arm and stronger of will, fighting back against these freaks and mutant things from the Warp. With the fury of their ancestors, who were looking down and telling them to surpass their forefathers, to become something greater than Kalden had ever seen before!

Yes, the monstrously strong Heroes were engaged in some gods-damned Quest to the heart of Yle Tyorm, and the tales whispering back through the Marktell raised hackles at what they portended. But their fight, here, could not be finished until that fight was done, or all the horrors in Yle Tyorm might be unleashed upon the world, sweeping away everything.

Now, they had to fight, they had to kill an ever-increasing number of Warped fanatics and anthros, their very numbers indicating that they were better, stronger, more capable of killing, a salute, and a challenge to get even better!

After all, Rorn was right there. They knew his tale, they knew his background. Was he any better than them? Born of heroes, blessed by the gods, a fountain of luck, a child of destiny?

No, he was a Man. A Source. He made his own Fate, neither Valus nor Hurn was sitting back there showering him with gifts and destiny and good fortune.

And these gods-cursed Warped aliens were not going to keep him from achieving his dreams!

His howl of triumph carried over the battlefield, and drew many eyes. The light dimmed in the demented eyes of the Warped of Amourae, a greater fire lit up in the eyes of the Kalden fighting them.

He tossed the overwrought pink and yellow helm aside, and charged towards the nearest battle line, his shield leading the way. His countrymen cheered to see him coming, the enemy wavered and turned to greet him, and Mournfang sang an old, grim dirge of blood and steely doom as he hewed into them.

But not berserk, never berserk, roaring his orders and tracking the field, fighting with his countrymen, leading them to further glory.

Back in the North, somewhere...

"You will go back."

Cold winds rose at his words, swirled in the air, stirring old powers, ancient eyes turning this way.

The ghostly mounts of the Fey before him pawed nervously, able to sense his power, while the victims of the Hunt, captured and twisted into its Hounds, whined with both fear and hunger as they looked at the raven-winged erlking floating before them.

They could, of course, run on air, so flight was no escape from them. But this was an Erlking, a Fey of status equal to the Master of the Hunt, and not chosen prey.

"Neither Seelie nor Unseelie may command or deny the Hunt, only make a request of it," the unperturbed Huntsmaster called back, dark eyes unflinching, his long and deadly Spear raised. "Be off with you, erlking. You have no place here." His tone was mocking. An erlking was strong, but no match for a Hunt. Indeed, an erlking was meant to fight those who were often victims of a Hunt themselves, mortals intruding on Fey realms.

"You are no Hunt. Your wits are stirred by the things of the Warp, hooking you on your bloodlust, drawing you in to become slaves of the Warped Gods, fighting against those who would deny it entry to our realms. Return, or be deemed traitors to both Courts, Huntsmen, and sentence will follow!"

The cold wind blew again at the harsh rebuke, and the Hunt shifted uneasily. Those were not light words among the Fey.

"And how shall you stop us, erlking? You think your force of arms sufficient to even slow us down?" The Huntsmaster was unimpressed. "The Hunt goes where it is drawn!"

He edged his mount forwards a step, and at his will, the other eight members of the Hunt, Huntsmen and Hounds alike, advanced with him.

Noir Rabe did not sigh in regret, only grimaced knowingly. How did she know? Damn Hags...

His taloned hand drew a silver crown, a circlet, set with five black jewels, out from the purse at his side. He placed it on his head, and the world changed.

The Huntsmaster's eyes widened in sudden shock and fear when the golden eyes of Noir Rabe opened, for now he saw that he was the erlking's prey!

Noir Rabe's shriek as he drove forwards with leveled Spear was laden with the strength of the ancients. Or, as Sama would have put it, his +10 Favored Enemy bonus against Humans had been transformed to a bonus against the Fey, accentuating a Spirited Charge and One Strike. His Spear and Sword were Named, burning green and grey with soulfire, not throwaway Weapons like others of his kind wielded. His Armor was actually enchanted separately, not merely empowered by him wearing it. Essence seethed in the air, glowed in lines on his arms, in his Weapons, and unseen about him; Soul magic the Fey, and other erlkings, had never used...

Today, a King was on the hunt, and they were the Hunted... and he knew all about them...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

The Zones are going by, but this last one...

wdc543 Wrote:

Hello I'd would like to know the specifications of the Shards spell please.

If you play D&D, Shards is a slightly changed version of the 1st level magic missile spell! 1 Shard at 1, +1/2 levels, max of 5 at Caster Level 9.

Instead of 2-5 damage per missile, it does 1-6. It is short range, auto-hit by default, and does force damage.

If you change it to requiring a touch attack roll, you get +1 missile.

If you require a full round to cast it (i.e. can't move), you get +1 missile.

If you have Shards Mastery, that is the equivalent of the Force Missile Mage PrC, and you can get up to +2 extra Missiles per Casting.

If you Raise the Spell and cast it from a higher slot, the number of missiles you can get increases.

If you use the Delimit Metamagic Feat, the adjustment in Valence is +1, and you can potentially get five more missiles, if your Caster Level is high enough.

If you have Spell Thesis/Shards, all Metamagicks for your Shards have their costs reduced by 1. If you start stacking them on your Shards, they get very powerful, indeed...

What, we skipped Zone 15 entirely?...

"I can't believe you actually netted so many Will o' Wisps."

"They're like prize munchies for Shield Dragons. I'm thoughtful that way."

"But really, a Ghost Touch net? When did you make that up?"

"Well, considering how much silk was left over after killing all those ether widows..."

"And you've got Ranks in Weaving?"

"Don't be silly. I had Hazé do it. She's got the Spell Weaver Mastery, has ten Ranks in Weaving as a pre-req."

Briggs mumbled to himself for a moment. "That's a hilariously good way to trap incorps, who have no strength to speak of..."

"Well, it was her idea, not mine. She dropped the comps off at one of the temples she was evacuating, didn't even have to use her own downtime."

"Clever. It's like being an Archtheurge saving thousands of the faithful is worth a few favors here and there..."

"I'd say we could have joined an army and done the same thing... except anyone stupid enough to have us join an army and think we wouldn't take it away from them deserves what he gets."

"Requirement one, of age to be recruited. Oh, wait..."

I uttered a few choice syllables at his words. Can Kill Greater Demons, not qualified on basis of being too young. He laughed. Can throw a horse at someone, as an Ancient obviously too unruly to be a soldier...

"That certainly was a lot of damn stinking swamp," he observed, not looking back at the miasma a mile or two behind us.

"You want to work out how you get a draconic black willow?"

He scrunched his flat face up. "That's like where you do it in the woods, right?"

"Sure."

"See, just take the basic approach." We looked at one another, and then spluttered at the imagery. Forget humans, dragons really will mate with anything...

"I notice that nobody complained we didn't stick around to slaughter stuff," he pointed out.

"Yeah, the I-wanna-fight to the I-wanna-puke ratio was more than a bit off. Have to work on that. Wimps."

He rubbed his nose and chuckled again. We'd certainly cut through enough lizard men communities, all of them led by half-dragon kroks (gator-men) or the like, but we hadn't stuck around to really do the job right.

Except at the Obelisk, now that we knew they were such fun places to investigate, and the lads really, really liked the Karma from beating on creatures with Eternal-class Templates. The four pseudonatural wakos had certainly stirred up a fuss, and their little giant monitor lizard brothers kept the lads excited while we dealt with them. The Royal/Imperial/Divine half-dragon krok guards had all been enthusiastic about us being there, too.

It had been a fine party, and there was plunder for party favors under the altar, literally a dragon's hoard worth, which we merrily looted and exited with.

The lads were in the middle of burning pretty much all of the metal and magic of it away at the moment. It was funny how far a dragon's hoard worth of loot did not go with several hundred gold-hungry mouths to feed.

Of course, what awaited ahead of us in Zone 16 was similarly welcoming. Cold fogs laced through the desolate wasteland ahead of us, the winds yowling with a connection to Leng, things we couldn't make out moving in the sky, shadows at the edge of vision, tempting, teasing, trying to stick with us.

The Elevator Music to Heaven /chanted, and those things were ignored, actually sounding kind of petulant at not getting a reaction from us...

Zone 17 flies by...

"Wow, that was my first gug!"

The anatomical stupidity of having vertical jaws splitting your face in two firmly established them as aberrations, and no evolution could defend having two forearms extending out from your elbows.

"Same here!" Errant's Heavenbound chimed in at Briggs' words, as did the dragons and their riders watching as the massive natives of Leng burned away.

Conspicuously, the Ironblood stayed silent, and Errant, AA, and I said nothing.

Briggs slid his eyes our way, figured that out quickly, didn't even think about AA, and grimaced at Errant. "You kidding me?" he grumbled at our Heavenbound Ten.

Silver eyes glittered over his smile. "The tunnels beneath Zynozure go down rather too far, and some things wanted to bring up a couple guards with them. Guess what easy-to-dominate brutes they picked?"

Briggs mumbled something about unfair extra years, and Errant just winked at him.

Pseudonatural spiders lorded over by a Spider of Leng. It was probably not here by choice, as being compelled to guard the Obelisk simply wasn't in the nature of the things... But compelled it was, and we weren't going to pull punches against the massive eleven-legged thing, especially when massive wolf, dream, black widow, sword, and trapdoor spiders from Outside Creation were doling out the poison, shooting hair-thorns at us, waving four living sword-limbs at us, and dispensing hallucinatory powder in the air.

We'd simply cut through most of the things we'd run across. I'm sure they appreciated the murderhobo action of hitting and running faster than they could move. This group of gugs looking for some ghouls to munch on were high-Karma targets, and the lads and monkeys definitely wanted to give them a try. Elder Arg straight up mangled one, ending up rather unimpressed, especially compared to wrestling an eighty-foot crocodile from Outside Creation...

I didn't ask the gugs' impression of Elder Arg, but I'm sure they admired his mangling technique.

Zone 18...

"And here I was complaining about not fighting any gugs because I hadn't gone underground," Briggs announced, Endure beating agreement.

The cave before us was a hundred yards in diameter, clearly going down and deep through a mountain that rose beyond sight above us. Not even the dragons wanted to think about flying over it.

"Did the Brothers say what we'd be meeting down here?" Estemar asked from dragonback, his eyes thoughtful.

"The first Obelisk we're shooting for is the territory of the Shellycoat, the Zone after next. Take a guess," I grinned at him.

Everyone shuffled. Images of dark and slender figures with crimson, violet, purple, or obsidian skin and pale hair all came to mind. The faces of the elves hardened, the dwarves snorted, the Ironblood just grunted, the berserkers tried to hide their interest in other matters, and the apes snarled.

"But we've got a route, right?" Verd asked from behind me.

"Sure. They had to come out the far side." I smiled winningly. "There's only a few tens of thousands of them to get past on the route. I'm sure it won't be an issue." The Map popped up, and our route was plotted out for everyone.

"Two hundred miles underground?" Even Errant had to wince.

"Aren't you glad shit can't teleport through the Felldeep?" I said merrily. "Otherwise, they could pull up so many demons and send them after us the fast way!"

"They can send word on ahead that we are coming..." mused Errant back at me, also smiling slightly.

I pointedly turned around and looked up at the sky. "Damn, that's horrible. There's definitely no way they'd know we were coming otherwise."

A ripple was in the churning clouds above, fed by a whole Zone worth of millions of undead, cracking this much-abused sky and giving just the hint of sunlight coming through from above.

Definitely a lot of low chuckles going out at that statement. Even the apes were learning to appreciate some good snarking.

"Dragons... go humanoid? They can always revert if need be?" Briggs spoke up calmly. The dragons glanced at one another, then back at their riders, who dismounted with alacrity.

The hellpoodles whoofed, glancing at the griffons as the dragons shrank and shifted into their humanoid forms.

"No, the griffons are fine. They can basically levitate and speed after us with Heavenbound on them. But you've a point. Sir Harbrom, Sir Estemar, on Captains Fido and Shirley, chop chop." The two Paladins only paused a moment at the thought of mounting two ex-Hounds of Hell, but the saddles unfolded out of the Hounds' Barding and the two Paladins swung up onto them smoothly.

"Elder Arg, you're probably going to have to fly prone most of the time. Most of these tunnels are going to be small for you. If need be, we'll get you shrunken down to fit." The great ape grunted understanding, sparks crackling on his fingers for a moment, his eyes glowing with soulfire. "Yeah, there's gonna be stuff to mangle down there that needs the mangling."

"Like all the drow," General Moonriver muttered under his breath, to the general agreement of the elves and dwarves.

There were two kinds of dark elves: drow and drakeer haror. The latter were 'redeemed', returned to the stars and moon of Sylune, the most magical of the elven races, the drakeer haror, the Star Elves... of whom Sylune Herself belonged to...

Drow were demon-worshipping fallen elves turned from the Light by denizens of the lower planes and their own accumulations of sin. Given their casual proclivities, killing them all was very much the preferred way of dealing with them.

"Well, there's the equivalent of a dozen empires of them spread throughout the Fifth Zone-ring here, so let's focus on sending them all off to whatever doom awaits them when we really mess up the Formation the Hags have up, rather than having to chew through millions of them one after another, shall we?" Oddly enough, nobody thought that was a bad idea. "Okay, pop those Masks of Clarity, you poor bastards who don't have perfect night vision." My own Mask descended on me, as did those of all the non-humans.

Why yes, sapient apes are actually Powered, and it was like we planned ahead on teaching them what to learn, or something. As for my Ironblood, it was one of the Tats they all had to get to go on this little escapade, and pay up to at least Mastery/2.

Ancientaxe also had one, since Devilsight outdid infravision in almost every practical way, and down we went, not quite moving as fast as we had through the angry and misty-fist-shaking plains behind us...

I had to admit I grinned when the elves, dwarves, and gnomes along for the ride all had Masks of their own. It wasn't just for the visual acuity, although that was part of it. It was for style points. Can't have all the humans and monkeys running into battle with stylish Masks over their faces and them not having any either, right?

Soul Essence was a valuable commodity, and usually they didn't need to waste it on visual enhancement. This was a special situation, and it meant we didn't have to light up the area with magic to see... although that was an option we could exercise at any moment, very well prepared for that eventuality.

Our worries were about full tunnel obstructions, possible collapses, or potential large magical formations or traps. Tight quarters fighting with troops weren't what we were much afraid of.

Already having a route to follow also made things much easier. I reflected on all the many, many side tunnels that we'd be passing by and ignoring, eaten away by massive stone-feasting elemental worms or other entities and forming the Swiss-cheese underworld of the Felldeep in passing. The larger caverns were generally formed by elemental creatures acting in some capacity or another...

Drow did mess around with demons and daemons a lot, which could be problematic, but the sheer amount of time/space interference here meant that bringing in such would be dangerous, as they couldn't leave easily... and not even dark elves generally wanted demons around for the long term.

It also meant there was probably going to be more Evilborn around than a normal dark elf society...

Author's Note: I was always annoyed that Ealistraee, the good Drow goddess from Forgotten Realms, was basically a ranger, when her ceremonies are obviously so magical... and she's the daughter of the Pantheon Head Corellon, and the former elven goddess of magic, Lolth.

So, Sylune is straight up the Goddess of Silver (Good) Magic, the Moon, Stars, Travel and Navigation in the story... and she is drakeer haror, a Returned Drow, a Star Elf, invited into that position by the other Powers of Heaven, and stands as the beacon of Good in the night, opposite the light of the Sun King Aru; the Silver Queen of Heaven, Sylune!

Uruth is the famously uncaring Neutral God of Magic, whose Coinmages charging for every Cantrip are infamous. Think Boccob, with less philosophy, for his Church.

Ruilvei the Witch Queen is the Mistress of Black Magic, and the preferred Patron of Crones... and probably the one who subverted the Hag Curse.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

No, they aren't going to give a lot of respect to the drow. Contrary to Drizzt, most drow are not capable of fighting hardened Eights and higher. Especially Nulls. And they are finesse fighters.

We were a meme.

That whole thing about going to exotic foreign lands, meeting beautiful, charming natives, and killing them? I wasn't sure about the charming, but the rest certainly applied.

I snarked to myself as we trundled along, leaving behind us a lot of black-skinned, pale-haired corpses, and their slaves, servants, pack beasts, war beasts, Summoned minions, and various visitors of other sorts and species. Most of the slaves and pack beasts were left alive. Most of the rest joined the dark elves in burning vivic.

I made a habit of finding the most attractive females among the dead dark elves, chopping off their heads, and feeding them to my Marks. Additional Karma? Well, they definitely did have intrinsic magic, so yeah, it was like a Power Comp.

Mostly it was because the synergistic ability of the Marks needed to be fed and developed. To wit, there was a Succubus Blessing that gave those it was conferred upon the ability to change shape like the giver could. I had no intrinsic shape-changing ability, so it didn't work quite the same way for the Marks, and I was a Null. Any kind of magical effect like that would slide away within ten minutes.

However, pretty much all Hags were shapechangers too, so that 'empty area' on my genetics was there, and I could work with it. So, invest Karma, magic, at least one dead dark elf per Mark...

Anyone whose template was burned into the Mark, like, ah, the Evilborn I'd fed into them previously, or anyone I ate, could form a template of someone I could shift shape into, if I was of a mind to.

Now, I didn't know when I'd need to turn into a dark elf, but that was no reason not to build up a wardrobe of alternate appearances, right?

This process had actually been going on for some time, and not just for me. It was available to all the Nulls who had the three Physical Stat Marks, and anyone if they Invested enough Karma and Masteries in it. If the enemy could do slay-and-replace, well... Half a dozen mercenary companies had Null Ironblood officers who had replaced agents of various entities with ill intentions. Said mercs were now up to little good, instead of no good, but they were getting better.

The Hyn Nulls were particularly keen on being able to change into human-size. Of course, they had to Invest in the Marks, Invest in the Mastery, and Invest in the Soul Essence that drove the whole thing...

Naturally, I did the same thing with any succubi or incubi we came across, and given the origin of the Marks, nobody batted an eye. The general consensus was that I probably had to feed the Marks to expand the number of people who could use them and join the Marktell, which wasn't actually all that wrong, as I was pretty sure the number of dead succubi-types affected how many of my Marked could use this expanded ability. Always looking out for my lads, I was...

The dark elves had naturally enough gotten rid of most of the wandering terrors that wanted to use their preferred routes of travel, so the things we encountered the most of were their merchant trains and patrols. Needless to say, both were quite surprised by the sudden appearance of several hundred upper-worlders, especially fair-skinned elves, who were basically an evil myth to them after the thousands of centuries that had passed in here. Yes, them Light Elves really were quite as dreadful as the old tales!

We did do aural validation (Estemar, Errant, Paladins, Heavenbound, take a bow) and, to everyone's lack of surprise, Purple and Black were massively dominant. Given the charmed slaves and their treatment, necromantic goods, choice of Summoned minions, tokens of faith, and the like... well, we did our due diligence, and the dark elves settled firmly into designate: drow, and taking prisoners was out of the question.

Still, it was a dim and grim fairyland, with evil fey, occasional Evilborn looking to spread some woe, enslaved monster pets, abused slaves of multiple races, undead servants, mushroom forests, artistically carved caves with beautiful and dire stalagmites and stalactites worked up into unholy places of acclamation, auras of death and despair... and some really savage fighting when it came time to breach one of their tunnel blockades or camps.

There might have been a few dark elf survivors left behind us, but not many, and word certainly wasn't physically moving ahead of us. We were simply moving too fast.

Office building/palaces made out of giant stalagmites. Noble dwellings far above in the matching stalactites, up on the ceiling hundreds of feet above. Faerie fire and shifting shadows to accentuate things with just the right amount of uneasiness. Fliers going to and fro on batback, avenues of flight determined by great webs sealing parts of the ceiling, with their attendants looking idly on as bat-boys flapped on past, or skittering up and down the walls in a dance with the great lizards doing the same.

The emergency signal flares and horns had been snuffed and silenced respectively; word hadn't gone out of our intrusion into this cavern as of yet. The dark elves were skilled fighters, relatively speaking, but they certainly weren't prepared to face off with a vanguard force like ours, where one of the soldiers could take out the captain of this probably cushy job. Cushy, because they certainly had a lot more loot on them than we could expect, especially after the gnomes and hyn tossed the place at speed.

That said, getting into and through the city over yonder that stretched right across most of the cavern might be a bit more difficult. Or exciting. Depended on your point of view.

There was a polite 'chok' as Endure hacked off the head of the vulture-demon that was probably supposed to raise the alarm, and instead had the unique experience of having its scrawny neck grabbed by an Ancient and wrung like a chicken, while all its claws and talons rang off waiting WotdaHell?

"Too many eyes," he grunted. "We don't have time to rest or do more than heal up. Call it, Sama."

"I need illusions of empty road tied to raised spears. They don't have to be perfect, they just have to hold up from a couple hundred feet away so the things up above can't see us coming." My Mask of Clarity was up and fully juiced. "They've got standard citywards up as far as preventing flyovers and teleports. That said, the main gates are open and they aren't expecting anything to be coming as fast as we are.

"The three of us are going to have to go in and dismantle their magic Wards and traps, and fuck up the material defenses. AA, you're on the magic, Briggs and I will wreck shit. Errant, your Heavenbound will have to stop the portcullis and the gates."

"Won't be a problem," our silver-eyed knight er-... of the Ruby Heart promised.

The illusions above us connected end to end, tied to the end of raised Rockborn Spears. They showed a ground area roughly the same hue as the crushed crystals lining the road, distorting and flowing, as if odd shadows were flowing across them when viewed from above.

From the ground, it was bloody apparent what was going on, but anybody on the ground was going to be taking a dirt nap if they were a sentry, or not have time to really do anything if they weren't... plus the Casters could always toss a couple extra illusions to ward us if need be.

And so, we charged across three miles of open ground toward the gates. At sixty mph, that naturally took three minutes.

AA's Helices turned him into a blur of shadow and grey-black motion. The dark elves and their superior infravision couldn't possibly see him until he got within fifty yards... which gave them maybe three seconds to realize something was out there, and respond appropriately out of nowhere.

They didn't quite make it when he blew past them. The heads of those on the right flew free in his wake, the ones on the left met Endure, and we were in.

Helices flailed out in lines of black and grey, coiled into waiting magical traps and Wards, ripped and tore with pulses of Void precision and emptiness.

The tremblesense of Briggs and I painted the entire area with vibrational echoes at every step, exposing every joint and pivot, chain and gear. Tremble sheared through stone and metal, Endure crashed and crunched against the same. Gears popped, metal buckled and wedged, stone tilted and settled.

Errant was literally three seconds behind us, he and his fellow Heavenbounds' Ward Walls flaring up golden to forestall the abrupt fall of the heavy portcullis, and then the whole force was flowing in after us down the twenty-foot killing tunnel before the troops up above could take attention to fill the area below with poison gas, flaming oil, or spells. One very coordinated elfin lobbed a Fireball through one of the murder holes into the space above, and a silent burning explosion blew out in the confined place above, which I'm sure made their day more exciting.

Then we were out and into the streets as the alarms started to go off.

I'd like to say the streets emptied out in front of us, but we were moving too quickly with all the troops on Disks, running way too bloody fast, and not really giving them time to do anything.

Estemar and Errant were feeding overlapping Eyes of Heaven into the Mark-Up Display, painting everyone and everything around us with threat levels and colors.

It was bloody apparent everything around us was Not Friendly whatsoever. Non-combatants didn't have colors that deep. Everything around was stained deep with treachery, blood on their hands, and ready to get more on them if it meant furthering their desires. The degree of depravity was really making both men wince.

Well, it did make things easier, in a way. To wit, if it got in our way, it pretty much died, unless it was something like a goblin or kobold slave.

She had quite the entourage around her. Escort of a few minotaur-esque bull demons, two vulture wrath demons, two gluttony toad demons, a four-armed envy demon, a serpentine half-snake demon attendant/lover, and of course her little old six-armed half-snake marilith demon self.

They weren't exactly in the way, but what the heck! -Uh, boys, momentary detour for the six-armed bitch.-

Ah, yes, a more mundane Greater Demoness, whirling around at the commotion we were causing, slanted and slitted eyes widening at the speed we were moving and closing in on them –

Whoops, sorry guys, you can't fly here if we can't...

Fall was out and pumping as I closed, my Tail was throwing spikes as Sparky did his thing, and Tremble was rising and ready.

Her six dire swords, all irregularly spiked and barbed in that impossible demonic Pattern, popped into her hands, just in time to get a bolt or spike into each of her arms.

The two vulture demons went away as AA and Briggs went past them, shredded and pulped in passing, respectively. I slammed between two bular'ri, and as she was shrieking at me and trying to bring her six swords in to parry, I was suddenly down on my face as she was rising up into the air on her lower snake-half, and came up underneath her parries, fluid as a mountain stream. Tremble pulsed in exultation as a foot of her edge went in and up through impossibly tough demon flesh, and exited in a spray of gore blazing vivic.

Elder Arg smashed into the Tempter demon's shocked form, its canine head bleating in alarm as it was slammed backwards. The great ape's lower feet reached out and settled on the toad-heads of the gluttony demons, gripping very securely indeed.

A couple weeks ago...

"Go ahead."

The chakon charged at Feist, howling and flexing and arms poised to rip and rend.

The hyn seemed to blur and flow, grasping the incoming arms. To the shock of the chakon, the ape was suddenly going head over heels, slamming into the ground headfirst and hard, stunning it.

Then it was still going, rolling over as something kept it moving, up into the air and down again, crashing again even harder, and over one more time, wailing as it crashed into the patiently stoic trunk of a forest giant. He wobbled once, and fell backwards, unconscious.

Errant laughed, standing right there, and reached down to administer the healing. It only took the chakon a few seconds to regain consciousness, and the surrounding watching apes were still silent.

I scooched a finger towards Feist, and he trotted up to stand next to the woozy chakon.

"Notice how big Feist is," I said to the silent champa'ka and chakon. "Note how big Omah is." There were a few hoots and calls. "Now think: If you could do what Feist just did, just how big a creature could you do it to?"

For a pregnant second, everything went still, and then it went literally apeshit crazy.

Elder Arg stepped forward with massive steps, bent down to inspect Feist with a head taller than the hyn was, and then his eyes looked way up.

His tusked smile was truly and utterly ferocious.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

This is why you should respect the monkey loving.

Elder Arg massed more than all three demons together, and he was motoring with a Motion spell to accentuate his already tremendous natural foot speed. His Primal heavyfoot was also coming along nicely, and oh, what was that Strength of his? Base 39, with five bars of Philosopher's Might glowing hot on his furry forearms?

He tore off the Tempter's pincered weapon arms with pure brute force before his jaws came down and bit off the demon's screaming head. As he did, he was rolling.

His full weight came down on the two gluttony demons' heads, driving them deep into the stone. He tumbled forward and rolled, still grabbing them, up and over and down, crunch! And then again...

Their heads exploded under the metal-clad impacts of his pawed feet, and vivus exploded all over him as all three demons went off at the same moment.

His roar of exultation was pretty loud, and demons understand most languages.

"PUNY DEMONS!" he hollered at all of them in Chakonic. Effective 60ish Strength Shadow Stalker Rolling Doom executed perfectly, boo-yeah! Grappling MMA ftw...

Alas, they'd not be sending any mail home to tell folks in the Pits about him. The Ironblood swept past them, and the bular'ri died the deaths of too many hatracks, not enough hats. The marilith's ophidi'ri paramour was hit with two criss-crossing blows as the Hellpoodles swept past, momentarily glowing lines of crossing Valorous Weapons Smiting and One-Striking on a Spirited Charge effectively quartering him instantly, and then profound Thunder exploded out from within him and sent the burning pieces flying in all directions.

I gave Elder Arg a mental slap upside the head, and he looked around to see the rest of the company streaking past him. With an erp, he pounded after them and me as I swept by him, the marilith slammed down upon Haul, half her snaky body whipping along the ground as I fed her to my Mark, and not incidentally had some place to put all the demonically forged magical weapons from the demons and her twenty goldweight of magical accessories and other miscellaneous belongings.

He leapt into the air as lightly as a much smaller monkey, in midair shrinking down to one-quarter his height to land smoothly on Haul, which had no difficulty taking his weight. He grinned shamelessly at me, then clutched the rim of the Disk harder, latched onto the corpse of the marilith going rapidly vivic, and whooped as I kicked into high gear.

I had to swing out and around the company as I sprinted past them, all of them grinning behind the wind buffeting them, especially on seeing my haul, and in fifteen seconds I was back in my proper place in line.

Another fifteen seconds, the last of the marilith's vivus swirled down into the Mark on my hip, it glowed in polite thanks for the free lunch. Elder Arg carefully bundled up the Weapons he was sitting on, taking care to only touch them with his gauntleted hands and paws. Tremble guided a rope over to wrap them all up, then bundled them into a dino-hide sack to pass back to the Ironblood.

There were alarms going off all over now, fliers swooping our way, spiders coming down on webs from above, spells igniting brightly in our wake... but the fact remained that we were basically out of range within ten seconds or so, and the ones ahead of us still didn't know what was going on.

We charged in, kept on going, and charged away. They were basically still deciding what to do when we were already gone.

The gate out of the city was designed to keep stuff out, not in. We eased our Interdictions enough to allow flight, especially after the first few dozen riders of bats, drakes, nightmares, flying worms, carpets, magic boots, wings, spells, and whatnot all suffered tragic falls as they came too near to us, their expressions hilarious as their innate levitation magic didn't work either, and King Gravity added some more skulls to his throne.

Up the walls, over the walls, and looooooong jumps away from the wall while we slid down through the air on misting heels. There were a couple of desultory discharges of arrows and spells that Ward Walls from Reserve and Heavenbound graciously intercepted, and we were down, on the road, and booking for the tunnel out of here.

Yeah, there would be another fort in the way, but they weren't going to be prepared for us to come through, either.

A few hours later, resting in a cavern...

"Wow, the lads have fast hands." I was impressed, despite myself, at how much stuff they'd grabbed in passing. The elves had been looking hard for magic, and had Mage Hands out to grab and point as we'd swept past, sucking in all sorts of goodies in our wake. It was basically all the gnomes and hyn had been doing, too.

We couldn't travel at our breakneck pace when in the actual tunnel, because it turned and twisted too much, which meant we might smash right into a rock-eater before we knew it was even there. Still, nobody else was going to be following us at much speed, especially after we spread out a few Explosive Runes here and there on stalagmites behind us. Just to keep things entertaining for the drow, of course. They needed some light in their lives.

Briggs glanced at the Spear he'd ripped away from the vulture-demon he'd killed, now being burned away by a couple of champa'ka to power up a basic magical Amulet to increase the toughness of their hide and fur. Little steps, little increments. "Well, it wasn't like they didn't have an effective teacher."

Taking the wealth and magic of the enemy, burn it pure to increase your own Gear. Life lessons on the road to Ten. My little sisters were burning up the marilith's jewelry, probably a gift from some besotted demon who might want to scry and track it, and who was going to quickly find it was dust. Only needed the mana crystals, not whatever the necklace actually did.

"Mmm. You see those human slaves?" His pale violet eyes were cold.

"Morlocks. Degenerated mutates. It's been a hundred thousand years or more here in this Zone-ring, fuzzy. They aren't humans as we know them, anymore."

His shadowed eyes dimmed slightly. "That's what our species has to look forwards to?"

"One branch of it, that is dwelling underground, in areas with unknown radiations magical and otherwise, afflicted by temporal and spatial instability, dark energies from foul gods, and the presence of Evilborn and Aberrations, yeah."

"Ah." He managed to sigh. "It would have been nice to see something in the other direction, something to look forwards to."

"There's a future where humanity has a bright future? Really? Which story was that?" I screwed up my face, trying to think of one.

"Legion of Superheroes!" he answered immediately.

I pursed my lips. "Huh. Wow, okay, DC had one. Marvel... not so much. They have gods running around as heroes and still can't do anything right without a Kryptonian around..."

"Wouldn't that be cool if those universes actually exist?"

"Do you want to get retconned around existence every ten to twenty years? Fight things on the scale of Galactus?"

He thought about that. "Well, the thing is... in those places, you can become strong enough to do that, right?"

"Well, yeah... Do you really want to imagine me with a Kryptonian racial template?"

His eyes narrowed. "Well, that is pretty damn exaggerated..."

"You mean monumentally unbalanced."

"Hey, so is Dragonball Z."

"We are not bringing Daoist-style cultivators mixed with super aliens together into this, are we?"

"Ehhh, let's not." He picked up a rock the size of an egg, flicked it, and a three-foot centipede crawling out of a crack in the cavern wall went crunchy-splat. "But that does bring up the topic of breaking Ten."

"Because Superman is a Three or Four who counts as Epic because of his race?" I rolled my eyes.

"It ties in, doesn't it?" he prodded, undeterred in his examination of the condensed water slowly, slowly dripping off one of the stalagmites into the pool in this cavern below us.

It was a bit before I replied, "To an extent, yeah." I flicked my eyes over at the dragons lounging nearby and chatting with several of the Casters with us. Forsaken made them uncomfortable, so there was tacit space between them and the Ironblood.

"You sound like you figured something out." He was definitely interested. His mental prod opened up, and quietly I had open Markdoors to all the Brotherhood, Errant, Hazé, the girls, and some other suddenly Very Interested people.

"I'm pretty sure that base Humanity is too weak a race to get past Ten," I threw out there, and backed it up with how Stat increases worked, particularly at the mental level, where post-35 meant you literally had to be thinking outside your head, and physical Stats meant your body was basically a magic item, because physics simply wouldn't support that level of power. "Now, while the Land, or the gods, can simply come down and give you that moment of Insight to break Ten in your moment of Awesome, actually reaching out and taking it means looking at the races who can naturally break it, and using them as a crutch.

"I've got the wherewithal to break Ten right in front of me. That marilith I fed to my Marks is a Seventeen, with superhuman baseline Stats, and a +17 blanket Attack Bonus, both Ranged and Melee, with Skill Ranks and Caster Level to match.

"Look at the dragons; they are all in the Fourteen to Sixteen Hit Die range. They have that level of Attack Bonus, a Caster Level that exceeds Ten, and Skills that do as well.

"To Break Ten, you need to have one of those three things. I think our ancestors, and the current crop of post-Tens that are out there, just went looking for examples to emulate in one of those three categories.

"There are plenty of races that could display a base Caster Level for Casters. Many Celestials have natural Class Levels higher than Ten. One visit from an Astral Deva, and any Priest or Favored would see how being an Eleven works magically.

"Any Sorcerer would only have to find a powerful enough creature sharing their bloodline, and watch how their magic works, and they'd be able to borrow it and advance into Ten.

"The key thing for any Melee is getting that +11 Attack Bonus, be it Melee or Ranged. Once you understand that, everything else follows. The instinctive understanding of combat is very different than the learned one that Classes download, which is experience through a thousand failures. Instinct is experience through surviving ten thousand generations, the weak fall.

"But still, once you have that +11 in front of you, and know the end result, you can take that Step into Eleven pretty easily.

"Likewise, if some Celestial or Fiend telepathically shares to you what it means to have Eleven Ranks in Stealth or Perception, that's going to light up everything else.

"So, Powered types can literally be sponsored to Eleven. Forsaken, we're going to have to steal it with Evolutionary Levels. I'm not sure any Powered being can effectively share with us the Skill Enlightenment, so it simply may not be possible for Scouts to make Eleven on a pure basis for Forsaken... unless Luck or Fate play heavily into it.

"I'm looking at a +17 Attack Bonus from the fiendish side of things. If I can buy that up even one point, nothing is going to stop me from stepping into Eleven Melee.

"But, I'm pretty sure that's a Hard Ceiling. As it relates to magic, +11 is an Epic-Level bonus, right? Going from +10 to +11 is making a huge hurdle in understanding.

"So, I'm pretty sure you're going to have to throw Rank D worth of Karma at it to make it stick, Forsaken and Powered alike."

Instant mental convulsions all around. That was a metric fuckload of Karma. That was making Ten multiple times over...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

So, Sama's been testing the rules with all this Karma, what has she found?

"Like getting D Rank, just for that one Level?" Briggs murmured, and everyone else agreed. Earning that much Karma was no joke at all! Eighty Levels worth...

"There's a reason all them post-Tens aren't youngsters anymore," I hinted strongly. "Pretty sure the extra years we get are just so we can last long enough to maybe break that ceiling under normal circumstances, if we keep trying. After all, you don't NEED to be a Deep Ten to make Eleven."

"Huh." Briggs glanced down as the pool in front of us trembled ever-so-slightly. "What are you planning on doing?"

"The Annis Hag evolution is actually very strong, especially once you remove the Curse. It gets to +7 flat Attack Bonus. I have a Fallen Ahren template that should get me to +13 thereafter, and then lilitu or marilith would get me to +17."

"Ugh. You have to pay for the bonus twice?" He rubbed his nose as the water trembled more.

"Never said the process was efficient." I was watching it too, of course, and what was at the bottom of the pool. We weren't sitting here for no reason. "Wizards are associated with Dragons because they are the easiest Arcane Casters to reach, with Evilborn the next most, particularly Arcanadaemons. Divine Casters go to servants of their Patrons. Warriors emulate mighty creatures that can have higher AB's. It all fits."

"Why not make the run for Eleven?" he asked, his hand closing around Endure now, and the Hammer starting to burn. Quaver slid herself into my hand, starting to do the same.

"Karmic costs for Secondary Levels all increase with every Primary Level," was the automatic reply.

"Uh, you're still buying up Class Levels?" He was shocked despite himself. "Prestige Levels? What?"

"Well, I made a discovery." Something dark at the bottom of the pool was starting to flow upwards. Naturally, we could both see it perfectly in our tremblesense. It was massive, easily a hundred cubic meters in size, flowing up, up, stealthily and steadily, toward the food above vibrating on the ground.

"A discovery." Briggs threw a partial smile. "That's that 32 Int coming into play again, gnawing at something. What is this massive discovery that is holding you back from Eleven?"

"Well, do you know Forsaken can take Caster Classes?"

Despite himself, he flinched from head to toe in shock. "Are you serious? Of course you are. Why in the world would we do so?" Everything about the Classes was designed to increase Casting ability. Even the Feats you could theoretically take since you didn't get spells would have to do with magic and Casting, useless to us.

"Well, it turns out those are the Classes that work with our Forsaken Status. Nulls default to work with the Druidic Classes, Sources are probably on the Divine Paradigm, and Voids on the Arcane."

"Wait, there's Classes that advance Forsaken skills?" His eyes almost popped.

"Null Druid subsumed my Null Mastery and all my Null Feats I'd paid for."

The edge of the great black ooze broke the surface of the water on the opposite side of the pool from us, closer to the numbers of people-snacks over there. More mass flowed out of the pool like an inky black tide, noticeably lowering the level of the pool as it did so.

"Well. Shit," Briggs blinked at me.

"Oh, and one more thing." I moved Quaver back, now a blade of solid Firephasing flame. "I have a Casting Matrix."

I cut forward. Briggs almost smashed his own foot, and I grinned as my first Oozebane Fireshard drove hard into the bulging mass of the great Ooze, boring a hole right through it.

Oozes, degraded shoggoth-spawn, were utterly insatiable eating machines that could be found basically anywhere they could hide from sunlight, as the skinless colonial organisms were intensely vulnerable to ultraviolet light. Given its size, a whole lot of biomass had been devoured by this sucker, but now its time was at an end.

Endure's Sharding plowed into it, a foot-wide tunnel plunging deep into its mass. Everybody nearby knew what was going on, of course, and the Casters waiting there immediately began to pepper it with Fire and Force Reserves. Ashified, disrupted colony cells eroded away, vivic energy flaring like fireworks as the miniscule creatures died, removing them from blocking further effects. Now it was taking fire damage from both directions, all directions, getting eroded down very quickly as Banefire tore through it and guided the damage to all the best parts.

I noted a lot of water flowing down it and back into the pool, too.

"Are you shitting me?" His eyes narrowed as he leapt along that train of thought. "We can store magical energy... our own magical energy?" His eyes popped. "We're generators... and capacitors..." He glanced at me. "Can we use the power?"

"We can't spend it, if that's what you are asking. Are there some Feats or Masteries out there, besides the traditional Reserves, that allow you to leverage all the magical energy in your body into something else? I remember there being a Feat which granted Toughness based on how many metamagic Feats you knew... eh..." But my eyes were dancing as a constant flurry of burning Swords and Hammers matched the firecracker explosions of the directed Reserves, chewing this Ooze to bits. It had a lot of Health, even as it shuddered and stopped moving.

Nobody let up. This thing was going down to vivus... and then we were going to get all the nice things out of the bottom of the pool.

"What about elemental energies?" he had to ask. "Is it just generic?"

"I was automatically thrown into the Animal Domain, probably because of my Annis background. I'm likewise assuming Verd, Amber, and Veis will be thrown into Plant, Fire, and Air respectively. So, all the Engrams and Pools I've been raising have signs of bestial, primal energy to them."

"But if we can't use the power, that's a total waste," he frowned.

"Is it, Brothers?" I /asked into the Marktell going on.

The /silence was thrumming with anticipation. It was the Fire and Sword who finally answered. -Bondmages,- he /whispered.

-Mechanics?- I /asked for everyone.

-When we disassemble a spell, or drain magic from another, we can transfer some of that energy to an Arcane Caster we are in resonance with. Also, when Meditating, we can increase the rate at which they regain Valences by exuding the refined mana we naturally process into them.-

Which, if any of the vague emotional signs around his words were any indication, was a remarkably pleasant experience. That lady-killer reputation they had was not unearned...

"Well, shit," Briggs said for everyone, as he let up with Endure, and the two of us watched the Casters pummel the black ooze down to white ash and water. "And now you can potentially store up some of that power and inject or share it directly? It would be like your Bound Caster having a whole separate Matrix they could draw on..."

"...and I'm pretty sure we could do it on the psionic end, too. Chi, doubt it, unless ki accumulation can get refined up, and I don't think it can."

Everyone was silent again, as the implications spread across everyone.

All those magical races, and humans had magic based around being non-magical, and thus being able to hold magic for others...

"I'm going to assume you need a bondmage, and can only bond to one at a time," Briggs murmured to nobody, and got several Brotherly acknowledgements. He and I sat down as the first of the eager elves stripped down after a nod from us, and went diving down for the remnant belongings of prior victims down at the bottom. The loot would have to be acid resistant, so magical, slaked, or made of noble metals, most likely...

"It's likely no different than storing power in a familiar. You can't do that with the more magical familiars, which is what got me thinking about it. A normal animal, you imbue it with power. A magical familiar, it imbues you." I hummed to myself. "And then there's another precedent. Remember the Mystics of Nog?"

His face screwed up again. "That... was just stories. They..." His eyes opened as he thought back to before Power of Ten was a thing, and geekdom beckoned. "Wait, that was a Prestige Class, where they permanently gave up spell slots and imbued them into their bodies for special abilities!"

"Which is exactly like creating a magical item, biomagic. I also believe it's one of the things for the Artificer/Druid Theurgy, right?" Because no one had ever developed a Prestige Class off those biomagic principles... that I knew of.

"Life Theurgy, right." Briggs pawed at his face. "Wait, Theurgy? That means-?"

"Uh huh. Archnull, Archsource, Archvoid. The Druidnull equivalent to Shaman and Shifters is Wis and Con-based, respectively, so bonus Spells from two Stats, more Spells, and since they aren't the Primary Class, higher Null Level... just like Archshaman, Archshifter, and Archdruid."

"You've invested in all those?" Briggs queried.

"I'm 3/3/1/1/1 in the Null versions of Shaman, Shifter, and the Archies."

"Gods in Heaven. Thirty-five more damn Levels to get!" Briggs moaned, and there was some swearing from Brothers in the background.

"And the Masteries to go with them," I agreed with a sigh. "Deep Ten just keeps getting deeper..." My little sisters only had to pay Seven prices for those Levels, after all, to which they were quietly cheering, especially Veis, who would once again be able to work with the aeromancy she'd had to give up.

"Okay, importantly, how do you fill the Valences?" Briggs asked reasonably.

"This is a guess, which you're going to have to verify. I'm sure the Voids just deposit their filtered mana into the Matrix instead of passing it through, so they'll just do it continuously, or whenever they take down some extant magic. They're probably the most suitable for Forsaken Matrix Classes.

"You Sources probably just fill it by living, slowly, constantly. You probably can't 'refill' a Valence between Renewals, but you won't have to work at it, either.

"Me, I have to convert life energy to it, ripping away my Con bonus in Valences with temporary damage to my Con, which heals at a point an hour." I spat off to the side. "And at the top end, that means hundreds of Valences. No healing with magic, either... the feedback inflicts even more Con damage. And yet, the bonus Slots from Archnulling can't be Nogged."

Briggs had a lopsided grin on his face. "Ah, Class balance sucks, doesn't it..." I elbowed him in his brick-like ribs, and he just laughed. "Any particular Masteries, Skills?"

"They are all poor combat Classes, with one Good Save corresponding to their Forsaken basis. Two Skill points. Mystic Nog Forsaken is a Mastery. I believe my Skill Reqs for the Archies were Concentration and Heal five Ranks, Toughness, Iron Will, and Endurance Masteries, and the Skill Focus for the two Skills. Class Skills are probably Concentration, Heal, Meditation, and Craft.

"If I were to hazard for Sources, it would be a similar set up, with a Strength and Charisma bias. Athletics and Diplomacy, maybe Intimidate, three similar Masteries, and so forth. Having Leadership wouldn't surprise me, either. Kings Among Men is a thing.

"For Voids, I would hazard Spellcraft and Stealth together, maybe some Knowledge Ranks and/or Acrobatics Ranks. Lightning Reflexes, Evasion, Stealth Masteries...

"But otherwise, the Forsaken Matrix Classes were base Classes, no req except to be a Forsaken of the appropriate type. They were so basic and low I'd almost call them NPC Classes, if they weren't subsuming all my Null Feats, and driving the Karma reqs down because of it."

"Any Mystic/Nog exchanges?"

"Stat boosting of your base Stats, up to 18 and 'perfection'. There's an Iron Fist technique, much like ki-boosted unarmed damage, making your fists lethal, up to the base d4 and requiring another spell level per 2 levels for damage increase. Stacks on the ki equiv.

"There's also a 'magic armor' effect that effectively replaces Force Armor and Natural Armor boosting."

"After you already maxed your Bracers and an Amulet?" He rolled his eyes.

"It would work inside a Greyfield, and can't be dispelled, so it's actually useful. I think you can get bonuses to Skills, but I'm not sure. The maximum you can invest at each Level seems to be that Level, so one Valence at One, three at Third, etc. You can't Invest Slots from the Archies.

"I'm assuming basic all-around physical buffs in the future, and maybe other Inherent Bonuses once you hit Perfection. Have to see."

Briggs grunted and sat back again, the abrupt Markchat broke up as everyone retreated to their own thoughts on this matter.

Hazé /flicked me an intrigued note. Exactly who would get to be Bonded to our lovely Archtheurge?...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

And we get to meet another interesting character.

Zone 19...

Zone 19 was a dark faerie wonderland, outside instead of underground. That unhelpfully added a lot of twisted dark magic plants, fey, animals, magical beasts, scattered undead, and various macabre constructs capering around, all with a huge amount of Unseelie Court and demonic influence competing to see who could be more wicked.

They weren't happy to see us cutting through miles of animated corpses caught in an eternal Danse Macabre; burning through an entire forest trying to maze around us; slicing through an abattoir that specialized in flesh of sapients, artfully prepared; torching a choir-woods of elves, humans, fey, and others melded into trees and forced to sing of their pain and suffering for the idle relaxation of their noble listeners; hewing through battlefields literally thigh-deep in bones where necromancers raised armies over and over again to duel one another with undead warbands in endless variations of battles; chopping our way through a blasted tor where cambions and alu'ri led slave armies of fey against Unseelie Sidhe-led armies of demon minions, and drow cheered at the side...

We did learn from some gossipy demonic korred that the Brotherhood of the Void had swept through here several years ago, and slaughtered their way through the noble houses in an orgy of violence that was still talked about to this day. The fighting between the various noble families had never really stopped since then, factionalizing for fun, profit, and entertainment value.

There was too much crap in every direction, and teleporting demons could indeed hound and intercept us. Ergo, we moved much more slowly than we would have liked. Forests of animated trees didn't help, especially when we ignited all of them...

I heard someone clapping slowly, and turned around.

She was standing up on a balcony, leaning over to give full view of a pair of Succubus Standard Issues. She was making absolutely no effort to hide her identity, as she had a set of ivory-white horns curling back from her temples and around her ears, almost the same silvery hue as her hair, which was set off against skin like polished jet. Her eyes were glowing pale white, and the dress she was wearing was shimmering like phantom moonlight and snowflakes in the flames accompanying our passage through the area. The bat-like wings rising up behind her were shadow chased with silver, as were her fingernails, even her lips.

She was also so damn beautiful that every man behind me swallowed at the same time.

The manor yard of this Hoary Hunter, his pet Hunt, and personal guard of Sidhe and Banshees were all burning right now, adding some billowing foggy remnants to the falling ice and snow. She was leaning out from an upper balcony, having watched us slaughter everything down here without lifting a single finger.

"Are you taking passengers out of here?" she asked directly, and even Ancientaxe swore at the sound of her voice. You couldn't put that much syrup and honey into words, could you? Even I was impressed. She definitely had Ranks on me in all the appropriate Skills.

She was looking right at me when she was talking. Not AA, not Briggs, not the dragons, or the knights atop them. Which meant she had identified me as the heart of the company here while watching me during the fighting, despite no vocal orders being given.

"Interesting." I met her glowing eyes without any trouble. "I gather you had no attachments to the dead lord here?"

"If by attachments you mean a frozen ball and chain, I did. But after a few centuries of being his little prize songbird, well, it's time to move on... and I believe you can take me out of the Zone."

"My lady-" Sir Harbrom began, and I just held up a finger in his direction. If he thought I didn't know about succubi wiles, then he was a fool. He clamped up.

I sheathed Quaver, Tremble was already doing her healing circuit, and my Arms faded after I hooked down Stand and holstered Fall. "Come on down. Brother, give her a swirl."

She slid over the railing so gracefully it might have not been there, and more men swallowed at the sight of some extremely exquisite legs, flashing high heels... and four slender tails behind her, all black of scale, and tipped with hooked jetsilver scorpion tips.

Not a succubus, a lilithi. The Priestess princesses of the succubi...

She glided down with one flap of her wings, alighting with weightless grace just a couple steps away from me. Brother AA's Helices swirled out and through her, and she just raised an amused eyebrow as they danced through every part of her, lingering only a moment on the glittering diamonds and black sapphires on the jewelry at her slender throat and wrists. She looked and held herself like a noblewoman and a queen, and even the elves couldn't deny that she fit the bill.

I didn't see him pop any personal Wards on her, so she wasn't carrying any magic spells ongoing. "Ah, Sama," he murmured, his crimson eyes a little wide. "She's not a demon priestess. Her Domains are Travel and Stars..."

"No shit?" I vocalized for just about everyone. "Errant!?" I demanded.

"She's True Neutral, right there in the Green," he said, not failing to hide how impressed he was. "I do not even want to know what kind of willpower it would take a lilithi to turn from The Dark..."

She favored him with a smile that could melt a glacier. He looked away and coughed despite himself.

"Very brave of you to come down so readily."

She met my eyes, amused. "I watched you specifically wade through Lord Geunheff's magic like he was tossing air at you. I watched you carve him apart, while your allies chewed through his pet Hunt, his house guards, and destroyed a score of banshees made from the women who had failed to amuse him down through the centuries. I find myself incapable of actual flight, I am definitely not faster than people who can outrun a Huntsman's Horse, and I am not Lord Geunheff's equal in magic.

"So, bravery, or knowing that the only way I was going to get out of this was through talking, not fighting?"

Well, it was most definitely one of her strong suits... "Being a captive must have been quite the test for a Travel priestess..."

Just a flash in her glowing, icy eyes. "Well, I would occasionally amuse myself by running away. However, one does not just lose a Hunt, and when one's area of travel is limited, the time free is not overlong." She sighed, and all the guys went weak in the knees.

I threw a thumb at the sky, naturally diverting her attention to The Wake. "That's a spatio-temporal intrusion into this place from true reality. This realm is a temporally-accelerated, spatially expanded dreamworld. If you were trapped by the Zone before, you can follow the pathway out, and it will eventually take you all the way back to reality."

The glow of her eyes sharpened greatly. "Ah, that explains a great deal..." she purred. "You have been able to destroy the Obelisks set up by the great Hags..."

Given, we hadn't talked much with those we killed, but it was still interesting to hear the Hags mentioned so casually.

Her eyes flicked down to me. "You are going to... destroy more of them?" she asked directly.

"Only the ones that are in our way," I admitted, and she lifted another eyebrow, smiling slightly down at me. Yes, she was taller than I was.

"One would be amiss not to notice that your tear in this false world is pointing almost directly at Crysindrala's personal domain," she observed with rather dire interest.

"She and the other two Hag Domains in this spatial shard do happen to be in our way." Her eyes lit up at my words.

"I have been waiting three thousand years to get out of this Zone, and I am far, far from the eldest of those trapped here. Lord Guenheff had been here for at least a hundred millennia." Her delicate nostrils flared the slightest bit. "I should think some repayment is in order." She stepped and curtsied to me, as beautiful as a dark ice flower, and most of the men had to find somewhere else to look. She was just too easy to stare at. "I should like to get what revenge I might, if possible, if you might take me with you."

I'd just given her the way out, and she knew it. However, she'd been a prisoner for three thousand years in this Zone cut out from the spatial shard, maybe a few hundred miles on a side. She would definitely be pissed at whoever trapped her here.

Still, a lilithi priestess? The mind boggled...

"She is a Sorceress and a Bard as well," coughed AA. "All at Twelve."

My turn to lift an eyebrow, while her nose came up slightly. Demon or no, that was impressive. Lilithi got the Favored default to Twelve for free as part of their evolution. She'd earned the rest on her own.

Granted, she had at least three thousand years to do so, by her own words. And probably didn't have to deal with the Second Ceiling...

"I'm not sure you'll be able to enter another Zone until we take down its Obelisk, if we do at all. I'm fairly sure they both keep new arrivals out and bind those within inside."

She glanced up at the sky again, then off in a certain direction. "The Obelisk for this area is not too far from here, if you would like to remove it," she smiled cheerfully, and yes, she had noticed that the men were moving to keep a distance from her, checking the dead for loot more than anything. "As for the next Zone, I am certain I could simply ride someone through."

"Something as simple as a Circle of Protection from Evil would keep you out. Do you really think the Obelisk effect is inferior?" I rolled my eyes at her.

She did look somewhat thoughtful. "Mmm, yes, I suppose I was being too hopeful. I suppose I shall simply have to follow if you topple the Obelisks..."

"You'll fall behind and not catch up. You won't be able to teleport past us with the dimensional uncertainty, space is roiling as we punch forwards."

She tilted her chin. "You have something in mind?"

"I'd have to Bind and Seal you."

Her expression froze despite herself. I smirked at her, daring her now. From a cell in a prison, to a cage... but the prison would be broken.

"For how long?" she asked, after I did not turn my eyes away.

"I will release you the moment you ask me to."

She actually blinked. "A fine promise." Her tone was absolutely neutral.

The Marks around my waist lit up, black on white.

Around me, Marks lit up, everyone turning to look at me, shining through armor, reacting with Soul magic, impossible to miss or conceal.

"Indeed it is. Why don't you tell me how many of these magnificent souls behind me are here under compulsion?"

She had been able to see the Marks before, and the fact I held the Master Marks, and what it meant. She was effectively treating me as a master succubus, a manipulator of the highest order, even if I wasn't a demon at all. I had replicated their power, and exploited it.

Her eyes lingered on my little sisters, who stared right back at her, nine Marks burning on them. "What race are you four, bearing so many Marks?" she asked curiously.

"Hagchildren." Her eyes went wide. "Verd and Amber's grandmothers are the Hag Queens of two of the realms we have to clear. Tusk Annie is my Hagmother."

We all smiled, and dual sets of canines gleamed perhaps a bit too much.

Greatly daring, this drow-succubus reached out, touching the blue-black of the Curse's mottled touch, and I felt it churn at the contact with her. Evil, without evil... born of Sin, but not Sinful. Not enough to grab and punish, only taste and twist impotently.

"How many?" she asked, staring at me. "How many have sworn to the child of a Hag?"

"Would you like to be Marked and see?" I threw it right back at her.

"Marked? I? You cannot..." she trailed off, as the corner of my lip turned up, and her breath hissed out softly, seeing I already knew the answer. "You would need my True Name to Bind and Seal me..."

"Freely given, or not taken." I waved my hand. "If you wish to travel a new road, you must find new ways. Trust will have to be one of them." I pointed over my shoulder. "Or you can just leave." Behind me, the men parted in a straight line, leading right to the gates out of here.

"Choice is all yours." I turned away, pointed for the lads. "Pick that manor clean of anything usable, and let's get out of here."

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Sama doesn't automatically kill EVERYONE...

She had far too much self-control to betray what she was thinking, but I was sure she was weighing a whole lot of things mentally. Three thousand years of living in a place chock full of demons, drow, and fey... those things could not be pleasant. Everything in her experience would be saying that she should take the deal and just run, run back out to reality.

However, she was a prisoner of her own Stat line. She had genius-level intelligence, and had a minimum 22 Wisdom to sustain being a Twelve priestess... but a lilithi's racial bonus to Charisma was +20. If she started with the Elite Array and base 15 to Charisma, add in +2 from Masteries, +6 from taking Sorceress and Bard to Twelve, and +1 at Ten, then right now, without using any magical enhancements, she was sitting on a 42 Charisma.

Charismatic people are not necessarily pragmatic. What they are is stubborn, unyielding, overpoweringly influential, and persuasive. They don't give up and they don't change their minds, they suborn their genius and wisdom to making their resolutions work. It's why they can be such awesome leaders, because they simply don't care if there is a better or easier way to do something.

And right now, what she wanted was revenge. Enough that for the chance at it, instead of simply walking away, she was trying to find a way to get back at the things that had trapped her here for millennia... and talk with someone powerful enough to butcher the lordling she'd been held in bondage to for decades.

"You can read my Aura, but I cannot read yours." Said with just the slightest hint of petulance.

"You aren't strong enough to read my Aura. However, Sir Errant there is a Heavenbound, in case you don't know what those silver eyes of his mean." Said person flashed her a meaningful look before turning away.

It was plain she did. "Heavenbound," she repeated, slanted eyes narrowed and intrigued. "There are no Heavenbound Warlocks in these lands..."

"I imagine there are very few Warlocks, period, as the Hags wouldn't want outside interference in whatever is going on here. Oh, by the way, anything on the inside that we should be looking for to take away? Keep in mind we are moving quickly."

"Ah, proper plunder." Given more time to think, she issued directions concisely and thoroughly, obviously taking great pleasure in bringing down everything about this place and its lord. There was some fighting inside, but Prince Estemar sussed out pretty much all the skulkers at a distance, Briggs at close range, and intermittent bursts of extreme violence later, what magic, materials, and power comps could be retrieved were on the way out.

Lord Geunheff had been bled dry and relieved of his head, as had his Hunt, and were summarily put to the vivic torch. The succubus watched this with complete apathy.

"What use are you making of the blood and heads?" she asked neutrally.

"The blood of powerful Fey is a universal component in illusion and charm-related scroll inks. The heads are bound for Baneskulls, they self-Invest if carved properly. The Lord and his Hunt should be able to make a Greater Baneskull."

"Pragmatic."

"We need all the advantages we can get," I replied calmly. "Surely you don't think it was luck that I could wipe a Fey Lord that powerful?" I followed her gaze to his Sword, sitting on a Disk nearby. "Was he an exile? His Sword was not as powerful as I was expecting." I'd been expecting it to be base +VI, Epic, which would have been too, too sweet. A million gold in value was a lot of wealth. Alas, it had only been +V. Although the soul-trapping diamonds were pretty nice, too.

"His power faded after being caught in the area of the Obelisk, and being unable to bring it down. The Fey are powers of Chaos, and being so limited was also demeaning to them. With proof of his impotency before him every day, how could he claim to be so mighty?"

"Especially if subtly mocked for his uselessness." Only the slightest shadow of a smile at the edge of her exquisite lips. A long-term campaign whittling down his self-confidence, the very essence of a Fey, tropes that they were.

"Five minutes!" I called out, as updates rang through Marktell. Those on guard outside started to form up as portable wealth started to emerge from the manor... while the deeper places were naturally set on fire. "You need to make your decision soon enough. Which way to the Obelisk?"

She pointed. "Ten miles in that direction, just out of sight. He wanted it near, but he didn't want to be able to see it and be reminded of his fate."

"Good enough." I wasn't worried about her. A Twelve Caster Risen Succubus would have absolutely no problems taking care of herself anywhere. She could charm a fey lord even while despising him. Her Diplomacy modifier had to be in the +60 range, minimum. Amber should take lessons from her, and probably wanted to.

"Do you wish to know what guards it?" she asked.

"Pseudonatural somethings. My guess would be grimm, svartalfar, or spriggans, maybe with treestalkers and quickwoods or shambling mounds." She looked at me oddly. "What?"

"Yes, a grimm from lands beyond Dream, and his cohort of spriggans. The fringe is occupied by stalkers and several animate plants." It was like I had taken away some fun from her.

"I haven't killed a grimm in months. I'm looking forwards to it." She gave me another look, as if I weren't quite sane, but I ignored it.

"I will think on this, and meet you there." I waved her off, and she walked off, a lot of eyes really trying not to watch her heading out the gate, and utterly failing. Midnight and silver, and I still hadn't asked her name. I smiled to myself and got back to business.

..."And were gutted, shattered, jaws split wide,

Fed to the Land, and cast aside.

Every day, a grimm to slay,

Until they dared not come to play.

TREMBLE, SHE COMES!"

The tentacled hentai nightmare yowled weirdly enough to make reality convulse, and I took its goo-and-gore head, that it might join its tentacles and claws in limply writhing around. Vivic flames poured into the pustulant, impossible anatomy of its unreal body, and reality began to feast.

Elder Arg and the Monkey Boys began the act of bringing down the Obelisk as the others cleared up the rest of the area. The acreage in the area was all burning nicely, fire Elementals coming out to play, and the animated trees and sentient plants hadn't much liked them. Alas, alas...

She glided in on silver-edged jet wings, dressed in a somewhat more practical black outfit, complete with rocking thigh-highs, her tails rising up behind her like a serpentine train around her folded wings, ready to strike. Everybody sort of looked at her, and kept on with what they were doing, trying really, really hard not to drool.

I kicked this thing that really didn't look like a grimm, then booted the head towards Briggs, who caught it without looking and dropped it on Haul. Not much loot for this place, but we'd have work for our next down time, soon. Fey Legend Baneskull, was looking forwards to it. I didn't pay much attention to her as she leaned forwards and whispered into my ear.

I turned to glance at her. She watched my hair go into the tight space of my Masspack and pull out a dark box. "Right shoulder. You can move it later if you wish." She made a shrug that sent a few too-wary hearts racing, and I rolled my eyes. She glanced in the direction of the roll, and smiled splendidly. The guilty parties almost fell over. "I'd say 'be nice', but you are." She smiled even more widely, and I just pulled out the needles and got to work, glancing at the sky.

It didn't take much to do, and I definitely had the Karma for the initial empowerment. She looked at it with great interest as the scars melded back into smooth skin, making it like a Tat, blended in and not marring her perfect complexion.

The white lit up, and those cool white eyes widened despite herself as the Door sprang up, and she saw The Map.

I could feel the fire of her emotions right through the Door, that howling desire to be free, to see, to escape. The whole world was before her... no, merely a fraction of the world, see all the empty spaces, waiting for someone like her to fill them in. All the wonders and places, so far beyond this eternal benighted realm...

She was literally burning mentally with the need to get out of this place, and yet looked perfectly in control. A normal person would be half-mad with their desires, but it was just part of who she was.

Yeah, I'd never run into a Charisma score that high, that was sure. On the other hand, she lifted her eyes from the Map and looked through that door, and checked herself.

I couldn't match her fire, but I had depth and clarity that she didn't.

There was a hiss as the Mark materialized on her mental shoulder, pumped with a day of Karma, and giving her a further +1 to Charisma.

I held out my mental hand, and, intrigued, she stepped through the Door and looked around inside my head.

Thousands of people looked back at her, glowing with Marks of their own. There were some impressive characters among them, the spiritual equals of any fey or demon she knew of.

"It is time to Salute the Silver Queen," I /told her, as Hazé, replete in the spiritual regalia of a Starsister, appeared behind me.

"I understand you have been denied contact with your elder sister," Hazé /said to the burning succubus, reaching out to take her hand. Like me, she didn't have the same fire, but she was far deeper in the other mental areas. "Join us, and see the stars denied you."

People surged in closer, eyes opened, and above us, the view from a thousand different eyes opened up and filled in the vault of heaven.

Her eyes flared, power rolled about her, stars in the mindscape materializing around her.

The Salute began, thrumming, building up with emotions, a heady stream of respect, admiration, faith, belief, even love, all blatantly apparent in the mindscape. It was free of lust for power, of demand for attention, of bargains and sly dealings with things best left unmentioned, of pleas for power despite the cost that would be paid.

This was a Song of how Things Should Be. Of generosity returned in equal measure, not in mockery and repeated attempts to take advantage; of trust and belief, not greed, treachery, and betrayal; of mercy and grace, that was not repaid with resentment, disdain, and later vengeance; of admiration that was not based on lust and possessiveness.

This was not the exception; this was the way Things Should Be!

True Midnight rose across the lands, and the voices of tens of thousands resounded in the Markspace, reaching up to Salute the Silver Queen, the Goddess of the Moon and Stars, of safe travels, and of Silver Magic.

A great eye open in the Markspace, carried down that stream of faith, a confluence of stars, but there was no doubt whatsoever that the Goddess was there, listening, watching... and had found something of great interest there.

And She winked, and was gone.

The Markspace emptied smoothly, serenely, every person back behind their own unique Door, back to their own minds and things to do.

The newly Marked looked at Hazé and I, my little sisters there, and the circle of the Void Brothers, Errant and his Heavenbound, great Paladins, Clerics, dwarven and elven kings, all gathered to greet the great burning spirit before them.

Whose eyes were now full of Stars.

-You may call me Wayfair!- she /smiled in greeting to them all, her /voice like the moon soaring towards a new horizon.

Author's Note: Coming up with her name was the best part of writing this chapter. It hit both the idea of her being a traveler (a wayfarer) and her being Way Too Fair perfectly.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

truly, there are magic mu-shrooms.

www.

"Don't resist, and there should be no pain." She arched a flawless eyebrow at me, and simply let me press her hand against my Charisma Mark.

There was a flash of light behind my back as the Seals there below my Phoenix Cloak lit up. Wayfair's black and silver form began to discorporate and stream into the Mark, which fed into the Seals on my back.

It was very quick, took less than two seconds. The people standing around were all surprised. One breath there, the next she was gone.

Now, the mechanical side of it was a little busy.

Her spirit got shunted over into the section of my head reserved for odious things that tried to Possess me. Normally I could simply Seal this section off, but I left it open so communication was open-ended.

She had also flowed in through the Charisma Mark where I had my Lilithi imprint. Being the opportunistic person I was, I realigned it to harmonize with her, noting the interesting changes to the imprint as I did.

Hmm, she was born from a mortal, and advanced into succubus? No wonder she looked like a dark elf, she used to be an alu'ri, born from a drow mother... and a succubus mother. Hah!...

Of course, that meant she was Harmonized with my Mark, which meant no difficulties at all accessing Markspace as long as she wasn't totally Sealed. To wit, she popped up inside my head, now literally on the inside, instead of connected, looking around in interest.

-Your Seal is powerful. I should be able to confer upon you a good portion of my abilities, although Casting is naturally impossible, given your Null. What would you like?- she /offered me.

I smiled slightly, still speaking aloud so those around could know nothing was wrong, although most were also watching through their Doors. "First, let's give you full sensory access." I touched her, and she watched my mental self fracture into four to her eyes, representing my four thought streams. She was impressed, despite herself.

-You are much stronger than you appear,- she /murmured approvingly, as I shook my head and flexed in place for her. -Though somewhat lacking...- she /teased.

"Annis hagchild don't have them," I replied, with such a neutral and reflexive air the topic went no further, instantly relegated to horrid banality, not to be touched for fear of being passé. "You can either ride in comfort, or get involved. What would you like to do?"

-Oh, get involved,- she /replied, such that every male there started to drool despite themselves.

"Good enough. Empower your True Sight, and follow me in pouring your Soul Essence into my Manticore Belt."

My Mask of Clarity flared at the harmonic power of Wayfair's natural True Seeing coming into effect on my eyes. Through the eyes and reactions of those around, I could see that the Curse was instantly chased off the left side of my face, flowing down basically to the side of my chest out of sight to avoid overlapping with my Tats and being overwritten. That half of my face now looked like hers, and even my hair was washed silver to match... and yeah, there was a silver horn curling around the ear there, too...

My Tail dropped down from where I held the metal Seal in my hair, adhered to the Belt, and two streams of Soul Essence surged through it, one electrum, one green with a hint of gold. The metallic, serpentine length of my Tail popped up, Sparky materialized and immediately made himself at home... and four more pseudo-metallic, stingered tails of ectoplasm, slender and lively, popped up beside him, two on each side.

Layers of magic slid up around them, harmonizing into Fall, gathering around the bulge Sparky was in, and the three spikes hovering around him, and onto the tips of the Four Tails.

"You should be able to shoot from the four tails, just like Sparky. I'd give you access to the Arakne Arms instead, but I'm a much better combatant than you are, so that would be foolish. You should be roughly as accurate as I or Sparky am with the Tails, so no problems there. Don't attack in close-combat with them; the magic they are synched to with Fall is for ranged combat, and they will be ineffectual in melee."

-But I can still grab and snatch, yes?- she /asked, and one of the Tails snaked out and plucked Endure from Briggs' hands, snapping out an improbable distance to do so. Briggs politely let it go, and Endure didn't burn her/me for doing so. -Oh, quite heavy,- she /purred, and Briggs just opened his hand for her to toss it back to him.

"If you can grant more, I'll take your Unearthly Grace and the effective racial boost to Charisma."

She tilted her head, looked down at the Mark, and made a mental wave.

Part of her Power drove into that Mark, which visibly flared with silver light.

+20 racial bonus to Charisma, activate!

My soul seemed to ignite with power, belief, emotions, confidence, faith in myself. In the mindscape, my image flared like a sun, suddenly burning brighter than Wayfair herself, who blinked in shock, just like everyone else.

Faint silver stars were swirling, fading in and out around me, the acknowledgement by Reality that, wow, it really, really liked me now, and did I have any favors to request of it? Oh, right, Unearthly Grace!

Deflection bonus to Armor Class equal to Charisma bonus. Effective current Charisma, 50. Deflection bonus, +20.

Stuff might well think I was intangible, they'd never get near me.

Ignoring the gawking looks all around as my new Presence swamped everyone, I pointed at the nigh-intangible boundary in front of us. "Let's see what's past this..."

What, we finally reached Zone 20?!...

"Oh-" and several dozen unprintable words in two dozen languages followed. They were highly complementary of one another, and the people all around swallowed their own curses and just nodded along. I did a fine job of expressing their sentiments.

Another fracking sea of mushrooms. But this one had gardeners...

They were floating above all the stands of puffballs, toadstools, mushrooms, caps, buttons, stalks, cilia, lichen, moss, tendrils and roots. The smallest of them was fifty feet in diameter, with tentacles trailing down from them at least that distance.

The biggest of them that I could see, which wasn't that far because of all the spores in the air creating a haze, was at least four times that size.

There were fungoid flyers too, beasts without heads and fleshy wings, without the strength or aerodynamics to fly, still swooping around, looking like they were inhaling clouds of spores in the air. At least four different species, and some of the small ones were victims of the big ones.

They'd be victims of the ground-based mushrooms, too. One little fellow, only ten feet long or so, went swooping into a light plume of spores coming out of a bell-shaped mushroom... which opened up and blew a sticky wad of tendrils fifty feet into the air, totally covering the hapless flier in goo and ooze... and retracted almost as quickly, swallowing the flier up and closing down, as if nothing had happened.

"Hey, nice place. Mu Spores everywhere," Briggs murmured, his face impassive. "Those are like, tons of Karma. Like Greater demons."

Eyes twitched all around. We did have a rather unique take on elder abominations...

"Yeah, but they'll annihilate any of the troops who get close. That reach is nothing to scoff at, and that spore attack shreds anything if they get it off," Errant said from on back of the regal and somewhat bigger Darkbolt, who had also profited immensely by a year of unbridled combat. He was no longer a member of the Stormcrest Crown, as he was fully as large as the alpha griffon there, who would not tolerate the competition. So, Darkbolt was effectively Crowned for the griffons ridden by the other Heavenbound, which wasn't bad, as all those griffons were tough as nails, too.

Softies need not apply for Heavenbound mount status, after all.

"Oh, that means I won't have to share?" I blinked, and there was a quiet mumble of laughter behind me. Mammoth elder abomination... it still was impossibly heavy, and couldn't fly naturally. King Gravity did not like such disobedient rapscallions, and I was one of King Gravity's favorite enforcers.

Errant stirred. "I don't think I can get a One Strike big enough to finish it," he admitted reluctantly. "What's the play?"

"Close-Quarters Fighting and Combat Reflexes, of course. The things are covered in molds, yeah, but also tentacles. It will reflexively try to grapple you with pseudopods if you try to hit it, and guess what that leads to?"

Eyes lit up all around. "Sunder and Cleaving chains," Briggs smiled, the shadow of a ki-axe around Endure.

Brother Ancientaxe spun Zeitgeist slowly. "I can't bring it down so easily, but I can definitely do a Cleave Run," he smiled harshly.

"What's the damage required?" Verd piped up behind us.

"Fifty minimum," I judged, and she made an unkind face. The One Step Mastery she was working on was extraordinary on the charge or set against a charge, but didn't contribute much to a Cleave run.

Errant worked his fingers. "I can do that. We'll have to do at least triple that on the charge, then at least ten AoO, using Supreme Cleave to keep in motion and get in range of more tentacles for the autonomic reflex hit. If so, it should be dead before it realizes it is killing itself. Is there anyone else here who can do that?"

The Amazon, Trella, enthusiastically raised her hand. She was up there as one of the best archers and lancers we had, but she was also a non-Caster Melee... and had the highest Power of anyone here, including the dragons... and Elder Arg! She could wield a Ladyglaive with some real enthusiasm, and had put serious props into mass combat Feats. Being able to take out a Mu Spore would be a massive Karmic influx for her.

"Works for me," I smiled, looking at the big floating bundles of Karma out there. "Trella, we'll keep you to the little ones for now..."

Hah, still Zone 20...

The mechanics of what we wanted to do were pretty simple.

One, Interdict the damn thing. That removed any attempt to teleport away, and brought it down from the sky. Given its size and weight, that did some nice crushing damage, bound up its tentacles a bit underneath it, and got it into a very unfamiliar situation.

Two, run up on the damn thing, looking to carve open its yard-deep hide and let the Banefire guide all that magical damage to wherever it could do the most harm.

There would be explosions of cold and poison spores from the parasitic molds growing on it. That was fine, Vajras exist for a reason, and we were moving too fast to be inundated.

CQF, Close-Quarters Fighting. One of those incredibly situational Feats that was absolutely useless, until it wasn't, and then it was godly.

Any time someone grappled you, they triggered an Attack of Opportunity, even if they normally wouldn't. If you hit and did damage, ostensibly to the limb or appendage attacking you, you added the damage you did to your attempt to resist the grapple.

In reality, you chopped at whatever was trying to bind you up, weakening its ability to grab you, so stuff was literally throwing itself at your blade as it tried to wrap around you.

The number of AoO's a person got was nominally exactly one... unless you had the Combat Reflexes Feat and Mastery, which added +Dex bonus and +Mastery level to your number of AoO's, respectively.

The reflexive defense of the Mu Spore was just that, a reflex, and didn't take AoO uses. Even though it was so huge, it could lash out with every one of the thousands of tendril-pseudopod-tentacles on it without even thinking about it.

And that was how the Mu Spores died.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Because they are getting milked...

The bulk of the Mu Spores quickly closing in on our company definitely had hostile intent. Given that we had to carve our way through a hostile field of lethal fungus, and were creating a ruckus as we did so, that was not unexpected in the slightest.

We were just pests busting up its garden, after all.

It came crashing down as it hit the edge of the Interdiction, King Gravity proclaimethed His sovereignty over primordial mushroom nightmare, and down it went.

Trella took over, her ladyglaive Sing in her hands. She had the Monk Levels to get some real acceleration there, the Flowing Waters lightfoot for not losing her footing on slick moss and mold, and Spirited Charge and Death from Above to make the initial charge up onto the mass of its body, and cut down on it with a lethal blow.

And nicely surprised me by blowing Child of Water, the capstone Feat of the Ocean Dragon. At the beginning of an encounter, burn some Ki to double your Base Attack Bonus for the round... extremely powerful Feat, could only be taken at Ten, lots of pre-reqs.

For six seconds, she'd have a BAB of +20. There was all sorts of stuff an Ocean practitioner could do with all that BAB.

She carved deep into the thick fungoid shell of the massive Mu Spore, and naturally the tentacles there lashed out at her as she landed and kept going.

The lashing tentacles were targets, effective Sundering attempts, about 50 Health each, enough damage to hack through a small tree, enough to chop right through them, and Improved Sunder meant the blow continued through to the Mu Spore itself. Supreme Cleave meant she could take a step between the Sunder and the Cleave, if she so desired, putting her in range of other tentacles.

The path of Sing was an aria whirlpool of liquid Banefire and pure Ocean Dragon glaivework, rending a path through the shell of the Mu Spore as she danced across it. Tendrils went flying, and spores, fires, and flames of exploding mold, lichens, and crackerballs ignited underneath her like bio-bombs. The initial rent she had made in its hide lengthened in an unbroken stream of a hacking Glaive blade coming down, literally carving it open as banefire lashed along whatever semblance of a nervous system it had.

The panicked alarms of 'oh shit she's cutting me open because I'm trying to wrap her up in mucous-laden pseudopods and eat her' weren't quite processed before it was all too late, and the Mu Spore had quite literally been cut open along a sixty-foot length. Whatever passed for gastric apocalypse vented out a very unwholesome gout of burning slime, spores, and all kinds of organic things with distressingly long names and descriptions as it died.

Trella didn't stop running, jumping right off the top of its shell forty feet up there, and turning on her Cloud-stepping Sandals to ski back down through the air in our direction, looking rather red-faced and quite pleased with herself, regardless. Her Vajra had dealt with the fire and cold, and the Adamant Pauldrons Tat on her shoulders with the invasive spores.

Now, we didn't just watch as she did all that, of course, because the Mu Spore had some assistants along.

These were drow, following after the Mu Spore in a hoverboat, based on the Disk magitech, except it looked like it was made out of several fallen and patched-together Mu primary tentacles. Given that Mu hide was at least as strong as ironwood, it was actually pretty smart.

They looked to be harvesting the spores and drops of stuff the Mu Spore was constantly oozing and dropping, sometimes retrieving them, otherwise spreading them out on the surfaces of the fungi they were found on, or areas of open ground. Totally cowed by the presence of the Spore, the fungi gave the gardening crew no problems at all.

The fact the drow all had mushrooms growing out of them, to the point of covering some limbs with cilia and grey moss and little clusters of stools, might have had something to do with that, too.

They didn't much like us there, and the three ships of them all moved to attack us. The first thing they did is lose all their altitude, crashing down to the ground... Should have used Disk geomagnetism as a back-up, I thought, as a wave of rather impossibly accurate arrow fire hatracked them with prejudice. The Ironblood and monkeys who came racing up for some action didn't have much work to do, which earned a lot of thumbs-up for the elves.

Still in 20. There's money to be made...

"Is there anything worth salvaging off this?" Amber had to ask, wrinkling her nose as Trella swooped down to the rest of us. To say the Mu Spore had a distinct aroma to it was like saying the sun is bright. It made the eyes water before you even smelled it!... which nobody who didn't have a Vajra was stupid enough to do. Alchemical Masks for just this situation were fitted on everyone's faces who couldn't filter the air. Nobody wanted this atmospheric soup inside of, or on, them.

"Yeah, the fluids and spores in its internal cavity are next to priceless for some very high-end alchemical work, among them orichalcum production." Wincing faces suddenly got very interested and were wiped clean. "Get some stone jars and let's see how much we can take of the good stuff. And for heaven's sake, don't get any of it on you!"

There was absolutely no doubt that was going to happen. Stone Shaping Rockborn Clerics were quick to make containers and rough stone tools, and the elves were happy to manipulate them from a very safe distance as we turned the dead elder abomination into something worth goldweight at high speed, being raced by the vivus that was devouring it, also at high speed.

AA cleared his throat, and I glanced in that direction, seeing a Mu Spore some miles off turn from its normal path and proceed in our direction.

"Brother, you've got a guest coming to dinner," I commented, and he smiled expectantly.

"What do you figure it's worth?" he asked casually.

"Its psionic nexal can be carved into a self-empowering Eternal Plant or Phrenic Baneskull. The goo in its guts... probably a thousand gold a gallon."

Everyone looked at the ten-gallon stone jars lined up. There were a bunch of them.

"We're going to have to Tapestry them and send them out with Hazé. There's gonna be tons of the goop," Briggs said, watching stone scoops in glowing magical hands dipping and dunking into the vile, active stuff, still moving and oozing around as they salvaged it quickly.

We could Itemize and shrink the stuff down in the short term

"Ten pounds to a gallon, ten gallons to a jar, twenty goldweight a jar..."

It was a lot of freaking money, even if it only was for alchemical usages. Each jar was worth diamonds. We'd definitely be splitting it among all the Alliance members, who were already chaffing to get their hands on some. They'd still need some post-Tens with Skill Ranks in Alchemy to use the methodology for orichalcum and the high-end uses, but just having the shit was half the battle.

"Murderhoboing for fun and profit is a great lifestyle," I said with a perfectly straight face, and Briggs couldn't help but chuckle.

"Pah, we did not even get to fight," Wayfair said aloud through my lips. Didn't have to move them, of course, just spoke out. Possession, you know. Weird stuff...

"You ever been involved in any of those epic, slam-bang, down-to-the-wire, skin-of-your-teeth battles, Wayfair?" I asked.

"A few." She sounded amused. "What of it?"

"Do you remember how much of a damn pain they were?"

"Mmm, now that you mention it..."

"They make wonderful tales. They suck to live through. We don't want an epic tale here. We want cunning efficiency and everyone possible getting home, as long as we can get the job done. Fair fights are wonderful if they are in our favor. If they are not, we aren't going to fight fair." I eyed the slowly approaching Mu Spore. "And a human-sized creature fighting that is not fair in the slightest, so we cheat for all get out. That's how our unimportant little selves slaughter these things."

"How very appropriate. But do get into a fight soon. I wish to try out these tails." They all danced sinuously behind me.

"Well, there's definitely going to be shit around the Obelisk to pop. Brother?" AA pointed ahead and to the right. "Sounds like a plan to me. We aren't going to be able to just race through this place, given the amount of hostile mycoforms around..."

"What about the flying ships? Seems a shame to leave them..." spoke up Verd, probably thinking they could hold jars of Mu goop.

"They can't fly in the Interdiction we have to keep up, and who wants to ride in the ship made from the tentacles of a Mu Spore?" Crickets... "Right. I think a demonstration of everyone's Sundering capabilities is in order, don't you?"

Briggs, AA, and I abstained from the quick contest that erupted. Sir Harbrom won, with a Crack of Thunder AoE Sundering that rendered the entire side of one of the ships into molding splinters, drawing much polite applause.

Five minutes later, the next Mu Spore and its entourage was on top of us. Two minutes after that, Ironblood were pouring over the decks of its garden assistants to hang their helms on them, tree-sized tentacles were mashing stuff spasmodically as the Spore gooed out, and hey, we were going to be even richer!

Several days later in Zone 20...

It was raining dark elves.

A BF Mu Spore nearly a hundred yards across had been swooping in after us as we closed in on this City in Da Toadstools. Then it had hit the ground and gone rolling along, with the requisite earth-shaking impact, and mushroom-flattening tentacles and high-school-sized shell sent everything every which way.

This was a mushroom city, as opposed to a tree city. The fungi-worshipping dark elves lived inside massive mushrooms, toadstools, puffers, tubes, and banks of pulsing, oozing, undulating fungi. Yes, it was quite singular and unique. Yes, it smelled head-swimming and eye-watering, and the colors were a phosphorescent nightmare before you added in the symbols nobody mortal should be playing with...

I finished ripping the damn thing open, my first run taking me to the top of its head where its lower-mounted jaws and freaking massive tentacles couldn't reach. As I kept going, the massive wound behind me shuddered with sympathetic resonance as my arc continued up the opposite side from where I started, it was already on the ground and oh, my, that looked like a tenement of stoned-out drow, eww...

Flailing tentacles ten feet thick plowed through shrooms and stools, splat-whack-whee, so many things went flying... well, not flying, that was kind of impossible at the moment. Executing unwilling aerial acrobatics, that was more like it...

There was a sound like a million people farting through a tight ass all at once, and a whole section of street and its inhabitants suddenly came apart as exploding spores and compressed air drilled right through them. Half a second later the whole area and natives exploded in ten thousand different kinds of we'll-eat-everything fungus.

Happily, the lads had kept a properly chipper pace, knees up, there you go, boys, and were just outside the area of effect, as if someone had calculated all that and sworn at them in six languages to get their asses moving in the right direction or become fertilizer.

Oh right, someone had!

In the meantime, of course, everyone who had missile weapons was having a field day.

The Rockborn had the middle, the Ironblood had the sides, and the elves, hyn, gnomes, and champa-ka had everything else, while the chakon rumbled along behind with Big Sticks making sure anything suspicious didn't get up, and well, everything looked suspicious, 'cause it was always twitching and pulsing and oozing and ughsmashitnow.

The Marks-Up Display was painting everything that was a potential target, drow wearing fungal growths like proud shroom-heads were coming out of shroom-buildings all over the place at all the commotion. I was sliding down the air after the lads, sending Banestars in every direction, Fall's trigger held down and pumping out bolts, and Sparky and Wayfair were competing on sending out lots and lots of burning Spikes into unlucky drow bodies.

Admittedly, I didn't have an unlimited number of targets. The elves, hyn, gnomes, and champa-ka were actually doing a rather explosively lethal job ahead of me, non-stop streaks and arcs of fire smashing into the drow around and above them. Those were some heavy spiked shotputs the monkeys were slinging around.

There Briggs ran up, oops, the Mu Spore was falling, crash!, tentacles flailing, 'stools and 'shrooms were getting pulverized in an area the size of a city block, and it was raining dark elves, who found to their dismay they couldn't levitate, and who bothered to memorize Featherweight when they could Levitate? Well, if they did, they kind of stood out and grew a hatrack as they drifted down, anyway...

There were three more Mu Spores coming in from behind, two from the left, five from the right, and two more straight ahead.

It was going to be a very profitable day of elder abomination killing!

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Mi-Go are ugly enough. Who would make them worse? Well, why would they stop?

"I didn't think a Mi-go could get much uglier, and the universe proved me wrong," Briggs stated with a sigh.

"Zrrrt." I gave him a noogie. "Pseudos come from Outside Creation!"

He opened his wide mouth, closed it, scowled at me, and then relaxed. "Ah, so the universe didn't surprise me. That's okay, then!"

"Hahahaha!" The clear laughter echoed in heads and turned eyes as a certain bat-winged ohmyfreakinggodshestoogorgeous succubus furled her wings and slid down the air on Featherweight, having clearly learned the proper technique for dealing with a Stillflight Field. Next to her was Haul, on top of it a single twenty-gallon stone jar.

She alighted somewhat more gently then a falling leaf, her smile dazzling from ear to ear. "One haul of Elder Mu Spore gut goop and gore, Itemized to the fourth!" she announced with an airy sniff. Yep, 44 Charisma and max that Diplomacy, casual slang sounds like formal traditional speech, with just the right touch of tempt-you demonic accent on it.

All eyes turned on that urn. Jar. Treasure chest for the company pension fund. Stone container carrying 4^3 times its volume in very pricey and premium Elder Mu comps.

Maybe two thousand gold a gallon for Premium, twenty gallons, times sixty-four...

"Get the nexal core?" I asked calmly. Sure, sure, she had just retrieved two and a half million gold, five thousand goldweight, in Mu guts. But given how behind she was on Gear, she needed all she could get.

She waved her hand elegantly, Haul rotated in homage, and the chest-sized piece of crystallized organic I-got-no-idea-what-that-is was leaning against the back of the jar. I looked at the thing, which was still oozing, and undulating, and leaking quintessence ooze that was evaporating in the air.

"That one's yours to carve, Fuzzy!" I fobbed off cheerfully, and he grumbled under his breath. Phrenic shit was like carving slippery soap as hard as corundum. Felt slimy on the Vajra. I had lots to work on already, no reason not to spread out the load.

The Obelisk here was long toppled, the pseu-nat Mi-go had really, really hated us being Beyond Law and Chaos, and was horribly discomfited by Close Quarters Fighting. They had like seven limbs and kept trying to grapple so they could perform combat surgical eviscerations, and so kept losing all their limbs and lives at rather I-don't-breathe-aie!-taking speed. Their mycoid servants, some of them the size of treants, had gone down with some hacking, exhortations about their bad breath, and banefire.

Nobody at all was complaining that Bane to Plants was a useless thing to have around anymore. Strange, that.

There were still some of the flying fungi-things around, which had been properly classified into kingdom and phyla as sqviggles for the little ones, vriggles for the medium ones, and ziggles for the big ones, further separated into Eww, Uggh, and Blegh species. Veis and the gnomes had it all worked out; the zoologists proclaimed it a fine example of proper scientific naming conventions; and so such beasts were duly entered into the lexicon with formal pomp and circumstance, along with the names of their discoverers, all honors to Mimir, Lord of Knowledge and data-obsessed librarians.

The dragons liked Ugh, found Eww too greasy, and Blegh was just unappetizing. Everybody a critic, in the end. Although, they spent some of their share of Mu goop frying up various fungi, making a light batter, broiling, baking them into cakes, and were generally quite pleased with the results. Even Blegh came out alright deep-fried in butter, Mu goop, and cut into fritters...

The cakes were actually pretty good, but nobody without a Diamond Vajra had the slightest wish to taste them, even Wayfair. They were all amazed that I could get the spores to stop trying to explode and inflate to ten thousand times their mass, and just act like normal yeast... kinda fun what all those Ranks of Cooking and Alchemy give you together. Hyperactive flesh-eating spores popping in the mouth like sugar snaps, like fireworks of inspiration going off...

We had soooo much Mu Goop. It was occupying all the Disks as we waited for Hazé, who would be with us as soon as she pulled a thousand people out of some Southern border town through petrifying them, shrinking them down, and then Tapestrying the lot of them before Gemjumping back to Branch. Oh, and bringing a warehouse worth of Itemized supplies, too.

Several warehouses worth, that is. Doing the Good Work, she was...

There weren't any more Mu Spores visible on the horizon. After gutting the city, ruining many a street with fallen Mu Spores and driving the resale values right down into fertilizer range, hey, suddenly the Mu Spores in the distance decided they had mounds of fecal matter to toss, and they all disappeared.

Couldn't understand why, we'd only killed like twenty, two dozen, thirty of them, something, sheesh...

"There's absolutely no damn way that's all of the Mu Spores," Briggs murmured, his teeth clenched. "You know, we really should go hunt them down."

I glanced at Brother AA, off looking into the horizon as usual, thinking dire thoughts of killing creatures that should have died off long ago. "This Zone is at least three hundred by near a thousand miles. They can freaking hide themselves just by burying themselves in the ground. The Brother can track them, but it would just be fruitless for the rest of us, a total waste of time. I'm sure the lads don't mind hewing down endless forests of shrooms and fungi-drow just so we can collect Mu goop and Karma."

"If shit like that gets out when we take down the key Obelisks..."

"If it makes you feel bad, consider that there's seven more spatial Shards in this ring, and they all have multiple mushroom Zones, too."

He rolled his pale violet eyes, somehow looking quite intellectual despite the low brow. "Thanks. That's really reassuring." I beamed for him, and he grumbled again. "I heard that Krigglerward wanted to try some of those mi-gos?" He conveyed astonishment, even for a dragon's appetite.

"Ah, unfortunately most of the corpses were heavily vivisized, and they're immune to acid, doncha know, so the only way he could digest one is pour his lightning into his stomach and-" I pointed skywards.

There was a rather horrendous vomiting sound, accentuated as it was with the sound of a thunderbolt going off, white and green clashing inside the frantically spewed lightning as it was hurled into the sky. The youngest Shield Dragon's bronze scales were showing some definitely clashing hues of blue and orange as his head flopped to the ground, tongue lolling and crackling drool falling from his mouth with individual claps, like fists smacking the stones, pop, pop, pop...

"You know dragons, once they get something in their head, they're going to try it, so why not make it a life lesson?"

"Don't try to digest shit from Outside Creation?" he pontificated reasonably.

"And now all the dragons know, and can spread the word." Blue and orange shades were flowing across his scales irregularly, and he definitely looked like he was going to hurl again, so everyone got away from in front of him.

His erstwhile Riders looked over at me helplessly, I gave them a thumbs-up. Enlightenment, and they tried not to smile as they regarded the nauseated dragon...

How often does a problem like this come up?

Elven Baneskulls. Drow definitely qualified as elves, and given that our next area was going to be more of these shroom-mutated, obsidian-skinned, off-their-rocker sorts, harvesting skulls was definitely a thing we were doing.

It was making the elves here a little fidgety. It wasn't like they could use the things, as they'd be subject to the effects themselves. They were being used by human Powered, and the other races along with us.

My solution was simple enough. I sent off a message to the armies still fighting Warpbands that when they ran across Warped Rockborn, Derro, or ex-human Warp Champions, we needed a grand total of a hundred and forty or so Baneskulls of dwarves, humans, and gnomes developed by the elves at their own time and expense, to offset what we were making up here.

Everyone agreed that the Baneskulls were too nice a tool to let slip by against the vast numbers of drow we were looking at, or against them in general outside of this theater, and solemn promises were exchanged not to ever use them against fellow Alliance members. There was even talk about setting up exchange companies who could use the things in concert against their mutual enemies.

Elves using Dwarfbane against grey dwarves and derro, Rockborn using Elfbane against drow, each race on behalf of the other. Naturally every such Baneskull was now going to be enumerated and its history written down so that in the future it couldn't be accused of being taken from the heads of one of their allies...

Given the blatant hostility of the human Empire to the south, I really had no issue if the elves kept some Human Baneskulls for swatting pests, rather astonishing them. The people in Alliance with them now generally weren't the kind to worry about such things being used against them, as long as everything stayed on the up and up.

Of course, being able to call up and chat with the leaders of the other side at any moment really helped settle issues ahead of time. The alchemists of the elves, dwarves, and gnomes were going into conniption fits at finding out we had so much Mu Goo, let alone the humans contacted on the side. Thousands of goldweight of self-empowering Scrolls and Potions danced in their heads, and the implications for high-end Alchemy were impressive, indeed. Just the acids that could be rendered down were priceless...

And yet, nobody had the slightest protest who most of that stuff belonged to. The Ironblood had just received a truly massive capital infusion, courtesy of flying mushrooms...

Someone else is now in 20...

"So, what should I be doing with all this?" Hazé asked. Even she was a little dazed as the stacked-up jars shrank down into the white cloth on the ground, turning from a rough 20' cube to a painting on the cloth, which was quickly folded up for her.

After all, she had something like forty million gold in Mu Goo there. Even after she set aside some for the dwarves, gnomes, and elves, there'd be at least thirty million left.

"You know there's not much time. Hit the big alchemical guilds and rival churches who want this stuff, they won't have time to capitalize on it all. Suck the goldweight out of them. I'd suggest a quick auction or three run by the temple of Harse. They'll be able to expedite payments and suck the money away..."

Hazé's eyes moved on nothing. "A good sales pitch would be useful. I'm sure the Harsites will have ideas, but a good story will sell it, give them something to work with..."

"Mu Spores fresh from Yle Tyorm won't do it, eh?" I rubbed my chin, and then grinned widely. "Hey, Wayfair?"

The far-too-attractive succubi Starsister was currently engaged in making Errant sweat silently, he having drawn her sweet, sweet attention after speaking up for her. Still, she let him off with a promising smile and sauntered over our way, her hips doing things the boys would be dreaming about forever.

"What might I be able to help you with?" she asked archly, giving her Archtheurge peer a startled once-over. She could see right through Hazé's disguise, of course, and seeing a multi-Ten Caster of her age was a bit jarring even to the jaded succubus. She simply didn't look that young in Markspace.

"Wellll..." I smiled in a predatory manner, which had Wayfair doing the same despite herself, clearly sensing something interesting about to happen, "We happen to need to trade away and/or auction off a lot of Mu Goo." She glanced at the Tapestry being delivered to Hazé's hands, and nodded slightly. "Now, the Mu are all dead and gone behind us, but that's hardly a reason for us to not show the public what they are buying.

"How would you like to do some modeling for us?"

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Don't split the party! Oh, well, you kinda have to, don't you...

"How long until we find out the results of the auction?" Wayfair asked me quietly.

I had to roll my eyes. "We're in a time-acceleration Zone, and it's going to take at least three real days to set the auction up. So, not until we are out of here." I gripped my fists despite myself. "So unfair!" I hissed.

"I know, right?" she giggled, and we hee-hee-hee'd all the way to the bank whose gold coins were dancing in our heads. After all, after working with us the grand sum of less than ten days, Wayfair knew how grossly under-Geared she was, and was in serious need of some supplementary accoutrements... preferably at exorbitantly high QL's and fashionably done, of course.

Wardrobe was not one of them. She had a different outfit for every single dead Mu illusion she posed in front of, and they all answered to different adjectives. Serene, sexy, dazzling, delightful, enigmatic, regal, kinky, alluring, charming, pure, daring, innocent, formal, mesmerizing, stylish... she pulled every look you could imagine off perfectly and without a hitch. I had great fun just matching her hair styles!

Her voice could sell air conditioning atop a glacier. I almost felt bad for the bidders who were going to eat it all up, and then have almost no time to capitalize on their acquisitions. Almost. There were going to be a lot of unsavory characters bidding on Mu Goo...

There were going to be five different auctions, starting in Ogredown, and going to each of the capital cities, ending in Zynozure itself. We'd separate the Mu goo into five age categories, which would indicate its QL, quantities of 1000/500/100/50/20 gallons at the outlier March capitals, and double that in Zynozure itself.

Based on what we understood, the day after the last auction, everything was going to go to shit, so getting as much money out of the cities as possible was kind of urgent.

All of the Mu Goo was good to 40 QL. The older stuff ranged all the way up to 55, truly ancient shit. The money would be rolling in.

Hee hee hee!...

Yes! On to Imperial Zone #1!...

"Well, isn't that an interesting place."

It was horrible what they could do given the literally hundred thousand years or whatever they had to work on this project.

The last Zone was basically a city that filled out the whole place, interspersed with park-farms and some basic ranching areas. Elves as a whole subsisted to a degree on magic, so they didn't have the same dietary needs as humans and stuff, but what was basically confronting us was bloody rings of walls every thirty miles, and whole cities of drow spaced in between.

The central thirty square miles about the key Obelisk were a freaking fortress... or pleasure palace, take your pick. The population of shroom-bombed drow numbered in the tens of millions.

There was no way I could take my company in there. Just on numbers alone, they'd be overwhelmed, and base Drow were Casters, just like elves. When ten thousand Casters toss a spell at you, you are going down, even if they are all Two's.

Which wasn't an issue, as when we breached the Zone, some fine Brothers were waiting for us there.

There were probably a lot of things out there that would have paid a hellacious price if they could pop a nuke on this place. The whole array of Void Brothers for the continent, all in one spot. All the assassins would have fanboy-sighed and fallen over in joy.

Wayfair certainly found all of them interesting... and carefully acknowledged how dangerous they all were. High charisma and charm or no, she'd be dead in seconds if there was combat, and she knew it.

I looked them all over, noting that they looked more travel-worn and battle-hardened than before, and definitely needed a new change of clothes.

To their utter shock, I did indeed pull out new clothes for them all. Like I wouldn't be thinking about them after they spent three years doing some power-leveling?

Despite themselves and their urgent, priority, must-do mission mentality, they found a creek mostly free of rotting shrooms, took a bath, and put on their new threads with some relief. They looked pretty spiffy, as even if they were done in shades that would disappear in shadow, they still reflected the colors of their Helices here and there.

Black predominated, of course. They were still shadow hunters, not tanks. Although there'd be a lot of both going on shortly.

The fact was, we could leave the Zone and the natives... probably could not? Weren't sure on that. There was a road, so there was some kind of trade, but it was probably controlled by the Hags. Open up the border, hack down a bunch of 'shrooms to feed the millions, send it back up. The 'shrooms were a lot shorter here close to the border...

But there was indeed no way we could bring the main force all the way in. They'd be crushed under weight of numbers.

That wasn't true for the Brothers, Briggs, and I. My Ironblood Forsaken were needed to provide cover for the rest of the company from magic, so they needed to stay behind, too.

We couldn't disguise the fact that we were coming, because we had this huge spike in the sky broadcasting the fact, and we'd be driving it towards the Obelisk like God's Own Nail of Reality come a-calling and a-saying that it didn't much like what was going on.

The Obelisks we'd toppled and left behind were set on vivic fire... fires that didn't stop, as the pattern of the plazas they'd been set on gathered the energy of the Land, and vented it directly to be burned away by misty unwhite flames.

As a result, that chop-line of the Wake in the sky was pretty prominent, much bigger than it probably should have been. I guess we were doing too good a job.

The details had already mostly been hashed out ahead of time. Briggs and I were needed to push the Wake-Spike of Ultimate Doom forwards in the sky, and Brother Wayfist agreed to stay back with the main crew in case of an Obliteration-Level Event happening that they weren't prepped for.

Their job was to cause havoc. Given the demonic inclinations of the locals, it would probably fit right into their preferred kind of activities. They were briefed on what to watch for, Baneskulls prepped, and then our two groups split up physically.

Tremble went with me, despite knowing how much the lads might need her. The Brothers might need some surge healing too, after all... we didn't know what we were going to be facing. And with no Casters along with us, save Wayfair, who couldn't manifest until the Obelisk was down, any source of emergency combat healing would be important. Potions only went so far...

Our progress was remarkably quick, all things being equal.

Now, we couldn't do slick stuff like Walk on Air via our Cloud-stepping Sandal Tats, because we had to keep the Interdictions up to drag Ye Wake Infinitum behind us. But, that still meant we were running fast... like, faster than any thoroughbred, ever, charging along at what should have been breakneck speed, and instead was just steady progress towards our objective.

Yeah, we did kill anything that got in our way, which was pretty frequent. Not much had time to react at our appearance, but the alarm flares were soon going off behind us. We jumped over carts and crowds and small buildings, we ran along rows of others... and we carved bloody murder-sprees through dark elves if it was the fastest way to move. Of course, Sparky and Wayfair were up, and despite having part of her ancestry from them, she had no compunctions whatsoever in working on an Archery level, greatly enjoying the Tails spitting death in any direction.

The Brothers were lobbing Shard-strikes this way and that, carving down anyone who bleeped their Caster-detectors too high. All in all, we looked like a blur of people ringed by multi-hued swirls of energy that were being spit in all directions, racing by and leaving a lot of dead drow in our wake.

It was merciless and cruel, and it had to be done.

The first two walls we got past by going through the gates, which they didn't seal up in time to stop us, and certainly weren't expecting us to charge through them at the pace we did, slaughtering everything around us to really mess up the situation.

The succeeding gates were all closed in response to the alarms popping up all over behind us, especially back along our route of travel. That was fine. There was no way they could mobilize to a location as fast as we could, so we just picked a spot and went up the wall.

Step One: Lead Brother jumps up, plants a spike in the wall with a crunch of protesting stone. Falls down.

Step Two: An eyeblink after the spike is planted, Brother Two lands on it, jumps off again, plants Spike Two some twenty feet higher, falls back down.

Step Three: His hands are barely off the spike before the third Brother is kicking off it, clearing the edge of the wall above, and if anyone is there, they are about to get a fatal surprise.

Bouncebouncebounce, and we're up, like over-energized mountain goats or something. Getting off is easy, just gliding down on Featherweighted feet, picking up speed and distance in a wavy line as we surf down the air, hitting ground cleared of anything living by multiple flying Baneshards, and we were off again.

We had hours of running ahead of us. The Obelisk was in the far center of the Zone, close to the slow-time Barrier, instead of properly centered. I could only guess that the slow time Zone was getting massive amounts of built-up power being shuffled through it, and stability was one of them Very Important Things.

Man, were we going to mess that up!

It still meant we had something close to eight hundred miles of ground to cover to get there, and they were going to know we were coming and approximately where we were the whole time. How's that for violating every law of a good fight?

Happily, everyone had Revitalizing Strike on their Weapons, and after slicing through one of the plentiful numbers of targets around us, all fatigue and exhaustion was thoroughly gone.

Feeding Ye Unraveling Incoming above us with continuous offerings of drow en vivus, we raced towards our target.

Wayfair decided to get into the role of hostess, treating this all like some great party.

She would direct Brothers this way and that, relieving certain drow of their lives and belongings, which were passed down to Haul behind us. She copied every dress and hairstyle that was new to her, giving us all scathing insight into her flawless aesthetic sense as she did, and commented blithely on the artistry or fluidity of their kills, noting the Brother Mountainhammer had nearly outrun the head of that drow he crunched, and Brother Windarrow missed that eye by an entire two inches, how dreadful, while Brother Mindring had to work on his upstroke, not nearly enough blood had fountained up...

Of course, given she had Bardic levels, all this playful criticism worked. Very soon, the Brothers were playfully competing on how artistic their kills were, how ornate the chain-Cleaves were, who could put together the most nonsensical tumbling lightfoot display, and collaborating on combined patterns and swirls of interacting Helices that had Wayfair clapping her mental hands in delight.

I wondered how many necromancers and conjurors over the years would be spitting up blood at the very idea of Void Brothers putting on a show for a drow-born succubus. I very carefully kept any sight of this from people who wanted to get anything done, because, wow, when a bunch of Deep Tens as agile and graceful as Void Brothers start stretching out their lightfoot and flexing their 40+ Dex scores while moving at forty-plus miles per hour, Helices out and Banestars slicing in all directions, it's like a moving, ever-changing fireworks show.

I just sat back and Warlorded, letting Wayfair do her thing, while I organized, kept the Marks-Up Displays working, and monitored all the exciting stuff Errant, Estemar, and the girls were putting up with.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

yes, the lads are keeping busy, too.

There was a lot of fire going on.

Errant was chaincasting Walls of Fire at this point. They only lasted as long as he kept the Wrath focused on them, so generally no more than a few breaths... but that was naturally enough to disrupt anything resembling a line formation, and set a lot of mushrooms on fire.

There were demons around, but the elves were hatracking them with Baned missile fire one by one, the MUD highlighting them for attention and arrows converging from all directions to take them out.

If they were flying outside the range of the company's Interdiction, nothing like a dragon swooping in with a smiting Paladin to really put a nail in their fun.

Of course, there were lots of demons being brought in. However, they were dealing with Heavenbound, and there was nothing like the expression on a demon's face when you grappled it into the range of the Interdiction and shoved it away, to go free-falling at King Gravity's behest, while your highly trained and intelligent mount power-glided down under Angel Walk or Featherweight, reached the outside of the Zone, and zipped back into motion.

All the Dragons had Baneskulls for Evilborn, so they were energetically playing the chewtoy game, although even they didn't have any liking for the taste of things made out of condensed Sin, except for boosting their own superiority.

There was a lot of magic going off, but there were problems. To wit, the sheer amount of smoke full of poison and spores that was obstructing the view of the battlefield.

Even if you have hordes of Casters, they still have to be able to see their targets. Burning shrooms generated a LOT of smoke. Target acquisition was proving to be somewhat problematic on the far side.

Sama somehow managing to interlink the perceptions of hundreds of eyes into a comprehensive personally-relevant real-time tactical assessment display, and the sheer fucking brilliance of it singing through them like that... well, this was a Warlord to beat all Warlords.

With Wayfair bursting her Charisma to a 50, it was like fighting with a Goddess of War in your head.

Elder Arg smashed through a couple of 'stools and straight into the flank of a drow missile line that thought having perching archers would work out for them. Tumbling dark elves flew in every direction under the impetus of a lot of monkey, five bars of Philosopher's Might driving the big guy's Might up to the Sherman Tank-curls level. Massive gauntleted paws slammed elves to pancakes, smashed them aside like toys, and a horde of chakon with beat-sticks and metal-clad hands and feet sent them flying around yet further. On the other side of the street, more drow archers regretted their life choices as Elder Arg smashed through their stations, leaving the sharp ones floating in midair to be hatracked by elven archers armed with Smokesight and a rather large amount of antipathy.

A full cavalcade of magic was unleashed at a charging line of shadows as pissed drow Casters found targets and unloaded. There were a lot of multi-colored lights, explosions, thunderclaps, hissing sprays, whirlwinds... and the Ironblood came out of it totally unharmed, dragging the dwarven pikes right behind them, and the elven archers behind them.

The drow didn't do a good spear line, especially with all the monkeys running around breaking things up, and the tight formation hit them like bricks. The Ironblood whirled and crashed through, the dwarven spears became lawnmowers, and the Forsaken were on the Casters before they could even think of fleeing. While hardly incompetent in a fight, given their society, it didn't matter. Before the Ironblood, the drows' magical defenses were smoke, and they were hacked down in no time at all by Axes burning the same bright ruby hue as their own blood.

Rains of multi-pound hurled spikeballs introduced the elves to the magic of ouch-big-rock-hurt, breaking fine bones rather well, and were capable of snapping an arm right through the bucklers they favored.

Errant saw three strafing bolts of lightning off, and some ballistae on wagons blowing apart with their crews.

A swarm of buzzing man-sized fly-demons was ahead, converging on him, Darkbolt hurtling right for them at improbable speed. Purity reached out ahead, sheared the droning wings off one of them, split to send two others tumbling away in fear and pain and bright holes burned into them. Darkbolt plunged through their numbers, tucking his wings at the last second, and reaching out with eagle's talons and beak in three different directions to rip off more wings in passing, while his own flight remained perfectly level.

The fourth, fifth, and sixth ones trying to converge on them ran into the edge of Grace, one after another, a single circling stroke cutting all three down instantly.

He fired Purity backwards as bolts of lightning crackled up from below, just missing them as Darkbolt heeled over. The remaining fly demons plummeted from the sky as Darkbolt dove down, slamming into a swooping vulture-demon with burning claws on all four limbs before spinning along the long axis in a way that no flier should do, and Errant took off its head, snapping off a Wrath shot at the drow who'd thrown the lightning bolt at him, which burned the dark elf's head right off his shoulders.

His and Estemar's Eyes of Heaven were feeding right into the MUD, giving everyone instant, real-time awareness of Evil all about him. Since his Soul-Boosted Range to this was five hundred feet in all directions, he and Estemar were basically the perfect real-time tactical spotters for forward movement and the flanks.

It was fucking depressing how much Evil there was.

Even most of the children had been corrupted. He was seeing kids less than waist-high with dark Auras. Fucking dark elf society. Most of the slaves weren't any better, which, if they were let free, generally meant they took the chance to slit a few drow throats, so a win in that direction.

He basically always had something to shoot at, so, grimly, he shot it.

They were leaving an impressive trail of carnage behind themselves; burned cities, dead drow, slain demons, some butchered undead –

A roar up ahead, and a building moved. Whoops, nope, that was a fifty-foot demon, looking sort of like a great horned demon with improbably broad shoulders, truly massive fists, and hooved feet that could almost stomp Elder Arg flat. Atop those shoulders, the dark elves had built a howdah, now currently packed with Casters and Archers.

That was a Goristro demon, and a big one. Thirty hit dice? He didn't even bother trying to punch his Wrath into it casually.

Elder Arg wasn't deterred at all. The big ape could motor with the Monk Levels he'd taken, obscured by the ruins of the massive shrooms and stools he was hurtling through and under, certainly a big target and attracting his great share of direct magical attacks.

Errant and Klistos both blew golden Walls of Fire across the howdah, end to end, leaving the drow nowhere to run; they could only bail or get toasted. Some of them might be able to resist the wild-eyed Song Heavenbound's Wrath, but not his own. They shrieked as all of them began to cook.

The goristro was powerful enough to completely ignore the magic, but the bright flames certainly distracted it. Not being too bright, it reached up to beat the flames down, which wasn't exactly good for the howdah.

A lot of elite drow went floating or flying. Alas, they lost their cover, and there was a lot of smoke down there. The waiting elves below began to hatrack them as they floated, and suddenly dragons and griffons were coming in from all directions, marvelously coordinated.

Unlike demons, drow weren't resistant to lightning and cold.

Elder Arg swung around behind the much-slower goristro, bellowing his eagerness, grabbed onto the demon's tail, and pulled his multi-ton bulk up through the shattering howdah falling down. Sinking his mighty claws into the goristro's back, he began to rip.

The goristro bellowed in pure agony, trying to reach back to the ape as his thick hide began to tear apart under the impossible strength of Elder Arg.

Captain Shirley bounced off a toadstool as the great demon staggered, and #One'd the front of his thick knee hard and Cold, nearly locking it tight as it froze through. Facing front and back respectively, Amber and Veis were sitting on her, holding down their Autobows and sending constant flashes of burning bolts singing out to their floating targets.

As she crossed by, Captain Fido came straight in, fires peeling away from his jaws and gathered around Verd's Spear, currently transformed into something like hard light, which she plunged into that knee with perfect lancer form.

Flesh and bone exploded as a Two was let go, Hedge plunging in through the big demon's hide like air to sever and burn with the flames congealed around it. The massive knee was actually directly blown apart, and the goristro began to fall instantly, prompting Elder Arg to leap free, grabbing a couple floating drow on the way down, and as they screamed, biting one's head off and slapping the other into mush against his chest.

The goristro hit with enough force to topple some nearby shrooms, bounce drow off their feet, and naturally crushed all three fungus-buildings it landed on.

Elder Arg was on it in seconds, and to its complete astonishment, grabbed its horns in his hands, Philosopher's Might's five bars flaring like stars on his forearms, and wrenched the goristro demon's head through two hundred degrees, the crack of its neck breaking like boulders shattering.

They really would've liked to grab its skeleton for use as a Siege Weapon, but it would have to be enough that it wouldn't be animated as an undead. Vivic flames were blazing on the stump of its leg and foot, spreading rapidly as its death fed them.

Elder Arg had a better idea. With an ear-shaking roar that had many of the nearest drow voiding their bowels, he slammed a mighty fist down and wrenched, and one of the great horns of the goristro shattered under the blow.

Errant lifted his eyebrows as Darkbolt slammed into a haughty drow Caster who had just witnessed the plunging griffon execute a ninety-degree course adjustment by pushing off the air with his claws, and ram right into him with plunging talons and ripping beak.

Errant Sharded through a floating archer's chest, ripping a Wall of Fire treated with vivus down the length of the goristro to accelerate the feeding process with Purity.

Up above, the section of the sky turning clearer was getting wider as the Land was fed well.

Hanging onto his new prize, Elder Arg slung it over his shoulder as he pounded towards the next group of drow trying to set up a defense, while the last of the floaters and fliers were mystified as dragons and griffons swooped away.

Ten seconds later they screamed as they plunged down from the sky. King Gravity wagged his finger in admonishment, and the Ironblood surging up and past were quick to end the pain of their broken bones and lack of Soak.

Bolts of Wrath came down from on high, shrooms burst and spewed out more poison smoke. Fire Reserves detonated in all directions, adding to the cacophony and burning buildings.

Here and there, members of the company occasionally fell, struck by enough missiles or combined magic. Disks unfurled, their bodies were tossed on them, and within seconds the Healers were on them, restoring Health. Barus was wielding the White Staff, which could return to life anyone slain within the past minute without side effects, once a day per person. It could also return those slain within the last day without requiring a gold sacrifice, five times a day.

Thus, everyone had buddies watching out for them, getting them onto Disks and to the Healers, sticking close and moving fast to get them out of harm's way. The North Wind was the go-to team for this, spread out around the formation to catch any stragglers as they covered the outside of the main company, with Captains Fido and Shirley as back-up.

The Healing Traps were getting a work out for emergencies, but the Healers were focused on everyone's Health, trying to keep it up as high as possible as the fighting wore at them. There was a reason everyone had Racial Levels, Toughness, and Tough Soul, after all...

Thus, the number of truly dead was limited to a handful of apes who had been caught in enough magic to reduce them to ash almost instantly. The champa-ka hurlers took to following the Ironblood more closely to prevent this sort of thing, and the timed shots that went off with Ironblood ducking out of the way while a spiked steel ball smashed in the face of a drow warrior began to occur with more regularity.

The company poured into an open area of mushroom gardens, leaving the beleaguered drow behind, seething for revenge. A lot of demons were sent leaping, crawling, scuttling, and flying off after them.

The demons didn't come back...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Because high-Level combat in a magical world is totally realistic, right?

Rolling, rolling, rolling...

The traveling music was nonstop and often hilarious, as naturally half the Bards and Minstrels (the ones not totally intimidated by the idea) scrambled for a chance to sing and play for us while we ran. To solve the whole 400x thing, they played out the songs and then Tremble recorded and played them back for us.

AA was leading, Briggs was second, I had the rear. Bonescythe and Mountainhammer were to the left, and Firesword and Waterspear were to the right. Lightscepter, Mindring, Shadowknife, and Windarrow had decided to move on ahead of us, and create some introductory havoc while disposing of any interesting opponents popping ahead to face us, mostly meaning demons.

The wonders of a Chaotic and Evil society were laid bare before us in the absolute lack of anything resembling a coordinated opposition. Sure, some of the half-stoned drow mushroom-eaters took action, relayed alerts, sent off demons, or at the very least followed us with some choice curses.

Then they, and everyone else, went back to what they were doing. After all, it was bloody apparent we weren't sticking around there, so what did they care?

You just have to love that attitude in your opponents.

That goristro that Errant had stumbled across must have been a big surprise for the border fortifications, as we didn't run across anything else quite that impressive on our way. Of course, once the lads went zooming up ahead and disposed of annoyances with extreme prejudice, us back here only had Cleave-trains to run through in artful style. Wayfair was absolutely loving all the music and madness, and sincerely regretting that she couldn't be out there adding to it.

Void Brother lethality was bound up into their Cutting Life, which meant the more attacks they got, the more damage they did. As that damage was tied to their Sneak Attack damage, they could do even more if they could also get actual Sneak Attack damage on attacks.

Like, Sneak attack on surprise. Sneak Attack on Charge. Sneak Attack on Attacks of Opportunity. Sneak Attacks if opponents moved. Sneak Attacks if they were moving. Sneak Attacks if an ally hit the opponent first. Sneak Attacks if they flanked with themselves. Sneak Attacks if an opponent was suffering from fear effects...

So, yeah, they were pretty much dishing out +30d6 with every attack, and not much was resisting them.

Now, our team was only given time to hit our foes once, so we had the bigger Weapons and were focused on larger hits than the other team. Still, getting hit by two Brothers in passing was basically a death sentence for anything dumb enough to get in our way, as we weren't trying to swarm anything, we were just motoring along.

Dragging the Wake of the Land behind us.

The leagues flowed past. Great walls were scaled. Hapless drow and their minions and slaves were fed to vivus to help anchor the Wake down. The final wall closed in over the hours.

Mountainhammer and Waterspear took turns resting, as long-distance running was not something Brothers who usually operated underground or at sea usually did. Still, they'd all participated in the Three-Day training, and were much more buffed and rounded out than before. They also complained about not being able to Veilwalk, before looking up at the Wake and sighing.

The other team used Veilwalking to keep their lead, basically moving from site to site of potential conflict, nothing more than shadows along the edge of reality, coming out together in the midst of enemies and commencing a one-sided slaughter.

They'd built up quite a rep in this Zone-ring when they'd been doing their Three Days. They weren't at all shy about adding to it, either.

But, finally, a good thousand miles of running later, we were at the last wall, and the massive, solidly built city-fortress-brothel-drug parlor beyond.

She knew we were coming. The Wake in the sky would have told her even if the various magical alarms and messengers did not. So, she'd mobilized her forces somewhat frantically, as the speed we were coming didn't actually give her a lot of time to do so.

The Brothers ahead were happy to inform me that whole armies had been dispatched to the walls to stop us. That was great stupid news, confirming that the shellycoat in charge was an arrogant idiot who knew jack-all about the military. Having armies at the walls meant fewer armies in the middle, where we'd actually be fighting.

Getting up the walls, packed with fungi-blessed drow ready to die, and not a few demons and daemons, wasn't actually that hard. The vanguard team simply Veilwalked into the chosen location, and commenced a wall-clearing slaughter at impressive speed, handily ignoring the very great amount of magic blowing shit away all around them.

Before we had even arrived, the hundred-foot wall was half-destroyed by mass spell bombardment that didn't affect the Brothers at all. Applauding the intellects of our foes, we went up and through the gap, likewise ignoring all the magic flying around us, hit the legions all starting to morph and warp on the ground as they hastily ate their toadstool Potion chasers, and kept going.

It turns out that moving at twice normal speed, having multiple arms, claws, tentacles, being twice normal size, breathing fire, morphing into bestial forms, and flying around doesn't really mean squat. If they didn't have a hundred HP, they were still in one-hit-keep-Cleaving territory. If they had more than that, maaaaaaybe they could slow us down. That basically meant only the most elite of them, or some of the tougher Evilborn around... who were usually the first to jump out of the way when they saw the exploding bodies in front coming right at them.

There were a lot of them, and then we were through a quarter-mile of scattered body parts burning vivic, a swathe of dead about forty feet wide that left the drow reeling in disbelief... and left the Wake nice and firm.

Lucky for us, they hadn't enclosed the Obelisk, just put more walls around it. Walls were fine, they could be scaled in normal circumstances. However, Ten Mile Walls were incredibly annoying, with spatial compression done on walls borrowed from the Pits to make demon-cursed stones that were literally ten miles high, compressed down into seeming a mere hundred feet, along with a moat that literally went down to another plane. Something of a theme here.

Unfortunately for them, they needed to keep strong connections to the Land to conduct the Formation power of the Obelisks, so while the seat of power had these nice restrictions, the Obelisk itself was literally sitting out in the middle of this open square, currently packed with all sorts of elite troops.

The Brothers gave me a nice view of the place as we closed in. The Obelisk was twice the normal size, bringing it down would require some hacking and pounding, and in the meantime, there were a million drow down there being excitable.

There was also a large wolf chained at the foot of the thing, surrounded by a moat of blood. A Spear had been driven into its side, and it was seething there, unable to move, bleeding out into the moat.

-That looks like an exemplar Wolf,- I /noted, although it was hard to tell under all the chains. -They are using its blood for the Obelisk?-

Brother Shadowknife zoomed in on several batches of drow, one after another.

The first couple of groups were furry. Since elves couldn't contract lycanthropy, that was pretty telling. They also looked pretty strong.

The second batch had tentacles, eyes in the wrong spots, mushrooms at odd angles, and space shivered around them.

Third batch was oozing shadows and didn't seem all that material.

-Huh,- Briggs /commented, as Endure exploded through a couple skulls in passing. -That looks like Lesser Exemplar Werewolves, Pseudo'd Drow, and Umbral Drow. That's a pretty intensive line-up.-

-I want that ring of blood. Lesser Exemplar Template is pretty boss,- I /stated firmly. -Freeing the Wolf is definitely on the agenda, would it recognize any of us?- There was silence. -Right. What's the way to bring the Obelisk down? I assume it's nigh-invulnerable.-

-That pool of blood is probably one of the defenses. Scrap it, dig out one side, and it can probably be tipped. But we don't know how far down it goes. If it can be damaged, I'm sure Mountainhammer could pound through it eventually,- the Firesword /remarked.

-Ahem!- Briggs /coughed.

-And you too,- Firesword /agreed without blinking. -But to do that, we're going to have to kill a whole lot of stuff.-

-It's not often you get so much high Karma stuff just packing themselves in for you. I feel kinda bad for Hazé not being here. Her AoE's would be taking out acres of stuff,- I /mused.

-It is a lot of killing. Happily we can actually undertake such a task now,- Lightscepter /pointed out. -I do not see the Hag herself. Anyone?-

-She is in her boudoir, possibly watching to see how things go. If she comes out, there will be combat. What do you think, Sama?- the Shadowknife /asked coolly.

-I'm assuming she's a Pseudo or an Exemplar with Class Levels and serious Spell Penetration. She may be able to affect any or all of us if she's got those Templates, so don't assume you are immune to her magic.- Breaths hissed out together. Not very good news. -On the other hand, there won't be anything else nearly as strong as her, so non-Legendaries besides her. Maybe other Templated Hags, maybe not. If I were to hazard a guess, I'd say Lesser Exemplar Psuedo'd Shellycoat Hag. Her lesser Hags will either be Lesser Exemplars with some Health Qi, or Pseudo'd.-

-They are NOT going to like Beyond Law and Chaos,- Brother Mindring /mused, and everyone chuckled darkly.

-Any hints of undead?- I /inquired.

-Massive necromantic energies beneath the plaza. Unsure if they are undead or just fallout from their Formation.- Windarrow /reported. -Brother Bonescythe would probably be able to tell.-

-If undead, we're looking at Banshees or Witchfires, as well as Ecorches or Vampires.- Eyes moved to several other sets of drow without all the fungus, waiting unnaturally still. -Oh, yes, this is indeed going to be exciting... I'm expecting the Evilborn are shape-altered and blending in for the moment...-

-Confirming the presence of daemons and demons,- Lightscepter /stated firmly.

-You're welcome to start, given the amount of killing we have to do and the time crunch of the armies coming back from the wall. You may want to wait until I'm on site for healing backup. I don't think there's much that can be a threat to you, but bronze and coppers can still wear you down,- I /told them.

-We can certainly retreat if we must,- Brother Mindring /said, and the others agreed. -Stay close and simply start the killing, sound out any special surprises. How long before you are here, Axe?-

-Two minutes.- We were currently running through some half-abandoned streets, only random demons loitering about, casually wrecking stuff. Those who would fight looked to have been sent off to get in our way, and the rest were indoors sucking 'shrooms.

-What kind of pattern?- Mindring /asked. It took me a moment to realize that this was a completely new experience for them. Assassins didn't typically hold an objective against zillions. They killed the person at the heart and got out. Taking down Obelisks is where they went looking for allies.

-The goal is the center of the plaza. Drive through the middle, and then start rotating around it, killing as they all converge on you. However, their toughest units are there, and we have a lot of killing to do. Start circling just before you reach them, going around them and killing until we arrive. They aren't going to like our late arrival, especially with you taking the attention. We'll drive up and meet you, and then start grinding through all their special surprises.-

-The Land is going to be feeding very, very well,- Waterspear /said solemnly, to grim agreement all around.

-Take off. We're coming.- I /told them, and they did.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

D&D, especially Forgotten Realms, and even Pathfinder, portraying spellcasters in high fantasy, and melee combat in low fantasy style, always irked me. I just can't write that way about high level melee combatants...

True to form, two minutes later, there we were.

The great arch we used to enter had only a scattering of resistance. It did, however, have a lot of things burning vivic, odd smears on the walls, shattered and rusting weapons and armor, and a few maimed and screaming drow staggering about.

For some reason, even these shroom-heads bombed out of their skulls didn't want to see us coming.

Yes, yes, there were legions drawn up outside the arch. Were. Past tense. Something had cut a winding path through them, ignoring the copious amounts of arrow fire coming from atop the walls ringing the plaza, and left a sixty-foot swathe of dead fungi-skinned drow in burning parts behind. That had really made a mess of their formations, and then at least three legions had gone pouring in after said individuals doing the Interdiction, finding that they actually had quite a lot of room to do so, as long as they didn't mind trampling the dead and wounded on the tiles in front of them.

Generally speaking, that wasn't an issue, of course. Stoned out of their minds on actual magic mushrooms, the biologically diversified set of drow soldiers enthusiastically pounded after their opponents.

This was a Hag Empire, three hundred miles wide, nine hundred long, filled with millions of drow and lots of mushrooms, all of whom existed in a state of carnal bliss and demonic savagery whose only purpose was to satisfy the whims of their souped-up shellycoat mistress. The drow in the neighboring Zones were basically feeder states for this empire, sending over their best and brightest to get addicted to magic mushrooms and sexual gratification of any type, and then die for her.

It meant all these elite guardian drow legions were Elf Racial Sixes, meaning 4/4 Fighter/Sorcerers, for the most part. Granted, they weren't Deep Sixes, as being stoned out of your mind and fed drugs like candy isn't conducive to side studies, but still, phenomenally tough for base-line fighter types, with a combo of spells and fighting skill that would give any normal force intruding on them conniptions in such numbers.

And, in case anyone was interested, there was no sign of spiders anywhere in the place. Probably because Hag not want competition with Spider Queen...

Anyhoos, the combination of magic mushroom 'Potions' going off, buff spells being released, and then all sorts of attack spells trying to seek out the Brothers did indeed make for a very fine show of pyrotechnics. If they were dealing with magic resistance, such as they themselves possessed, luck and the sheer volume of fire would have had results.

Alas, they were dealing with Forsaken. As far as magic was concerned, the Void Brothers weren't really there.

No-miss spells missed, unable to find a target to lock on. Ripping Bolts and exploding balls of energy swept right through them, and were treated as air. Rays flashed past them, ignored and ignoring in turn, while Barriers, Walls, Webs, Spikes, Hedges, Pools, Quagmires, Illusions, and Enchantments meant to slow, stop, pin, trap, grapple, obstruct, divert, confuse, or hold them basically either collapsed upon manifestation in a Helix, or simply did nothing at all.

It was like trying to grab smoke with a pair of tongs. There was no stopping them, regardless of the volume of spells.

This plaza was a full mile across, with that Obelisk towering up a good three hundred feet in the middle of it. The walls holding the archways ringing it were sixty feet thick, and packed full of elite archers and yet more Casters, waiting for the Brothers to come out so they could drop tens of thousands of shafts upon them.

It didn't matter how agile you were, you wouldn't be able to dodge a true rain of arrows coming down.

But they didn't, because they had acknowledged this point and gone up the walls before actually speaking with us. Objective? Clear those walls.

And that's what they did.

Swirls of Helices became a wall of death, four Brothers reaching across the breadth of the top of the Wall, and killing everything in the way. They ran up the side of the walls on misting feet, completely avoiding the arrows meant to saturate the area on the ground, and before the archers could correct their aim, they were into their compatriots atop the wall, and butchering.

The shining, multi-hued threadlike Helix of Lightscepter. The ephemeral, haunting shadows of Shadowknife. The seen-with-the-soul-not-with-the-eye pspectral arcs of Mindring. The whites, blues, and greens blowing without substance around Windarrow.

They all united in a colorful wall of annihilation, vivus igniting, Banefire flashing to add unwhite and ruby-red elfblood to the hues, blending into the green, maybe tinged with gold, of the Soulbound Weapons that seemed to blend into and out of the Helices, shadows, death, spraying blood, screams, and flames that followed their paths.

At ninety feet every six seconds, as fast as many people could run, they moved forwards.

The elite troops on the ground could only watch helplessly as a hundred feet above them, their archer cover was completely annihilated.

They were Beyond Law and Chaos; there was no luck, good or bad, here to affect them. As Sama had explained it to them, skill was everything now. They wouldn't automatically 'miss' on a 1, 'bad luck', or automatically hit on a 20, 'good luck'. It was all based on their skill, and just how good they and their weapons were together.

They defined their own luck.

There was no doubt whatsoever that their Weapons and they were now very, very good together.

Cutting Life had finally given the Void Brothers a major boost to their damage in open combat, a killing power formerly reserved only for assassination attempts. Their Helices were now weapons, ripping the magic and life away from these very magical opponents, and then using that power to damage them further.

The ability to do one-hit kills now meant that Cleaving was a valid, useful tactic, instead of something occasionally useful, and was horrifically deadly when dealing with large numbers of opponents. They didn't need to execute a Storm of Steel, a Tsunami Rush, an Avalanche Run, or a Pyroclasmic Surge. Nope, just base Feats: Cleave, Great Cleave, and Supreme Cleave.

They hit, they killed. They might step. Hit, kill, maybe step. Hit, Kill, maybe step. Up to the limits of their base movement every six seconds, which they had raised to at least 90, thrice as fast as an average human.

Ninety feet every six seconds, as fast as many men could trot, as if there weren't crowded throngs of archers before them, trying to shoot or fight or get out of the way, and just dying, dying, dying.

They were far, far different from the Void Brothers of myth and legend, not that these drow had ever heard of such, sealed away here from the outside world. They all had Strength Scores of at least 30 now, Dexterity of at least 40, and moved with inhuman power and precision, ki-boosted speed, and Vajra tirelessness. Their Helices swirled out, touching, tasting, testing, marking, revealing their foes, their magic, their Brothers nearby, and with Intellects now also in the 30 range, they coordinated marvelously and continually, communicating with their Helices even faster than by /Marktell.

The archers and Casters could only scream and die.

Some archers were clever and leapt off the battlements, to levitate softly towards the ground. Windarrow, who was on the end, flicked a dash of his Helix out and removed the magic, and they could only scream as they plummeted to the ground. They might not die, but they would be severely injured, regardless.

There was no missile fire to speak of coming up from below in support. Indeed, a mass saturation from archers below might have been the only way to deal with them. Unfortunately, it was these archers up high who were the support, able to back up those fighting below with ranges of easily a quarter mile. The only other archers in the plaza were in the very middle, with half a mile to go to the walls, and not in enough numbers to do what they wanted to.

After all, not even True Seeking was going to be of use against them, as they were just blurs to Insight bonuses...

Of course, those drow at the bottom tried spells, but all that did is kill some of their own and speed up the progress of the Void Brothers more. The Brothers serenely glided through the magic erupting all around them, basically ignoring it, guided by their Helices to their opponents, not even needing to see.

One ruthless commander ordered the archers to begin setting up a rain of fire on their own troops in the way of the Void Brothers, so that they must run right into them and take the hits. Unfortunately, all that did is spur the Brothers to use Sidestep, attacks from the drow on the Brothers instead triggering additional steps, above and beyond their base speed as they slid through openings like phantoms, and left death behind them, combining the two motions. With at least 20 AoO's from Dexterity and Mastery each, that was an additional 100 feet of movement every six seconds. They were now slaughtering everything faster than a human could sprint.

The bombarding archers were over two hundred yards away when they started their shooting. The Brothers were underneath and inside the arch of fire before the first volley arrived, and the archers barely got off the second volley before the interlinked Helices were upon them.

Their screams and ruthless tactics died with them.

There were three miles of walls to cover. The Brothers swept them clean of life, leaving a ring of unwhite flames encircling the entire plaza, in a little over fifteen minutes.

There was a short interlude where the drow thought they might have some hope, when flocks and swarms of flying demons and daemons fell screeching and shrieking upon the invaders.

The Brothers slowed to half speed, and those AoO's being used for additional speed were instead used to cut apart demons.

The drow had never seen demons explode quite like that. The smaller ones just popped. The ones that could survive one hit ignited, and then popped with the second hit. The ones that could survive two hits went up like oil-soaked torches and died screaming. The great ones that could survive three hits either fell burning from the battlements, howling all the way, or directly popped out of existence as the magic that kept them here, far from their home plane, was ripped away from them, and Reality came down and sent them howling back home.

Granted, that only occurred a couple of times, as what normally happened is two Brothers disposed of such demons at the same time, not wanting to let the Karma get away. Being literally made of Sin and ectoplasm, the bodies of demons and daemons went off like oil-soaked tinder to vivic flame, which also had the effect of strengthening the Veil and making the Summoning of more of them impossible in a rapidly growing radius.

Demons, daemons, and dark elves died, and left a trail of unwhite fire behind them. Despite their drugged states and their fanatic belief in their Empress, the elite troops watching below had shivers of fear going through them as they watched the carnage taking place, and whole companies of archers were bailing out before that line of swirling colors, fire, and blood could reach them.

Sure, they were archers, but they were elven archers, they could still fight, there were no weaklings here. So much magic going off, so useless, and that trail of carnage was Three Miles Long...

So it was that the Brothers paused, standing atop that wall, as they spoke with us to coordinate the time of arrival. Yep, they did all that BEFORE we got there.

Two minutes, to drive towards the heart of the formation below, and begin the wreaking of havoc.

Their Weapons had all reached Zehn long ago, all made Item Familiars, all Intelligent. Twin long knives, twin short swords, twin chakram, and twin maces all began to hum and sing softly. Yet the sound carried, carried down to the waiting drow on wings of dread and fear, their skin crawling as they stared up at those Helices playing at the magic above them, shrugging off and ripping apart all the spells sent their way.

And they understood every word.

Tremble, oh ooooo oh Tremble, they come...

They clutched swords and spears and shields tighter, but they knew it would make no difference...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

And to the horror of a Cleave Train going through the elite troops, we will add bright strobing lights and a disco beat.

Drow = light sensitivity. Exploit it!

We swept into the inner plaza.

That ring of vivic energy burning on the walls above us, ALL around us, was particularly impressive. Mental thumbs-up went all around. Wayfair led an appreciative round of applause from those watching the show.

The looks on the drows' faces as The Trembling Song came up behind them, even louder and clearer than before, were priceless. The Wake in the sky was right above them, exploded widely at the presence of so much fresh vivus, adding in some light so we proceeded from deep gloom to shadowy twilight, and getting brighter. All those spells going off probably really stood out in the darkness, active Helices sure did, but everyone on our side had Devilsight on Clarity Masks active, so nobody really cared what the illumination level was.

Still, if it improved enough, the drow were going to have light sensitivity issues, which would be absolutely hilarious.

They were totally shocked, totally aghast.

Worse, there were seven of us... and our weapons were bigger than the dual-wielders who'd been Cutting their Lives away.

Ancientaxe's Helices of multi-hued Scarlet led the way. On his right, the burning rainbow hues of Brother Firesword meshed flawlessly with the swirling, fluid whorls of aqua and pearl and deep blues of Waterspear. On his left, the deathly pale and inky black of Bonescythe looked like death before a mountain as they perfectly synched with the dimly glittering crystalline and metallics arcs of Mountainhammer.

Seven people, each claiming a swathe fifteen feet wide. Technically, we could have done twenty, but no reason to be greedy.

Oh oooo oh, Tremble, they come...

We didn't follow the same exact path, as part of it was empty, and that would be wasting kill-yardage. Nah, we all juked left by the same amount, and then we slammed into the drow, who had just about enough time to scream before we crashed into them.

The primary armor of these guys was chainmail and buckler, only the officers wearing breastplates or anything approaching plate.

All our Weapons were functioning at +VIII, and chain+buckler is effectively +5 AC. In other words, we were ripping through them as if they weren't wearing any armor at all.

Ruby-blood banefire tore through them, making crippling injuries lethal. Heads and limbs flew, torsos were severed, chests eviscerated, throats slit, skulls crushed, chests crunched, and a line of drow over a hundred feet wide virtually exploded before us.

To keep things quick, Fall, Sparky, and Wayfair were targeting those who looked like officers or tougher, administering that polite application of 20-30 damage that would crash their Soak or Health to just below one-hit level as they staggered from getting a bolt or spike in the shoulder, gut, chest, or occasionally a lucky shot to eye or throat.

Between the three of us, that was about fifteen shots going off every six seconds. I was acting as a firing line in addition to a Cleave-training fountain of blood.

Just to annoy them, I had my Halo Crown out, with which Wayfair being Bound turned into regal succubi horns on both sides of my head, as well as stubs in front and back.

They glowed as bright as the sun. I was saying something about light sensitivity, right? Now amp that up to rock concert level of flare and throbbing brilliance, combined with Tremble, Quaver, and all the Weapons here beating with the Song at over a hundred decibels, Minstrel-ki and magic totally dominating their pitiful screams and battle-calls, and yeah, this was a complete Heaven Falling Down On You nightmare for these guys, who were already half out of their gourds.

You could tell from their eyes that what they were seeing as they looked at us wasn't us, but something worthy of a spores-generated fever dream. Throb, throb, throb...

Oh, we had devasight too, no effect on us, nothing to worry about here.

Straight ahead we plowed, behind a curtain of banefire, Helices, and blood, accompanied by some kicking, thumping music only slightly marred by the constant screams and sounds of bone crunching, flesh parting, and metal screeching. Blades so sharp they were slicing space slid past, blunt impacts so forceful they were pulping cells and shattering souls crushed home. If the arms swinging them started flagging a little, there were no worries; a Revitalizing Strike from Arsenal was trotted out, a drow died, and bright cheerful energy piped the wielder right up as if it were a new day, and got him back into the mood for endless slaughter.

Rather addictive, really.

Rather greedily, the first team of Brothers had made it to the teams on the inside of the formation, the best of the best. Drow Werewolves, Lesser Exemplar Hagborn Drow, Pseudonatural Drow, Umbral half-Fiend Drow and Lesser Exemplar Drow Werewolves, the cream of the Melee crop, awaited them there. Interspersed with them were succubi and incubi, mezza and nycodaemons, more Temptation, Gluttony, and Sloth demons... and hey, were those elite cambion drow on nightmares? How cool!

They thought they'd be able to take to the air and charge everything with life-draining lances or just shoot them down from the air. Indeed, quite a few of those with wings, as in almost all of them, decided it was a prudent course of action to take to the air and get out of reach of the wave of murder proceeding towards them. All of them had ranged attacks of one kind or another, and soon arrows were falling from above in number, trying to pick out the Void Brothers in the confusion below, or actually, indiscriminately mass-firing down into the mess and confusion below trying to hit something.

The Wind and the Arrow was naturally the only Brother who could tie his Helix to a ranged attack. The other three just shrank their frontage and he started returning fire calmly from down below, while the swirl of their interlinked Helices really did make it hard for archers to find a target in the ongoing mess. The Brothers' severely upgraded defenses, including anti-ranged Augment Stones attached to their Bracers, made hitting them even with massed arrows almost impossible.

Arrows wrapped in misty whorls flashed up, and found hearts and brains with disconcerting ease. The nightmares were no threat without their riders, so Windarrow just sniped them out of their saddles, one by one, daring them to come down closer and dare the Sharding attacks that would come up to slice them down. Sure, he was only returning one arrow for every hundred or two coming down, but the difference was, his were hitting and killing, and there's nothing for morale like walking your shots down a row of archers and daring them to stand in position as the man next to them is picked off...

Of course, it was actually just a delaying tactic to annoy them and disrupt the arrow fire long enough for me and Briggs to get there. Windarrow's shots stopped a few casual seconds before our Interdiction, full Stillflight in effect, hit them, and then they, their wings, levitation magic, smoking nightmare hooves, I-wanna-go-ethereal-mom-aieeee, and such were all falling from the sky as they screamed.

Being shameless opportunists, they were also our main targets as we came rolling up. They were barely staggering to their feet and trying to get out from the corpses of falling smoking fiend-horses when we came up on them, led by Sparky and Wayfair's enthusiastically accurate spiked Tail fire. Demons screamed with fear and drow wailed in disbelief, both quickly quashed by the light and sound show going on, were swallowed by strobes and terror, and spit out as corpses going vivic.

The first team shifted course so smoothly it looked choreographed, and the rest of the landbound riders who came charging up behind them suddenly found themselves heading into a swirl of Helices and coming out the other side impossibly dead. Our team pursued, sandwiched the elite riders without a care, and as they tried to fight and live we were moving over, under, past, and through them, with a certain fuzzy fellow launching nightmare corpses flying as Endure patiently ticked and tocked from right to left, as fast as any sword and equally remorseful to any impediments in its path.

More to the point, the bone-crunching impacts were right on the beat, and the drow and Fiends instinctively froze when they saw it coming, trying to defend themselves. That was totally fine with Briggs; it made it much easier to crunch them.

Nothing below a Twelve had a chance of surviving Briggs' Hammer. He was easily breezing through 150 points of damage a swing, which made no sense using physics. It meant that not only did every blow have an ungodly, magic-assisted amount of kinetic energy behind it, that energy went to where it did the most harm. Nothing below a thousand pounds had any chance of keeping its feet at the impact, and inevitably went sailing off in one direction or another, caroming through the crowd and upsetting any semblance of a formation or teamwork that they had. Any drow bowled over and fallen was just a victim waiting to be walked over, which was precisely what happened to them on the way.

My own progress was impressive, true, and the expressions if they managed to make out Wayfair's half of my face were always interesting to note. But I had done my work well. The Void Brothers had claimed their Grandmastery of Cutting Life/Time, grabbed the Cleave Tree of Feats to make it work, and had Geared Up. They still weren't anywhere as Deep as I was, but they had the core of the slaughter build of a melee specialist down cold, and that would just lead to more depth in the future, catching up with Tats and Feats and whatnot.

Had I told them about getting Forsaken Matrix Levels to further slow them down? Well, no. At least, I didn't think so.

To be honest, Matrix Levels were a teamwork play. They did almost nothing for me unless I Nogged them, and the Archmatrix Level bonus spells and stuff couldn't be Nogged, so there was limited usefulness and a cap on them regardless. For the amount of Karma I was putting in, the benefits were truly marginal to myself. If I hooked up with a Bound Spellcaster, they would certainly love me to death for all the extra Magic I could loan them...

I guess I was just a completionist. I mean, I could have just been pouring all that Karma into Evolutionary Levels and jacking my Stats to the moon. Those Mu Spores had been sweet for the Karma, after all, and I was a bit miffed that the biggest demons I could kill were those six Mariliths spaced around the Obelisk screaming out telepathic orders.

I also knew that I could probably step through to Eleven any time I wanted. The Warlord Karma I was getting over these past few days had been monstrous, given the amount of slaughter we'd been doing... and I'd been assigning it to that monstrous Karmic Wall stopping me from stepping into Eleven. I could feel it slacking, and I had Wayfair Right There with her innate +14 Attack Bonus for me to study and usher me through to newer, higher insights.

Buuuuuut... I had tons more Levels to get, and there wasn't any real reason for me to get them as an Eleven and pay the increased Karma costs. So, throwing my Warlord Karma at the Second Ceiling and filling it so I could click it whenever, and putting my own Karma towards all these other Levels I had to take, made tons more sense.

And now, now I had a new goal.

Only a flicker of will as we crashed into the gathered demonic forces there, and the flashing of ruby-red banefire changed to red-black for the Evilborn at the same moment. Vivus exploded faster, louder, and improbable Dire Weapons crashed and shattered, burning with their masters as the dumbfounded Fiends realized that their eyes really hadn't been deceiving them, those drow being slaughtered really weren't that weak... and these Void Brothers, and they definitely knew who Void Brothers were, were just that horrifyingly strong.

They Trembled, we came.

There was a crashing and crunching of impact, a marilith half-snake six-armed terror of the battlefield was smashed back off her feet by Endure, all of her went flying past the other demons, who exploded into vivus in blurred arcs of swords, and she crashed into the Obelisk, falling back rather limply to the ground. Streaks of light flowed past and over the bound Wolf that was in the way, and she was Finished as more crushed and burning demonic bodies slammed into the uncaring stone all around her.

The wave of combat turned in a circle without stopping, and the Umbral Half-Fiend Drow, boosted on magic mushrooms with the requisite speed, strength, height, extra arms, burning hands, or whatever, screamed and surged to meat them. Meet them? Heh...

Them, because I was sitting down behind the wolf, artfully placed dead demons with thick carcasses burning on either side of me. Screened by more stacked corpses, a Compression Jug with my Exsanguinating Tube attached was on the edge of the shallow moat of blood, and sucking that precious Exemplar juice up like there was no tomorrow.

Sparky and Wayfair joined up to jerk the marilith towards me, and Sparky nailed her to my Marks with the Tail. Quaver was currently being held by Brother Firesword, Windarrow was holding onto Tremble, and Briggs had subbed in his own Halo Crown to keep up the light show. So only the shooting was gone... but I had, ah, let that tail off during the last hundred meters...

Time to free me a really, Really, REALLY, dangerous Dawg.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Time for a teaching moment. Let's Gear up the perfect Wolf a little bit...

"Morning there," I told the Exemplar Wolf, whose bloodshot golden eyes glared at me, but he showed confusion at the burning marilith getting sucked into my Tat, and my friendly tone and facial Tats. "I'm going to release you, but it's going to take a minute or ten for the rusting compound to eat through this steel, as it's been treated." Yeah, it could resist acid, or rusting, but combined acidic rust? Alchemy ftw! "While I do that, I'm going to carve a Mark on your forehead, please suppress your healing factor long enough for it to take hold. It will up your Strength, and tie you into the telepathic link we have among us. We're here to put down the Obelisk, kill the Hags, and I bet you'd like to help some?"

His eyes moved from crimson back towards yellow, clearly intrigued, and he was a more than good enough judge of character to know I meant what I said. He could only growl, but I was speaking fluent Wolf right now, so I understood him perfectly.

"This will hurt like pinpricks, nothing like that spear." The middle of his forehead was visible through the spiked muzzle of the bindings keeping him down, so I stuck my hand out over him and began to etch the Mark into him. He growled again as it bit in, and actually hurt him. He wasn't expecting a simple cutting implement to be able to do so.

Well, my hands were conducting the edges of Tremble, which had shifted in Bane of Legends just for this purpose, and Blooding to make sure his Fast Healing/10 wasn't an issue. His hide, even enhanced, wasn't an issue to the adamantine tip, and I scribed the Mark quickly and surely, given my thousands of practice sessions.

"Fill it with power." He had to have shitloads of Karma lying around. As he did, I tossed some Warlord Karma at it, more coming in even now as the Brothers sang silently along and slaughtered away, and the Markdoor lit up in his mind.

The hard light of the full +4 bonus to Strength lit up on his forehead. True to my expectations, a Legendary-class Templated beast could break the Empowerment rules for such things.

His eyes widened at seeing The Map, and I waved at him from the other side of the Door. He mentally walked up to it, and slowly poked his head through.

The words and conversations of the Void Brothers, Briggs, and I in our own /chatroom flowed over him. He could look and measure all of us, saw the others notice him, acknowledge him, and then get back to what they were doing.

The Brothers were a deeper Green than this wolf was, and I could tell he recognized who and what they were.

Wayfair was placing the vials of acid-rust I'd whipped up; they'd be done shortly.

"Second thing I'm going to do." My hair reached into my Masspack, swapped in my Chakra-opening Tool. "This is really going to hurt, but I'm going to poke some holes into your Soul, open up some very key Chakra points, and show you how to use them. You ready?"

Golden eyes in the emerald spirit before me narrowed, but he growled acceptance. He had a cursed Spear sticking out of his guts, what more this? He could smell the metal binding him start to hiss, to weaken ever so slightly, and knew I was doing what I said I was going to do.

"Okay, let me give you a quick rundown on Soul magic..."

The Exemplar Template is hilariously dangerous. However, part of its power was based on the creature itself. It made the creature stronger at being what it was, but there was a limit.

A wolf was basically a 2-3 Hit Die creature, not that much more dangerous than a human. Indeed, we bred dogs bigger than wolves, unless you start up the magical size thing with Dire Animals. But this was a normal wolf, albeit a perfect member of the species.

That's probably why he'd been targeted, and how they'd been able to capture him. While dangerous against single foes, and absolutely lethal for his Hit Dice, he was, in the end, a 3 HD creature with monstrous Stat boosts. He really had absolutely no way to effectively battle large numbers of enemies, and while his Stats were high, they weren't insurmountable. A buffed Hag was likely stronger, for instance, so it only remained to overwhelm his gargantuan natural Luck and Insight bonuses... and since they were based on a 3 HD chassis, that wasn't impossible, either.

So, beat him down with enough brute force, and if he kills a few hundred servants, so what? Enough magic to immobilize him, wrap him up in adamantine chains even he can't break, and all he could do was sit there and be a source of blood.

I guessed that he'd been given to the shellycoat because she'd be the weakest of the three Great Hags, and he was also a test subject. They'd gone after a stronger Exemplar next.

But y'know, that was fine, because I was now giving this Wolf a crash course on Class Levels, alternate energy sources, possible advancement paths, and ways he would never, ever have to put up with this again. I brought in Elder Arg to chat with him, and even a Legendary-class Wolf was freaking impressed talking to an Epic Ape. Words were exchanged, trust established, and he agreed with my plans.

He realized he wasn't nearly as powerful as he had once thought, that teamwork and sufficiently powerful beings could easily overpower him... and he also realized he couldn't feel any luck or insight concerning me or the Void Brothers at all. While being an Exemplar gave him a precious +15 to all his Stats, his real bonuses were some truly monstrous Luck and Insight bonuses... none of which were useful against us at all.

Exemplars had triple normal speed, so he wouldn't have any troubles keeping up with us. His problem right now was that his awesomeness was limited by his Hit Dice, so he had to get his Racial and Class Levels up. Given the instant bonuses he could get, Class should come first.

So, it was Character Creation time for an Exemplar Wolf who was stepping past his limits.

Bing!

Once a day retrain Feat from Skill Focus/Perception to Improved Natural Attack. D6 bite goes to d8!

Bing!

Take Monk Level/1!

Swap out Improved Unarmed Strike for Profound Natural Attack, since he was an animal. D8 bite goes to 2d6!

Establish Ki Pool, half Monk level + Wis. Fine, +8 ki.

Wis to AC. Oh, nice, that's a +8 to AC.

Bonus Feat. Instead of Dodge, take Elusive Soul. +13 Exemplar Insight Bonus to his Soulcaster Level for Capacity Determination, effectively 15th. Can put Four Soul into it. Constitution modifier of 32, so 11 points Essence out the gate. Elusive Soul, +4 dodge bonus, bringing him up the whiff-whiff-whiff scale for a total of +12 AC. Nobody would be able to touch him.

Flurry of Blows useless, he only has the one set of jaws. Swap that out for Bonus Feat, Deflect Missiles, letting him avoid ranged attacks.

Stunning Fist useless, swap it out. Improved Trip is a wolf racial Feat, take that to save time later.

Gain all Good Saves for a level 1 Monk.

Exemplar: Gets Maximum Soak, plus 12 per Level. Monk HD of 8, +11 Con, +12, equals 31 Soak.

Already had Fast Healing, already had 62 Health and Fast Healing/10, with triple movement rate. Just have to pull that Spear out and he'd be fine in less than thirty seconds.

He tensed his muscles, and the metal did something it had not done in a very long time... it creaked.

His ears flattened, and he shifted subtly. The burning vivus hid the pungent smell of burning, rusting adamantine.

"Easy. We don't want them to know you are out, and we don't want them targeting you. The others are swinging back, they'll be here in seconds." He just growled and made ready, while I dug in my fingers and worked off one section of his bindings with some effort, aiming to flip it over and minimize his profile.

Nobody was coming up on the Obelisk; it was like sacred ground, and with the bodies burning around us, the Fiends definitely didn't want to set foot here.

I counted down silently, while the sounds of some terrifying rock music and lights zoomed in closer, the troops that had surged in closer to the dead screamed and died in horrifically brutal fashion at impossible speed, and then they were sweeping past to cover us.

I surged up, he lifted with a 36 Strength and all the luck of the universe behind him. The metal creaked and bent, almost eaten through, and I rolled over it and yanked out the barbed Spear driven deep into him.

He yelped softly despite himself, bits of his guts attached to the cruel barbs of the point, which I dropped in vivus to burn away. I jumped to disappear into the blur of multiple Helices sweeping by, and the wolf lunged with breathtaking speed into the press as well.

Quaver and Tremble came whirling back to my hands, and outgoing missile fire slowly picked up from my Tails. The formation spread out that little bit to give me room to slaughter, and we went at them again.

The Wolf had a 27 Wisdom, which meant that if he focused hard, he could track what we were doing through /Markchat. Also, my Warlord Bonus was singing around him, and his newly expanded awareness of ki and motion-flow from the Monk Level gave him an awareness beyond instinct of how and where to move to avoid interfering with us.

A wolf's base move is 60, tripled to 180 for an Exemplar, meaning he had no problems loping around with us.

17 Intellect meant he was the equivalent of a human genius. His golden eyes were wide as he bounded along behind us, watching everything that was going on.

He saw the difference between a +10 Attack Bonus, and just being lucky to hit. He saw Techniques and Feats flowing into one another, ki and Soul Essence thrumming thickly in the air. He saw furless monkeys moving with precision and grace far beyond what he had ever witnessed any normal biped have, and he felt the soul-shuddering power of Weapons with ten Slots open and hungering for the blood of their enemies.

From very close range, he watched us kill as he could not, and any hauteur or arrogance he had as the apex of wolfdom, and any thought of distrust and treachery that might be arising in rage and freedom, were utterly and thoroughly quashed.

We didn't need him. Releasing him was truly and only a courtesy; nothing more, nothing less.

I saw the Jug sitting on Haul behind Briggs, and smiled. Nobody had noticed the moat emptying out of blood so quickly, having so many other things to focus on... and the lads had knocked burning bodies directly into it on this run, cleaning up the scraps, so they'd just think the vivus had taken it, anyways.

The Wolf noticed the Disk and almost jumped up on top of it, before deciding that he wanted to run and run and enjoy his freedom after uncounted years. There was no problem on our end. Our job was to kill everything that came, so we would have room to take down the Obelisk. With no dragons or big ape to help, it ostensibly would be a mite trickier.

For now, it was simply an unreal, endless murderfest, executed with blows faster than a normal human's eye could follow, ignoring the steel and hides that got in the way, shearing through supernaturally strong and tough opponents as we slaughtered thousands of them every few seconds, and left a burning trail of vivus behind us to let them know.

But, y'know, this was just going to take too damn long. There was something like half a million enemy combatants here, after all, more coming in from outside from stations outside the Walls. It was simply going to take an annoying amount of time to slaughter a major metropolis worth of troops.

But, hey, you know, we hadn't carved into any of the werewolf troops yet. I wonder why that was?

The Wolf looked at me. -Hey, they're your kids. Take charge, grandpa.-

Now he did jump on the Disk, raised his muzzle, and he Howled.

Hearing a Perfect Wolf howl is really, really something. Tremble and Quaver took furious notes, and all the magic Weapons blended in to accompany him with a thumping backbeat.

It was a call to war, and the one doing the calling wasn't bound to, enslaved by, and having his blood leeched by the magic of the Obelisk anymore. He was Free and he was calling for his pack.

All those Lesser Exemplars and Werewolves literally froze in their tracks as their progenitor called to them. They were elites before they'd been transformed, Sevens through Tens, the bloodline a gift for the best of the best of the Hag Queen's servants. But now, the luck and insight bonuses were thrumming inside them as Luck and Fate wagged their fingers and told them who their true progenitor was, and the raging instincts of the Pack thundered through them in a red tide.

He was calling for his Pack, and one failed Will save vs 30 or so later, they answered...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

There are, of course, still things to do.

And just like that, all the Hag's carefully crafted elites were ours to play with.

Werewolves get some pretty impressive physical buffs, and combined with that DR 10/silver, can both dish it out and take it. Lesser Exemplars got +4 to all Stats, speed increases, DR, fast healing, and some smaller Insight and Luck bonuses than their progenitor, still making them deadlier than any normal elite.

Some rare fellows got both. They were truly monsters.

In a splendid display of remorseless Chaotic Evil mindsets, the bloodlines of the Wolf turned on the drow they used to be part of, no hesitation, no regrets. The Brothers had already removed most of the Fiend bloodlines, so they had no real competition. With howls of glee, the slaughter among the drow abruptly exploded in area, and suddenly there was a massive pack of a thousand or so really tough bastards who were now working in support of us, instead of hunting us and getting ready to get killed on our Weapons.

Amazing how that all works out.

The amount of slaughter and carnage increased by a very significant margin. There were quite a few werewolf drow; after all, it would have been the easiest thing to infect them with. The ensuing chaos was not at all to the benefit of the drow defenders.

Hazé materialized next to the Wolf. She held out her hand, enthralled by the magnificent sight... this was a Perfect Wolf, after all, the wolf all wolves aspired to be. The golden-eyed, grey-and-white-furred Wolf obligingly dropped the Rogue Stone into her palm, and she sat down on Haul as the Wolf immediately bolted back towards the Obelisk, moving faster than a sprinting cheetah without effort and dragging the Disk behind him.

There was a circle of carnage burning for three hundred yards around the Obelisk. The surviving drow forces had pulled back close to the walls ringing the area, or ran out the exits in terror. Slavering werewolves and ranks of enthralled Lesser Exemplars waited two hundred yards away, encircling the Obelisk, just waiting for the enemy to make a move again, at which time the slaughter would recommence.

"The Wolf Taxi service has arrived!" she said, jumping off the Disk as it reached the edge of the black area.

"Hey there, pretty lady," Briggs smiled, leaning against the thing. "You all ready to go?"

Hazé nodded, fingers moving, focusing elemental energies. "Fifty feet down, right?" She eyed the diagram in the Markroom of how things were spread out, taking note of how things were unstable given the mass of vivus starting to permeate and feast on the large amounts of energy artificially being gathered and sent off underground.

Sama was right, this was indeed a key part of whatever great Formation they had set up, sucking in massive amounts of power built up in the slow time zone and forcibly sending it out to multiple other Obelisks quickly, dispersing the load and stress on the system. The stress in the slow time zone would have to be incredible; no wonder it took so long to build this Formation.

"How are you going to tip it?" she asked quietly, as she began to turn a spell into a Ritual.

"The Stillflight aspect of our Interdiction is currently down, and there's a Wolf sitting over there who can fly and is very, very lucky."

She glanced at the Wolf, whose tongue was lolling out of his mouth in expectation, watching her.

"That sounds just wonderful," she said, and began to draw the magic to her.

The drow were having a heck of a time.

I could see the smoke rising, and see the occasional explosion outside as the chaos spread. All the werewolves and Exemplars were obeying the call of their bloodline, and creating havoc outside. Havoc meaning engaging in mass slaughter of their former fellows and trying to make it here to join the pack of their progenitor.

The drow outside were slowly getting it through their drug-addled brains that bad stuff was happening, and while the werewolves and Exemplars were powerful lads and ladies, they weren't us, definitely weren't Grandmasters, and were running into the zillions of drow out there and getting themselves hacked.

The Wolf didn't mind at all, and considered it quite a fitting end for those who'd stolen their power from his bloodline to begin with.

The only people who would be resisting this would be the Hags and the Hagborn. What Hagborn had been in the plaza had been singled out and killed, being effectively enslaved to their mothers' wills. There'd only been a few Hags here, and they'd died in passing among the many other creatures here, noted for their status, given a few whacks, and burned in passing.

The real Hags would now have to be coming to pursue this fight. They'd probably thought their fanatic legion of addicts could do the job for them while they continued desporting themselves. Alas, they'd run into a wall of Deep Forsaken who really, REALLY didn't care about their massed magical ability, and lo, were now Acme Land Food.

I had no doubt that the rebellion of the werewolves and Lesser Exemplars had been very bloody, frenzied, and probably gotten their attention. But, if for some craaaaaazy reason the Hags were so intent on their vices they still didn't pay attention, well, Hazé was just about to really rock their world.

The magic went off, and that carefully polished and designed foundation for the Obelisk liquified into mudrock, piercing down deep around half the base... and half the bottom.

Why only half? Because the Wolf sitting up there in the air with the strength of an elephant was going to give it a push. He only needed to move the center of balance a few feet, and y'know, he was lucky enough to push it at just the right place and right angle for maximum effect.

There was about ten seconds of effort on his part, nothing too ominous. The tip of the obelisk waaaay up there moved over several feet, got past that critical part, found there was only mud there to support it... and began its long, mighty fall.

The Wolf got out of the sky quick. He probably didn't want to be there when the thing hit down, even if he would enjoy the view.

Down down down... damn, hundred-paces tall things take a while to fall. I wanted to say 'Timbuuuuuuur', but Briggs beat me to it and yelled magnificently, "Ba-saaaaaaaaalt!", getting all the snark points for himself.

It was loud when it hit the ground. The tiles all jumped, the shockwave bounced drow off their feet, rippled past under my lightfoot, diverted around Briggs, pretended the Brothers weren't there, and the Wolf was sitting on Haul with a fanged smile, Hazé next to him.

Oh, did ya feel that... like a little popping in the ground, as the Obelisk shattered into many, many parts, which all the Hag's werewolves and all the Hag's drow couldn't put back together ere now...

Lots of power down below the ground there, and now the thing which had kept it circulating wasn't there anymore. Which meant all that incoming power, and whatever was circulating, had nowhere to go.

The ground began to vibrate, at first almost unnoticeable without a Vajra, and then picked up pace. It was more discernible further away from the center here, except along that ley line path towards the slow zone several hundred miles thataway.

It picked up more. The walls started shaking, loose stones skidding away, falling, cracks subtly starting to spread. Even the enthralled wolf-blood drow started to panic, as they subconsciously realized they were not standing in a safe spot, and they should run.

And then it all flashed and let go.

Walls of bloody light blew from the ground towards the sky from those buried ley lines. The entire plaza, except for a hundred feet around the foundation, heaved itself towards the clouds in ripping profane energy and channeled arcane spellfire all released at once. The vivic energies still burning on the dead roared along it like det cord, raging out along the pure, raw energy, igniting all the abruptly dead creatures caught in it, and really making a rather spectacular show of it.

There were five irregular lines running out from the plaza. The shockwave of the plaza itself going up blew the wall to smithereens, and whatever legions were encamped outside had an even worse day than they'd started with. Three of those lines ripped off towards neighboring zones, including the Mu Spore region whose Obelisk we'd toppled. The feedback from that one was probably going to be bad, too.

Another one headed over for that garish pleasure palace over yonder. Stood to reason she'd be sucking in power to support her personal Wards and little pet projects. Now, they all blew at once, which I thought actually improved the view. That designer really had no taste...

The biggest one of all went feeding back towards the slow zone. The ripple effects of that would echo through the whole Formation. The surviving two relevant Obelisks would have to take on the load, stressing the system, and as of right now, whatever they were trying to do, they couldn't. The Formation could probably ignore the smaller Obelisks we'd toppled, but not a major junction like this.

Likewise, the Hag Empress here couldn't gaff this off. For this level of a failure, she'd be deposed and someone else installed in her place... unless she fixed this, and fast!

She'd be coming over with what Hagdaughters of hers survived, to get some revenge.

Bricks, tiles, stones, and bits of vivus burning on bodies was raining down all over, but around us, not on us. The plaza was now a broken pit, with trenches a hundred feet deep blown out of it in five directions, and the walls had fallen outwards and buried whole swathes of the elite armies out there.

None of them felt like coming in and investigating, apparently.

Ah, there we go. Motion!

They were all Witches of course, so they were flying, swooping in our direction on a variety of brooms, bats, bat-wings, pet demons, or just streaking through the air. Looked to be about a dozen of them, all of them with scraggly red hair, just not looking their best right now.

The Wolf withdrew judiciously. He wasn't going to be of too much use in this fight, being barely able to hit them, and not doing near enough damage, but that was fine. He was plenty happy having slaughtered just about everything that had stolen his bloodline.

I saw three of them that thought they were being sly by being invisible, which just made me laugh. Three of them were like crimson shadows, Umbral Lesser Exemplars; three of them were shape-changed to normal forms, but the reality-bending nature of Pseudonaturals was following them, impossible to miss; five of them were Lesser Exemplar half-Fiends of various parentages, with a panoply of feathers, horns, slime, extra arms, tails, and cloven feet to proudly display their heritages; and the last one was nine feet tall and had a very impressive aura of power around her.

Exemplar Shellycoat. Used the wolf and the power of the Obelisk to catapult herself into an unchallenged position of dominance here, and her Template was naturally layers above those of her Hagdaughters.

Yeah, I could see a resemblance to Amber, twisted as it might be. I didn't know if this Shellycoat was a true Hag or a Hagdaughter herself, but it didn't matter; she was still going to die.

Definitely had the orange eyes. They were burning as they fixed on me. Fixed, because an acting 50 Charisma is going to catch all the attention.

The Brothers and Briggs got to their feet laconically, Weapons out, clearly undeterred by all these powered-up Witches. Hazé calmly stayed in Briggs' shadow, readying her own assortment of spells.

Fun was coming!

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Bring on the Hags!

They opened up with a spell bombardment from range, of course.

Demons and daemons came shrieking up behind them, Summoned in earlier and commanded to inflict Ye Awful Harm upon us. Twisted energies spat at us: profane killing strength, hate lightning, aqua sanguia, bonechill, hellrime, balefire, dirgewails, necroic and negative life-sucking power, and poisons not of this realm.

We weren't worried about the undead. When the Obelisk here blew, all the buried undead went with it. I guess they should have been told to get involved a bit sooner, then they might have afforded us a few minutes of distraction.

The magic came in, and the magic vanished. The Helices of the Void Brothers tore them apart. Briggs burned his away to naught. They hit my expanded Null and just vanished, water into a lake, gone without a ripple.

The Summoned demons came in and were fricasseed. They were big, strong brawny sorts, every one of them over twelve feet tall, and hung like mammoths... probably the fathers of some of the hag princesses, and lovers of the Exemplar, Crysihdrala.

Alas, oversized genitalia was not an indicator of transcendendent combat ability, and these big virile powerhouses lasted literally seconds. The opening magic barrages meant nothing, they came swooping in and Briggs and I brought in the Stillflight once again. They came down very heavily, and all of us went out to meet them very quickly... save Hazé.

Hazé sent an eight-fold Sharding Ray of Force at one of the Umbral Hags who wasn't where she looked to be, spearing the Hag, and dumping a whole lot of cell-rupturing Radiant Force into her. Coruscating rainbows tore her apart, and residual vivic energies converged and blew her into white ash in about one heartbeat.

As the outraged Hags focused on her, she smiled and glided up behind Briggs. The incoming volley of obliteration-prone dark magic burned away before it could reach her.

Horned vulture-demon and all eight of its appendages parted ways; tentacled toad-demon was opened up to get some Light and air; four-armed white bull-demon was butchered so fast even I was surprised. He'd cloven a bit too closely to actual cow musculature or something.

The only Balor in the crew chose Briggs. Its burning whip and Dire Axe never made it to him. It hit the ground, and Endure crunched into it with bone-breaking force, the thing's chest just sort of caved in. As it attempted to parry, the Hammer came drumming in a second time and his flaming-skulled head just exploded.

The draconic worm-fellow close by saw this, and had the sense to panic just before the Balor cooked off in unholy final death throes turned hungry-vivic-mm-mmm-Feed-The-Land. Draco-worm staggered out of the explosion, just in time to catch Endure coming in one more time and ending his pain... well, no, his soul and essence burned nicely too, as his physical form was destroyed. No heading back home to brood vengeance on seven generations of descendants when vivus is involved, nope, nope. Go feed that expanding hole in the sky, you.

The Windarrow had also picked off some gargoyle-esque sort with rat-tat-tat spirals of incoming Helix wind-shots. I noted that the Brothers needed to bone up on their ranged attacks more, as the rest of the fighting came down to melee.

While that was going on, of course, they were ignoring all the magic being sent their way... or maybe actively destroying it, I didn't know. To help matters along, I contributed a withering salvo of Baneshardings and Spikes, which turned the neighboring combats from potential three-hit affairs into two-hits, and meant the demons in range got shredded really, really fast, Brothers bouncing from one to the next and Cutting Life in swirls of multi-hued Helices.

Really, it didn't take that long.

Then, before the Hags could properly panic, probably overly confident of their own combat skills, the lads jumped.

Yeah, I really, really wanted that Heavy Gravity modifier. Five of the lads went up and up and out, and the now landbound Hags could only watch them do so. Well, they watched and threw spells at them in midair, which had the same effect as just watching, trailing those lovely swirls of Helices... and then surfing down the air smoothly, while Shardings streaked down, albeit bereft of Helices, to slice and dice.

They landed behind the Hags, moving with great speed to cut off any line of retreat, while the other six of us smoothly advanced to the front, moving faster than all but the main Hag could move at.

I, of course, pretty much only had eyes on the Exemplar. While I wasn't able to out-bounce the lads, I was still faster afoot then they were.

One of the Lesser Exemplar half-Fiends was in the way. Alu-Hag? Whatever, all the perverted exaggeration of sexual features of a shellycoat, plus spikes, horns, tail, and her weeping sores dripped slime.

She seemed to think she was hot stuff. She had a lot of magic up to protect her, raised her armor, and of course had those Exemplar Lite gifts.

Whoops, nope, not those.

She took a full frontal volley, was only able to evade about a third of them, and her Damage Reduction was completely good for nothing. She had increased her size, buffed her strength, speed, and toughness, accentuated her natural armor, had force shields and armor up –

Quaver ripped through her magical buffs, destroying all of them in one hit. She shrank back down, muscles fell, speed dropped... she lost it all in flying splinters of shattered mana, stunned at the sudden and total loss... and the line that had nearly bisected her from left hip to opposite shoulder. Red Health Qi sprayed, the wound healed... as I'd expected, she had some. Otherwise, just going by base Stats, she would have been dead on the triple-damage Spirited Charge.

She wanted to retreat, but that wasn't happening, I was way faster than her, and all she could do is lash out, clawing to get at me... and being unable to read what I was going to do, and her Luck not meaning crap to me, she met empty air twice, and as she was lunging to take a bite at my face, I executed a full attack kata, a Flurry of Blows.

On Speed, since I wasn't worried about not getting through her protection.

Katas exist to help a person execute a move automatically. Full kata execution at speed is more of a think about it/done kind of thing, and Seven Ripping Dragons is a very high-end kata, given the speed demands to execute it.

Health Qi bloomed like a red-black rose. She could see my arms moving, but couldn't keep up with them. Cuts exploded over her torso, legs, arms, and throat, spraying Health Qi everywhere, while at the same time Spikes and Bolts continued to drive into her at point-blank range.

Stand came up under her chin. She was eight feet tall, and the impact stretched her out to her full height as Exemplar Lite met adamantine backed by working 50 Might and had its way, like getting hit by a 100-mph steel girder to the jaw.

Quaver and Tremble dipped and cut with impossible speed and precision, worked by ki and Essence, way more than strength motivating them... oh, and +X space-cutting in full effect as I ripped into her with everything, tyvm Bane of Legends.

She bought off the stun from Stand, screamed at the unending misery of the point-blank Spikes and Bolts pumping into her, less than a third as effective as my Swords, but still hurting, and she tried to retreat.

There was no way that was happening. I couldn't execute a massive Kata like that while moving, but I had no problems getting to her flank and back, and when she tried to charge past me, landing three blows on her knee, numbing it and sending her sprawling, unable to get away.

I came down from above, heels like drills, both blades like plunging spears, and Wayfair decided to pump some poison into her and see if it stuck. It probably wouldn't have, except it was working off MY Constitution bonus, and a Save DC of 35 or so had about a 50% of landing.

Let me tell you, judging by the amount of Health Qi she vomited out of her eyes, nose, ears, and mouth, fighting off that much blood-burning Wisdom or Level drain is a big hit to the old Health Qi. Of course, taking multiple Death From Aboves isn't exactly fun, either.

The Hags were realizing that the only way they were going to win was to gang up on the Brothers, or try to run while one of their Sisters held them off. The problem was that the whole plaza was a freaking mess, they couldn't fly, their pets couldn't fly, they couldn't Summon anything, and they couldn't teleport... and they'd just seen four Brothers jump a hundred paces through the air, meaning they had no chance of outrunning or outmaneuvering them.

Tremble transferred a claw injury from Mountainhammer to me, it was gone in seconds as my target tried to get up, shrieking in fear, hate, and anger, trying to lash at me as I skated around her in Seven Circling Dragons, hitting her at all levels and –

Oh, there it was. Real blood, a real injury. Swish, gone, burning away in vivus...

Her black and orange eyes got really wide as they met mine, all backlit black and white, my face cut in half so Wayfair could smirk at her. All five Tails aligned on her face, while I sheared off the one arm in the way that might be able to block, and then robe-cut her while all the Spikes discharged at once into her face, along with Sparky's beams of banelight.

Her head exploded en vivus, her body divided into two diagonally as it ignited. I rolled forwards, and a blurring claw ripped through the stones beneath me as the Hag Empress missed.

I got to fight me an Exemplar Hag!

...They can't ignore the pain of Health Qi. Just cut them.

...They want to grab you and rip you apart, chew on you. Close Quarters Fighting punishes them for trying.

...They might be stronger than you, but not by much. On the other hand, you will be much Mightier than them. Let them know; toss them around a bit. Pick on something bigger than you.

...Lots of Health Qi means you have lots of time to use all sorts of moves on them, learn their fighting style, and punish them. Things with lots of Health Qi don't have the AB to match.

...You are faster than they are, and there's nothing they can do about it without magic... and hey, look who rips apart magic like gossamer?

...No one-hit kills. No death attacks. You are not in a hurry. You will outlast them. Survive, and kill them.

...Your Helices don't multiply on a crit. Crits happen, don't hunt for them. Just hit them as much as you can. Your Helices kill now, not your Weapon. Give them the chances to do so...

Brother Firesword couldn't keep the smile off his face. The thumping music blaring a heart-swelling power anthem in his head didn't hurt at all, of course.

Technically, Health Qi meant he could stab them in the head, they could ignore it, and try to grapple him and rip him apart.

In practice, getting a foot of steel through your eyes and brain tended to interrupt everything, even if the wound was instantly healed.

Learning to Cut Life had meant a radical adjustment in his fighting style. As Sama had said, it was no longer about how good a swordsman he was. It was about being able to deliver the Helices to his target, and letting them kill.

Oh, a one-shot kill could still be done, could still be useful... but not against Legendary Creatures, who had sucked in enough power to get Health Qi active and could simply spend that power to counter any instant-kills, turning them into mere weapon attacks burning off more of the fake red stuff.

Still, proper placement of his Weapons magnified the damage, accelerated the pace of killing... it just wasn't as important now as actually hitting in the first place was.

The swirls of his Helices made Weep and Bitter Tears just rainbow flaming blurs of motion, weaponizing his Void and shearing massive quantities of this Lesser Exemplar Hag Witch's Health Qi away, even as she tried to rip at him with clawed hands that could encircle his head, and harder than steel nails the size of daggers.

He could actually tell how much of the stuff she had left, and even when she was joined by one of her demonic sisters, he simply maneuvered with precise steps and flowing footwork to keep the newcomer on the wrong side, faster than either of them, and far more experienced in real combat.

And looking much better at it, too, as that overwhelmingly charming succubus riding Sama was happy to point out to him.

Tears, his Thorn-blade, inserted here and there, but mostly just parried away the more dangerous claw attacks, the Philosopher's Might glowing on his arms meaning he was fully capable of matching their strength, and the play of heavyfoot and lightfoot resisting their greater mass or avoiding it, as needed. He cut and poked anywhere there were openings, and given her overlong arms, that meant she would have lost her hands very quickly, continually ripping along them and venting Health Qi, which he then channeled right back into her to even more devastating effect.

Weep was shedding bloody tears of Health Qi along the edge and tip of the Rose-blade, a sad rain being shed for all the souls this Hag had killed, and its waste of a life.

Glossary: Hate Lightning, Bonechill, Balefire, Aqua Sanguia, and Dirgewail are necroic versions of Lightning, Cold, Fire, Acid, and Thunder, respectively.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Where we get to see why Sama maxed out her Ranks in Painting, of all things.

Brother Firesword bent, he twisted, he slid this way, then that, all the while his Blades danced and cut, punishing them with every move. He was in easy range of a swing of their arms almost half the time, but never quite in the right position to get shredded easily. It was a fight of inches, where Luck and Insight had no way to play, only skill, reflexes, coordination, and awareness.

And magic. Couldn't ignore the +X.

These Hags still had a bonus to hit of at least +25 (gah, so infectious how Sama looked at things), even after he'd ripped all their buffs apart. They were stupid and weren't using magic Weapons to increase their attacks, nor did they show signs of enchanting their claws. Truly cocksure, overconfident in the buffs their Templates gave them.

As the Exemplars were finding out, Templates were no substitute for proper Levels and good Gear.

Picking up the Crystal Dragon and being able to use it with Night Rose and Fire Dancer also meant picking up all the Lesser Dragon Styles for Way Mastery, yet more Karma Sinks. But the Damage Reduction and Natural Armor were incredibly useful, allowing him to simply ignore annoyances, give him something to build up towards reducing the tiny nicks and bruises that added up over a long fight, allowing him the staying power that Brothers had never been known to have.

His Intellect was sitting at a prim 32, four thought paths, giving him time to contemplate and analyze even while he was fighting for his life. His Dexterity was now a 44, meaning he moved more like a ghost than a person. Just those two Stats getting to the levels they should have been at all along meant a +28 bonus to his AC, which in real world terms translated into miss after miss after miss.

Analyzing calmly, every movement precise and measured, drawing them into this pose or position or stance, creating an opening while he moved just out of range of their motion, guiding their attacks as much as avoiding them, staying ahead of them through sheer analytic power, not some ability to see the future.

It was still frustrating them to all get out. They swirled through a dance, trying to catch up with him and his vicious, condescending grace, and he cut them without pause.

There was Sama over there, giving the Grandmother Hag the business. That fight was incredibly vicious, both combatants moving with inhuman speed and power, the Hag trying to ignore the hacking and hewing swords which could not truly damage her, and finding it impossible with the sheer amount of punishment being dished out. Health Qi didn't neutralize damage, it insta-healed it, so there was still a moment of pain and interruption. Trying to bull through it was possible... but not with the level of punishment she was receiving.

She was incredibly fast, but Sama was matching her step for step, having no trouble keeping up with her feet, and her Swords were moving even faster than the Hag's claws.

And, of course, a constant barrage of missile fire was planting itself into the Empress' face, too, making things even worse.

Sama was, she was... painting a Rune?

Health Qi was floating in space, rippling along the edge of the cuts Sama was making. The wounds layered like petals, rippling, floating, as the two combatants slid this way and that, forming a circle as they moved through the clouds of blood-red Qi...

It was a Blood Rose!

Three slashing strokes slicked in the final petals, leaking power into a Rune wrought in mid-air, heavy with primal power stolen from the Hag. Sama couldn't use Chi, but she had backdoored the technique by literally Painting using the Health Qi of her opponent.

Because Painting was a Skill that fed her Sagedom of Swords...

The multi-petaled, gently rippling Blood Rose ignited with a fwoosh, gone in a blink, and yet something changed in the air around it.

For the next six seconds, all the fates were against the Hag, and every hit would be a crit.

A pull on the surrounding mana turned his eyes, where Hazé had stepped away from Briggs, who had been batting around two bigger Hags like they were hapless drunks. Around her arms were Rune Circles of stacked metamagicked Shards.

He smiled despite himself. The Empress Hag, who happened to be facing the wrong way, and was frozen for a tiny second as the Blood Rose ignited, turned her head around.

The coruscating, shining Shardrays hammered in, boosted past her spell resistance, laden with holy power... and automatic criticals for triple damage, too. Because Hazé had naturally invested in Improved Critical for Ray attacks...

Health Qi vented in a burning cone of life preservation that sprayed out fifty feet past the Hag. One mass of coruscant Rays drove into her head, the second into her throat, snuffing her scream before she could give voice to it.

Then Sama executed Seven Ripping Dragons again, with every hit a x4 crit.

He didn't know when the Health Qi of the Empress faded, but it didn't matter. When the seventh stroke cut through her, she was totally done for.

All five Tails lashed forward, impaled her body parts, while Sama plucked away the head. As the limbs and torso ignited, they were pressed against Sama's Marks and sucked in and away, digesting the full and complete energy of the Exemplar Hag.

Which, Brother Firesword mused, was probably going to be pretty impressive. The head in her hand Sama just slung on her belt as the flesh and skin burned away. Vivus would make sure her spirit couldn't be interrogated anyways, so there was only prepping it for a really strong Baneskull...

The remains of the Hag Empress burned away in under ten seconds, while the surviving Hags shrieked in fear.

Briggs took that moment to Hammer one like batting a ball, and the shocked Lesser Exemplar half-Fiend shellycoat found herself flying nearly sixty feet through the air, hitting the ground with a roll and a tumble, and was back to her feet as if her center of balance was around her ankles.

She slowly turned around and looked down at Sama, who was smiling up at her.

The Spikes hit the Hag's face before she could scream, and then Quaver and Tremble were all over her.

Brother Firesword smiled, and inserted Weep into the throat of his primary foe, while Bitter Tears drove into her ear. She froze in place as brain and brain stem were ravaged by Helices and banefire, and he smoothly spun away from her sister leaping at him with both claws, withdrawing Weep and running a two-foot cut up her left arm and gash across the back of her right hand as he did so.

Brother Lightscepter was playing the drummer with a Pseudonatural Hag, and had taken a couple ripping blows from her in passing. Tremble reached out and stole away the injury. They flashed into existence across Sama's slender chest, and seconds of screaming Hag later, had been eaten away, even before Lightscepter could invoke his own Healing Edge.

Sama was looking out for all of them, and it meant they didn't have to focus on healing. The Brothers took it to heart. Arsenals reconfigured...

Health Qi could neutralize a lot of circumstances. It could break grapples, rupture manacles, even throw off rocks and boulders if it meant saving the person who had it. It was like Soak on steroids, and was even Regenerated or Fast Healed. Totally unfair broken lame-ass ability for Legendary boss-level monstrous foes.

If they couldn't go up any further, they went sideways large.

Yet, it couldn't overcome simple pushes and strength advantages.

The Hag in front of him had reverted to her Pseudo form, sprouting overly long spiked tentacles from her shoulder blades and navel. Given how she had eyeballs, cilia, random organs, and loss of skin all over as her natural form was exposed, complete with a skeletal structure that should just fall over, it complemented things nicely.

Endure at +X didn't really care that this thing had a bloodline that extended from Beyond Creation. He smashed her off her feet, and then began to pound her as this misshapen thing hit the ground and tried to get itself back up.

Down. Up. Down. Up.

He gave her no chance to get up, no chance to move. If she wanted to strike him, let her reality-ripping try to get past his Source and +V Warded Skinplate and DR 30/-.

Endure came down, and he began to treat her as something to refine, something to pound the unreal out of.

She began to bounce, hitting the ground, rising in the air to greet the Hammer coming down again with incredible speed. She writhed as her torso was reduced to pulp by blows nearing two hundred points of damage, like a boulder crashing down on her chest again and again, hammering her unnatural existence with raw reality. Her Health Qi immediately healed the wound and shook off the stunning impact, just in time for the Hammer to come down again brutally fast, its beat a drum as fast as a pounding heartbeat that kept crashing down into her.

Thunder of the Mountain's Heart, Storm/Crystal Feat. Single target, every hit expands the Crit Range by 1, missing or getting a crit resets it back to start. Big weapons held in two hands only.

There was no way he could miss her. Every hit sent a shockwave of energy through her, snapping out her tentacles, making her warped limbs spasm, and before she could complete any movement, Endure was coming down again.

Then he drew his long knife Nurse, softly ripped it through an extended tentacle, and turned away.

Touch the Falling Stone. Give up a crit, so the next blow is instead a crit.

Hazé's Shardray slammed into her with the finely refined blood of Reality, Force without mass, Radiance without source, and all the high Holiness you could shake a psalm at. It drilled right into somewhere, and the crit blew through the Hag as he stepped away, hurling Endure as he did so. The Hag behind him screamed something from beyond the Veil... and donated the sum total of her existential energy to the Land forever, praise be to Lady Sylune.

Minus the skull. Aberrant/Monstrous Humanoid combined Baneskulls were useful!

A Hag trying to tag-team Brother Ancientaxe went stumbling away as the pounding Warhammer caromed off her skull... and then into the head of her sister right next to her, before thumping its way back to his hand.

He was already halfway to them, and picking up speed. Hazé didn't need to hide behind him anymore... the Hags were now trying to hide from her!

There were a couple who tried to run. The Wolf actually decided to try his luck on a couple of the half-Fiends, and was definitely strong enough to hold them at bay long enough for one of us to get up there and start the bash-down. It would have taken him forever to get through the Health Qi, however.

Of course, once they no longer outnumbered us, it was all over for them. While the Brothers were very pragmatic about the killing, they also wanted to see if they could wear down a foe that before they would have ignored or avoided. So, once we got rid of the double-team Hags, we generally left them to finish killing at least one each.

No, no, getting all the Karma certainly had nothing to do with it...

The place was already a chaotic mess, and wiping the Hags, thwarting their various soul-escaping tactics via vivus soul-eating mmm-mmm the Land says you be tasty, and turning their elites into mad butchers killing their soldiers, had only made things worse for them.

The rupturing ley lines had chewed canyons hundreds of miles long right through the Zone, further dividing things up. This massive city-state was heading into full-blown civil war as the power grabbers woke up and started to make their bids, shroom-fed dreams of empire dancing in their heads.

We sat back and enjoyed the minor Glory Award... bringing down an empire was something of an accomplishment, but they'd just install another Hag tomorrow, and doubtless there were other Hag-daughters on the way here to vie over the throne. We hadn't really wiped the place, just cut the head off a snake. Lots more snakes for the hole...

It was time to go... after looting the Hags and taking a quick spin through the ruins of the Palace and the dead. Holy Mithar, was there a lot of minor magic and gemstones to make off with. The rewards of doing Good Work...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Wherein we learn about some exemplary possibilities and rules abuse...

It was hard to miss the several-hundred-yards-high exploding wall of magic, earth, and bits of drow and their cities tearing across the landscape, even at a distance. Being forewarned of it happening, everyone broke off the fighting, slaughtering, and run-by looting to get a good view of things going utterly bad for the drow and the Hags.

Any sense of organization among the drow rapidly petered out. That also meant impediments to travel, especially along the Walls. Guards abandoned their posts with haste, hurrying back to join up with clans and families and figure out what to do next with the massive power vacuum at the top... and doubtless the intervention of other Hag Empresses at some point.

In the meantime, there was an opportunity to grab for power, extract some revenge, advance agendas, and manipulate rivals to be taken advantage of. Oh, and they had to deal with all the Blessed of the Hags (i.e. wolf-blooded Exemplars and werewolves), who had gone batshit crazy and were killing everything, certainly endearing them to their mistresses.

The drow no longer had the desire to sit themselves in front of an army of butchering outlanders and bloodthirsty monkeys and get killed. The number of drow the company had to worry about naturally plummeted.

That still meant they had to hook up with Sage Sama's team, but happily, that meant just crossing the Zone straight through, which they needed to do regardless. Naturally enough, Brother Wayfist took the lead dragging the Disk Train, Elder Arg flying in his wake and dealing with any obstructions with some very big fists.

Their killing and burning and stuff was almost incidental to what was now going on. The drow had turned on one another with incredible energy, and simply ignored any thought of taking orders from powers beyond clan matriarchs and their own witches for now. The great Zone-wide city was rapidly burning, and a whole lot of drow were being killed by one another with energy and enthusiasm.

Ah, the pleasures of a Chaotic Evil society.

Brother Wayfist brought them as directly across the Zone as he could, the fighting getting nastier as the buildings got more frequent. There were murmurs about how a lot of these drow were probably going to end up as undead, which wasn't a comforting thought, but they couldn't do much more than shoot corpses as they went by, and given the scale of the fighting, it was truly a minor thing to do.

And besides, they'd killed a Zone full of undead already. It wasn't like they couldn't do it again...

Of course, it was easy to track where Sama's team was, as the Wake extended across the sky, and the trail of carnage they'd left pretty much paralleled one of the smoking, hissing canyons that had blown through cities and great walls on its way out of the Zone. A solid line of blue, bringing down light from sun and moon that the drow had not seen for millennia, now stretched across the zone like an arrow, and began to bend and grow as it headed Inwards.

Ah, penalties in bright light, to add to those wild shroom dreams...

Given that we were in the center of power, and the rest of the company had to catch up with us, there was no reason to just sit around with our thumbs up our bums. After a couple hours of drow and demons energetically avoiding anything to do with the plaza and the fallen Obelisk's many cracked and shattered parts, which Briggs and Mountainhammer had some interesting contests in breaking down yet further, the lads got bored, and Wayfair wanted to go play, now that she could come out and gloat.

Well, that meant it was time to loot an empire. Hazé renewed the Gemjump on the Rogue Stone with us, and Jumped away to another stone, taking a large amount of purloined wealth with her as she did so. There was no way it could not be put to use.

The Brothers were extremely good at tracking down concentrations of magic. As often as not, this led us to some pit of horror where things we didn't want to know existed lurked, were caged, or were Sealed. These cages often became rather weak when their primary source of power was gone, so the things inside broke out, and hilarity ensued.

...mostly because the Brothers laughed at the idea of extraplanars going up against so many Brothers at once...

So, in addition to all the fractional strife going on, the Brothers let some stuff go to add to the greater havoc, and yeah, those imprisoned creatures were indeed happy to contribute to the slaughter.

Wayfair was kind enough to shrink all kinds of massive volumes of loot down to be dispensed later. After all, our company could burn hundreds of thousands of gold value a day in precious metal, we wouldn't actually be hauling it all around all that long.

We're talking actual rooms filled with gold, too. Whether it was real or dream wasn't an issue, as long as it was here. The lads would be all too happy to dispose of it.

But, we only had so much time to work on fun before the lads got here.

We met them outside the walls of the capital area, deciding that moving a large armed force into an area crawling with pissed-off avatars, elder abominations, and even a minor demon lord or two wasn't a good idea. The inhabitants might have thought the same, but some irked godling had collapsed all the primary walls out, made the entire area a no-fly zone, and brought in a bunch of creepy-crawly stuff to take over the walls and prevent anyone from escaping.

The noble houses weren't too happy about it, especially since they were experiencing an Eldritch Extinction Event, but they were certainly giving a good go of it. One of the Abominations was already dead, so the drow certainly weren't no slouches.

We were resting in an out of the way park, where everyone was burning lots of gold down into magic items, doled out by Wayfair with great amusement as she watched it all go. The accumulations of an empire were vanishing by something like a thousand gold every minute, which was absolutely hilarious to her... and didn't stop her from working on her own stuff, of course!

Being Sustained and Revitalized, we weren't really tired mentally or physically, but I still called for two hours of meditation for everyone. Any drow passing by took one look at the armored ape looming over some 'shrooms and decided to go elsewhere.

"It's a good thing we looted all this," I said to Briggs, as I watched a heap of gold coins with imprinted Hag faces burning away before me, powering up a Hag Baneskull that I'd already etched with more molten gold in the appropriate Runes.

"Yeah?" Briggs was doing the same, although that skull of his didn't exactly look like a proper skull. Too many eyeholes, and I don't think the mouth was supposed to be over there...

"I chatted with Wolf and Elder Arg. You know I used the Int bonus from the Mark to give the big guy Alchemy Ranks, right?"

Briggs pursed his lips, looked over at the looming mass of the great ape... who was also standing by a Rune Pattern, his Bonemelded Goristro horn now looking like a particularly frightening polemace.

Elder Arg had 21 Hit Die as a Primordial Ape. That meant 21 Ranks in Alchemy. That was Epic Knowledge of Alchemy.

That oversized, tusked gorilla was now the most knowledgeable mortal alchemist on the planet! Gotta love Akashic learning...

"Spellcraft next?" he asked softly, considering the implications of that.

"And he wants the Smithing skills. He wants to start making his own stuff, and teaching his people how to do so. He's been taking Expert Levels on the sly..."

With 21 Ranks to build up, it would take almost three full Levels of Expert just to max out one Skill like that.

"What's up with the money?" he asked shortly, knowing I'd brought it up for a reason.

"The process of Templating for Lesser Exemplar and True Werewolf involves using Mu Goop."

Briggs blinked, his concentration almost breaking. "Gkkk!" he managed brightly. "Is this True Shifting? Not a Curse?"

"As long as the Wolf is willing, yes."

"What did you do, Charm the bastard?" Briggs sucked in a breath despite himself.

"Well, I freed him from literally centuries of imprisonment, gave him a Mark... and I let him eat the brains of the Hag who imprisoned him. He's also finding the Marktell hugely enlightening, and we've been talking about the Exemplars and their place in the world.

"And you know, nobody works together as well as monkeys and canines. We've been together a long, long time."

"Truth," Briggs grunted, still shaking his head. "Still... Mithar and Valus, Sama, do you know what those Templates can do?!"

"Yes," I replied immediately. "I knew there were Exemplar Animals in here ever since we pulled up those bones at the entrance to the city. There's at the very minimum a Lion here, and I can't see only two out of the three Hag Empresses having one. So, I'm pretty sure there's three, and the last one is stronger than a Lion. Don't know what, but stronger.

"What I didn't know is that Mu Goop is required as part of the process. So, we're not going to be selling all that much of it." Enough to at least see how good Wayfair was at the process, however...

"Ah. Ahhhhhh." He looked around at the warriors here, especially the Ironblood. "Not just us..." he breathed. Obviously, if I needed lots of it, it was to do something on a scale similar to the Hags... without having harvest teams trailing Mu Spores around and accumulating the Goop over years and centuries.

"Lesser Exemplar isn't Epic, and it will tie the recipient to the Wolf, as would Were'ing someone... but it's still monstrously powerful." I glanced over at the Wolf, who was sitting there with the Hellpoodles, who were treating him VERY respectfully. The Wolf was getting combed down by Veis, while Fido and Shirley were getting combed down by Verd and Amber respectively. Elder Arg was with them, too, and if he was more powerful than the Wolf, the lupine still had the automatic respect given to something with an almighty bloodline.

The dragons were giving the Wolf careful space. They had already learned what Pseudonaturals could do to them, and Exemplars were the ultimate step beyond that. The Wolf had taken two Racial Levels over the past two days, and was now the size of a pony. One more, and he'd be the size of a large pony or small horse, the size of a Dire Wolf.

He'd also expressed learning more about magic. He, I, Barus, and a couple of the Elves who were Druidic Casters were having discussions about it. The only thing holding the Wolf back from being a legendary talent at it was the fact that wolves didn't think much about the future, even ones smarter and wiser than humans were.

What we had agreed on was that he was the protector of wolves, and to a lesser extent, all canines. That meant he was also a protector of the world his people lived on. Precisely the thing I was doing was protecting this world against the things that would despoil it, and harm the harmony of nature, of predator and prey, that wolves were intrinsically a part of.

Fido's and Shirley's stories about Hell and how the canines and lupines were treated there pissed him off to no end, as did the stories about how some of the goblin gods had corrupted wolves to make the barghests. The corruption was what bothered him, rather than wolves fighting for goblins. Canines would fight for their pack, whoever that pack was. Making them into something other then what they were was far too much like what the Hags had been using him for.

Becoming part of a greater Pack was an interesting idea to him, especially after digesting the fact that humans and dogs had been together for so long that dogs had actually evolved away from wolves in order to work better with humans. We were natural allies, almost made to work together... and there was a chance to work even more closely with them. Having willing members of his Pack among the humans was not a totally unallowable idea... as long as he judged who was and was not worthy.

Naturally, he regarded all of us Beyond Law and Chaos very carefully, indeed. He had seen us fight, knew how absolutely lethal we could be, and we were definitely no less superhumanly powerful than he was. The fact that so much of the natural power that made him dangerous meant absolutely nothing against us meant he knew that we could be a threat to him, and that he wasn't anywhere near as much a threat to us. Mutual respect was the foundation of a good relationship... and as a Wolf, he respected strength deeply.

So, yeah, there was now an Exemplar Wolf and Primordial Ape tagging along with us, and we were negotiating using the former's blood as a component in a Ritual to make Lesser Exemplars and True Werewolves, which Elder Arg was going to be mixing up with Mu Goop and our assistance.

I smiled to myself. This was the kind of reward that would make the Ironblood truly unique.

More to the point, there were other Exemplar Animals ahead of us...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Oh, so there's some limitations and conditions to Exemplary uberness...

The trip out of the Imperial Zone was fruitful and definitely had a lot of diversions to admire. Why, there were dead drow in every single kind of pose you could imagine, and so many ways to die.

There were also demons and daemons all over the place, which were promptly squashed as soon as they could be seen, without exceptions. After all, have to keep the Wake growing, and they were just the perfect fodder. If any drow got uppity in our way, they contributed to the cause, too.

Still, no need to go up and down the walls. We ran right down the roads, only the soon-to-be-dead tried to obstruct us, and headed out through the gates. There was only one gate that some opportunistic sorts tried to block. Alas, their opportunity was fleeting, and their feet not fleet enough. They probably realized something when Elder Arg loomed up with thumb-thick lightning crackling around his fists, but oops, too late.

So, it was long, but never dull, as there was too much incidental sniping to do. The Brothers calmly ran point, and I realized they weren't showing off for Wayfair so much as working out a new combat language and synergy with their Helices. Very smooth of them, after all.

Wayfair headed back inside me, and we stepped over the hill line of the next zone, looking ahead at...

At...

Briggs coughed. The Brothers really tried to hide their smiles. The company looked rather thoughtful...

The Wolf wondered what was up.

Yeah, it was another Mushroom Zone. Farmed by Mu Spores. They had a Mushroom Zone in between the two empires, which, come to think of it, was pretty efficient. Of course, behind us the empire was on fire, and the harvest teams had probably headed home on this side... but the far side of the Zone was probably the property of the other empire.

These Mu Spores didn't look like they'd been informed of what had happened to their kin.

"Okay, take it backwards," I said, and everyone withdrew after an eager minute, wondering what was up, but knowing enough not to question.

I didn't let them wonder long, as Wayfair came back out, and everyone looked at me curiously.

"We're going to be splitting up, AA staying with Briggs and I. I want this Zone totally cleared of Mu Spores." I paused significantly. "However, there is no way under Heaven that we are going to miss out on all that Mu Goop. Which means, we need one-shot Compression Jars that can hold all the Mu Goop from one of these things. We are looking at what looks like approximately ten thousand square mile territory for these things, if what I saw in the last Zone and seems to match the spread here remains true.

"That means at least twenty-seven of these suckers, with a few extra in the central area around the Obelisk. Each of which is giving us a minimum of a hundred gallons of Mu Goop worth a minimum of a thousand gold a gallon." There was a very interested hum from just about everyone. "However... we need something to put the Goop in!

"Wayfair, Rockborn, we need some Jars of high enough QL to enchant as one-shot Compression containers that can hold at least two hundred gallons of the stuff, use one per Mu. I believe we liberated enough stuff on the way out here to pay for those, they should only be a goldweight each, and the Runes are easy.

"To be on the safe side, we're going to make fifty of them... and we'll probably need to make more if there's another mushroom forest on the other side of the next Empire." More interested hums, cash registers going off in everyone's head. It wasn't greed, it was power! Gold made magic, magic made you stronger. The sums on the table here were just too high!

"Since taking these things down fast requires Interdiction, Briggs and I are going to be needed to get them down out of the sky. The Brothers can take them as we land.

"Our first tactic is going to be going right up the middle, because we have to draw the Wake. We'll drag it to the Obelisk, clear the Obelisk, and then deal with whatever Mu Spores come crashing in on us.

"After that, I'm going left, Briggs is going right, and we're going to take teams of Brothers with us. Our job is to crash them down, leave a Brother behind to loot and kill, and go after the rest of them. They'll catch up when they are done.

"Four of the Brothers are going to go on dispatch duty to the most distant Mu Spores and track them for us when they wise up and start to disperse. Pure scouting, no need to kill them, just make sure you know where they are so you can guide the rest of us in. Of course, if they come in reach, you're perfectly fine to Cut their Lives off."

I clapped my hands as everyone once again visualized the sight of great flying abominations of fungi crashing to the ground again, and all that sweet, sweet money-to-be spilling out. "Alright, let's get us some Mu-Mu Jars made to milk these fine fellows, and then make a real profit at all this."

Nobody complained at all as they got to work.

In Marktell...

-Damnation. Are you serious?- Errant /asked, stunned.

-Yeah. Elder Arg even worked out the comps already. I already sent out the requests for the materials for the boiler and mixers and stuff, to make when we can. Takes about twenty goldweight of Mu Goop, in addition to the Exemplar blood, to make the Elixir.- I didn't beat around the bush with him.

Hazé, who was listening in attentively, hissed in shock. -Gods in Heaven, Sama... the goldweight value of a Lesser Exemplar Template is... is...-

-A conservative estimate is 400k gold to duplicate the effects. So, giving up ten gallons of Mu Goop is like the best deal evah.-

-What's the Skill Check?-

-40 for Alchemy and Spellcraft. Oh, and Elder Arg has confirmed with a Level of Vizard that Skill Focus at his Level is +10. He can make the check with no problem, which is how he figured out the formula.-

-Intelligent Epic monkeys really are useful for figuring out the high-end rules,- Errant /mused. -Ah, do Masteries go up past Five? I remember the Dragons informing us they didn't at their Fourteen to Sixteen level...-

-He hasn't tried to buy one yet, and if he did, it would probably be something totally awesome, like Stealth or Acrobatics.- Okay, they all had to grin. King Kong, the Primordial gorilla, bouncing stealther ghost. King Kong hiding ten feet away from you upside down in the tree and you can't see him!...-My guess is yes, because Eternals have their own playbook, given the shit they have to deal with.-

-Hmmm.- Hazé gave me the stink-eye. -You've got bad news again. The 'this is so awesomely broken BUT' look, I think.-

I had to roll my eyes. -Yeah. Once you take the template, your Racial Levels lock in. No more additional Racials.-

They both thought that over. -Okay, I can see that. It makes sense, making you an Exemplar of whatever you are at the time you get the Template. If you become something else, obviously you're no longer an Exemplar. So, what's the main issue?- Hazé asked.

-You have to max out your Racial Levels or the Template application is wasted. In other words, you already have to be at the top of your race for the Infused Template to take hold. I.e. you have to be a racial paragon, before you can be an Exemplar Lite. That means a /3, or a /4 if you are smart, and I don't see any reason to give these out to non-Tens.

-If you don't have a max Racial Level, all the minor ones are wiped, naturally enough.-

-Ahhhhhh. So, if we wanted to take some Celestial Racial Levels, we have to finish them off before we can take this Template.- Errant took a deep breath. -Damn. Like I don't have enough incredibly expensive crap to pay Karma for right now.-

Hazé favored me with a knowing smile. -And how many Racial Levels do you have in the works, Sama?- she /asked me.

I /sighed. – I started Nymph, Succubus, Ghaele Ahren, Erinyes, Mantissari, and Hag. I need sixty-seven in total, and like fifty to go.-

They both gawked at me in Marktell. -Damn!- Errant /muttered. -You really don't do things halfway!- He had to smirk, despite himself. -I mean, Nymph?-

-Eight free Druid Null Levels. Otherwise, it just counters the Succubus influence on appearance and Charisma.- His jaw worked around that for a minute. Naturally, I didn't care about the good looks side of things. I acknowledged it, sure, but that wasn't why I did it.

-Why such a spread?- Hazé had to /ask. -I mean, seriously?-

-Nymph, potentially Charisma as Deflection to AC (have to pay the Karma), eight free Druid Levels.

-Succubus, Seventeen Racial Levels, terminating in Lilitu. Demon racial bonus to Stealth and Perception. +10 Nat AC, True Sight, lightning and poison immunity, tail, +16 Strength, +16 Dex, +20 Con, +10 Int, +12 Wis, +20 Cha, base 60 Movement speed, Unarmed attacks equal to Monk of same hit dice, Profane Grace, DR 15/Good.-

-Hurk!- Errant /managed. -Seventeen!- Which was a lot of AB!

-Erinyes, fire immunity, natural Devilsight, potential access to wings, dunno. Mantissari, +18 to Dex, jumping, poison. Ahren, immune to Acid, Cold, Petrification, devasight. Hag, mostly a cheap way to buy off the Stat benefits of the other racial classes and reduce the cost.- And maaaaaaybe get to size L, if I wanted to be eight foot tall for the rest of my life. I was still considering that, especially since size-changing magic was pretty easy to come by.

Buying Racial Levels wasn't so bad if you already had the Stats that they gave, as you could simply skip over that aspect of the class. As a Forsaken, I naturally didn't have to pay the same thing as a Powered might, as they would also be getting ALL the magical powers, status, and effects... which meant they had to be a LOT more careful about the Racial Classes they took. Yes, Succubi, great Caster Stats. Chaotic Evil sex DEMON you're turning into, people...

The problem with most of this stuff is that I could get most of the benefits that I wanted with only a few Levels in Ahren, Mantissari daemon, and Erinyes. I didn't actually want to buy them up, even with reduced costs.

But I had no choice now, or the Lesser Exemplar thing was just going to wipe them out. I had to reach Seventeen and be a Lilitu Equivalent!

Argh. Just... argh... Like I didn't have enough stuff to acquire...!

Yeah, I was going to kill so many damn Mu Spores... it was just too bad I had to share them with Brothers...

I had been seriously considering potential Marilith levels and evolving myself up four extra arms, just shapechanging them away when I didn't need them. Good thing I hadn't started that whole process...

Succubus to lilithi to lilitu. If I could task the free Favored Levels into Shifter, well... I really wouldn't need more than a handful of the Null Caster Levels myself...

I still had to reach Seventeen. Tie the Tails and Wings to my Manticore Belt and Phoenix Cloak so I didn't have seven extra limbs to worry about all the time...

I had one or two Levels in all those, and was going to buy up the Nymph first to get the Null Druid Levels out of the way at the same time. The Stat boosts would have been noticed, but given the relative Stat boosts the Brothers were getting after their three years of massacre, wouldn't have stood out so much.

With Wayfair here, they also could be explained away as me borrowing from her.

Gah. So much Karma, so many Levels, so little time...

It was just so convenient that a soloed Mu Spore was worth about one Level...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Look, the fungi made the evolutionary leap from ants to giants! This must be the Last of Them...

"Don't you say it."

"We've got giant mushroom people."

"Don't! It's too obvious!"

"And now we have Mushroom Giant people," Briggs went on, as if I hadn't said anything. I threw up my hands as everyone tried not to laugh knowingly.

And yet it be true. There were mushroom ogres and giants here, instead of, you know, normal ogres and hill giants.

Their skin looked like mushroom hides, and they had toadstool caps on their heads. Their body hair was like cilia, moving weirdly, and they released clouds of spores when hit and when they breathed, which would have been annoying if everyone wasn't Vajra'd or Masked by now. Their blood was also this creepy whitish hue...

Like the straggler dark elves, they were following around the Mu Spores, harvesting the stuff they dropped in big longboats and containers on their backs, as well as intermittently harvesting some of the more exotic and memorable fungi around... which actually turned out to be pretty valuable, when we started sifting through them very carefully. After all, having an invading fungus infiltrate your body and start converting you was not something we wanted to happen.

So, the next Empire was the Greenhag Empire, Verd's Grandhagmother Dearest. Amber was already toting her Gramma's skull, Veis was pouting that her Grandmother seemed to be on the opposite side of the Hole and we wouldn't be going there anytime soon... but we might be meeting her sometime soon regardless, who knows?

Estemar and Errant once again took charge of the company, proceeding forwards as Briggs and I fanned out with our teams of Void Brothers to harvest ALL the Mu Spores. They wouldn't be dealing with anything Epic hopefully... and for that, they had Elder Arg and Elder Wolf along, the latter eager to gain more of these Level things and feel his power increase very rapidly, indeed...

So, the Company's valiant hacking down of everything in their way around the Obelisk we'd toppled and buried under no less than six Mu Spores and the Pseudonatural mycoids (wow, making unnatural mushroom men even more unnatural was quite the gross achievement, I had to give Outside Creation some credit where it was due) that had been guarding it. The lads and ladies took it as an opportunity to get a little rest and some more Investing and Infusing done, while Elder Arg worked on a certain special project he and I had talked about, with the Girls helping him out.

The Investing and Infusing was concentrated on improving the Giant Baneskulls we'd picked up earlier, especially since the apes needed some. Thankfully, we had extra loot that Hazé hadn't spirited away yet, so they had stuff to work on in down time. The stronger gorillas particularly wanted to beat down the ogres. Maybe there was some racial rivalry going on there, or ancestral really bad blood?

Elder Arg didn't mind ripping giants apart limb from limb, of course, and there wasn't a Jotun his size who could rival his strength, especially with Philosopher's Might up.

Brother Wayfist preferred to use his handfangs, but he wasn't an idiot. He could use a bigger Weapon as readily as anyone, and we applauded politely as he downed his first solo Mu, previously working with Mindring to take down two others. Of course, I had to drop it from the sky, but eh, he did the job of carving it open with a Cleave-Train and AoO's.

Mu Goop Jars were inserted into the gunk, it was sucked inside; the psionic nexal was carved out, so very nice, and the other Brothers had all caught up by the time we were done. Disks followed them, toting many, many gallons of Mu Goop.

They'd all been clued in on what it might mean to get Lesser Exemplar status. We all agreed the Bloodline compulsion probably wouldn't affect a Forsaken Human/4, but you never knew. In any event, there'd still be recognition, and politeness meant we wouldn't do it without Wolf's permission.

Naturally, it takes time to track down giant floating fungi-balls across a 900 x 300 mile zone covered in building-sized mushrooms, many of which liked to do exciting things when potential fertilizer was in the vicinity. Equally wonderful, Void Brothers can veilwalk very quickly to close in on their targets, and if I wasn't THAT fast... I was still damn fast, and getting faster as I bought up some Hag and Succubi Levels for that extra +10 to movement speed, and could really kick it into high gear.

We'd left the company at the Obelisk in the middle of the Zone because we still had to extend the Wake. The company wasn't staying AT the Obelisk, of course... something nasty and powerful might arrive there to investigate. A couple dozen miles away in the huge mushroom forest was fine, under some giant mushrooms that didn't drop acid showers or have animate roots or launch spore bullets or pop tendrils or... whatever, they were just big mushrooms that could make sure they weren't seen from overhead. The fliers kept watch from above, waiting for us to come back with Jars full of Phat Lewt.

Which is pretty much what we did. The speed we killed the Mu Spores at was only limited by the speed Briggs and I could get them to drop out of the sky. So, basically every two hours we moved from one's territory to the next, leaving a Brother behind to loot and then went to find another one. Rinse, repeat; find them all, kill them all.

No, we weren't particularly interested in keeping them around to harvest from for perpetuity, which the Hags obviously were. If this Reality Shard collapsed and they survived, there would be a whole lot of Mu Spores packed into a very small area, all of them pissed at us... or they'd all be swept off into Leng and vanish, and with them their sweet Mu Goop, Nexals, and Karma. Too bad, very sad. In order for them and their drive to cover the world in the Grey to not to be wasted, best to kill them all now! Be confident, everyone, we will collapse this Reality Shard, so extermination of the elder abominations before they vanish is a mercy and useful thing to do!

No, no, it's not greedy harvesting of precious, precious resources without caring about species extinction. There were a whole lot more Reality Shards with Mu Spores in them, according to the wistful Brothers.

Ah, if Briggs and I had just gone around massacring stuff with them for those three years, what joys and wonders we might have accomplished...

Aaaargh! Doing the right thing, doing the right thing!, I sobbed silently to myself, visions of so much Karma with all sorts of Levels attached I could not eat it all running down my throat.

But, I could cover nearly two thousand miles a day. That was more than half the Mu farms, and a bunch of dead Mu Spores. Revitalizing Strikes chased off the edge of that fatigue from running 90 mph for hours and hours.

Damn, all those wasted lived-line miles, when this space was just going to go away. Sob, sob. So unfair on my poor feets...

I met up with Briggs in Area 15, he not having quite the legs I did (in more ways than one, hah!) and we proceeded back to the area of the Obelisk, where the lads were energetically hunting down dangerous things to make sure they got their Naming Karma, but not straying too far from the Wake so they could rendezvous with us. From there we turned around and went booking as everyone got on the Disk Train and headed for the border to the Greenhag Empire.

If the Elves had been up to some rather impressively awesome conspiratorial Rituals with Wayfair while we were gone, that was totally fine...

Unsurprisingly, it was wet.

Long-term terrain adjustments had resulted in a lot of floodlands here. Rivers sprawled over miles, marshes and swamps went on and on. There was a lot of game around, of a size suitable to feed a lot of giants... and there were a lot of giants.

River giants, hill giants, swamp giants, and some rare fog giants formed the upper range of the intelligent threats here, with hordes of ogres, bands of trolls, and giant animals of the marsh and river-dwelling kind dominating the rest. Giant crocodiles and crayfish seemed rather common, with the occasional giant pike, giant snakes, and vecme in the deeper waters. We saw catoblepas, with their killing stares, at a careful distance, as well as different kinds of great sauropods munching away on the reeds and goop.

We weren't pleased to find out some of the ogres were were-crocs, BUT... they weren't True werecrocs, so they had no Exemplar bloodline, as the Wolf confirmed.

There were just a whole lot of Jotuns. Once the alarm horns carved from the thighs of massive sauropods sounded, they did keep coming.

This was a problem. Normal ogres were one-hit kills for the vanguard team, but werecroc ogres were two-hits, which meant much harder to mass slaughter. Any True Jotun was at least two hits, with the elites reaching three and four. You start pouring hundreds, then thousands of such drawn over many leagues by the sounds of those horns, and yeah, the company was going to have a problem. Several hundred head-sized rocks coming in at two hundred mph was a good way to spoil everyone's day.

Happily, they didn't seem to have much in the way of air power, not needing it when they had so much anti-air defense walking around everywhere. Shields and armor didn't really stop the rocks, you had to Soak the hit or you'd get smashed off your feet like a straw dummy.

The best way to deal with them was to get in and out and do our business quickly, not allowing them to truly encircle us and gang up to stop us. We could definitely move faster, but avoiding notice was extremely difficult, as they had naturally high vantage points, and Jotun eyes are bigger than an eagle's and can see things a long distance away. Avoiding notice was very difficult, and as soon as the first alarm horns blew, things were going to get very difficult.

So, we had to move at night, which, dim as this place was, wasn't so much of an issue, what with the wide prevalence of night vision and devilsight in the company by now. Some illusions to ward us in shadows, and we were just a patch of shadow moving across the ground, Brothers scouting ahead, and invisible dragons and griffons overhead, laying out the ground and potential encounters up there, steered us away from knots of ogres and giants who could set up a really bad encirclement of us.

It didn't mean they didn't notice the Wake above us, as the thing was bloody obvious. But word hadn't spread that we were coming, so they didn't know it was us doing it, and although it was interesting, it didn't mean they were going to drop everything and move after it. Also, because we were minimizing kills, it was very slim and more erratic than the areas behind us wedged open grandiosely by the slaughter of legendary flying fungi and stuff.

Oh, we did have to kill things, but Sound Bubbles of sufficient size made sure that all the horns being blown didn't go anywhere, and nobody heard whoever we had to slaughter. We also got up on any horn blowers VERY quickly; much, much more quickly than they expected, and they didn't get the chance to run away and alert others. If some of the ornerier animals or predators messed with us, well, they became Wake fuel, and a lot of the folks made comments about giant crocs making some excellent and stylish footwear... who were promptly put in their place by their counterparts dreaming of dragon-skin cavalry boots and thigh-highs.

Still, we managed to keep our profile low enough that no huge alarms rang out during the night.

Naturally enough, the dim daylight of the occluded sky did eventually come, and we could see the Obelisk on the horizon... and the massive banyan tree city that spread about it for miles, Olympian-sized and populated by tens of thousands of Jotuns.

Yeah, this was going to be interesting...

Strangely enough, it wasn't as hard as expected. I knew there was a reason we kept Void Brothers along.

Jotuns as a rule aren't too clever, and definitely aren't up on the military handbook. If we had problems moving the Company to a safe area, and risked them ganging up on us, well, then the thing to do was draw them away.

The Hags had to know something was wrong and we were coming, and the giants and ogres closer to that mangrove/banyan city did indeed seem to be on the alert, especially seeing that rift in the sky coming for them. However, what exactly was coming they weren't sure about, because the Hags didn't know, and so couldn't tell them.

So, when a bunch of Void Brothers came out of nowhere and started kicking up a fuss, that got attention, and a whole bunch of giants, ogres, and the Hags giving them orders converged on that area very quickly.

Who knew a bunch of feared assassins did diversions so well?

Glossary: Olympian-sized means that everything mundane is approximately twice normal size. Trees, mice, bunnies, the grass, etc. In other words, it's a world where Giants look like humans, and humans look like halflings. It also means mundane animals and magical beasts are twice as strong/tough/etc... you know, challenges for legendary heroes and demigods.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Always wondered why nobody ever cast flight magic on things with wings. Giving them the ability to hover, skim, and glide effortlessly would do absolute wonders for their manuverability...

The Jotuns flooded towards the disturbance. Owing to a severe lack of real-time communication and post-combat lack of high-Level people to communicate with, the Hags didn't know precisely what was going on.

They knew the Wake had come, and they had enough magical perception to see the effect it was having upon the reality here. They didn't know precisely who was responsible, although disjointed reports of men with rainbows of odd lights around them made them wince in fear. Unlike their servants, they knew what Void Brothers were, and Void Brothers had never acted as blatantly as they had here in the Fifth Zonering. The slaughter from not so long ago had been too massive and apparent in their memories.

So, the command to surround and kill the Void Brothers went out, and the Jotuns responded with fanatic zeal for their Hag mothers and matrons.

The primary guards on the Obelisk weren't sent off, of course, as that would be just dumb. However, they weren't reinforced with the uncounted hordes, either, who were now all engaged in pursuit and slaughter of the Void Brother diversion.

The entrance of the Company from another quarter was almost unnoticed, in contrast. The combination of speed and killing everything in their path, along with the rambunctious horn-blowing and drum-pounding and chest-beating and feet-slamming really did the job of drowning out any inadvertent alarms. So did the arrows and spears in the larynx, but those were just circumstantial.

Even the griffons and dragons were down low, levitating just above the ground, propelled ahead by flight magic or bouncing, driving kicks to the ground below. Elder Arg was just behind the three of us at the tip, huge arms hurling away any over-sized bodies falling that might get in the way of the company behind us. There were a lot of giant's skulls shrunk down and mounted on Spears, Bows, and Axes, thick red banefires about the points leaping at the chance to kill, turning the whole company into an incoming river of death in the eyes of any Jotuns who happened to see us.

Our river of death streamed towards the crude, cyclopean walls rising around the Obelisk. The walls were just as tall as those of the drow, but there weren't nearly as many troops atop them. That was good, as the thing which could wreak the most harm on us was the stone-throwing of the Jotuns, as powerful as catapults, far more accurate, and with a greater rate of fire.

There were still thousands of giants to kill, and those on the walls all had stacks of rocks to throw. Ergo, just like before, the Brothers went up the wall and picked off the throwers.

Invisible elven fliers dispersed around the walls ahead of time, setting up the largest Sound Bubbles possible. The sounds of horns and alarms and battle would meet the Bubbles and just vanish, leaving only dribbles spreading past the top of them to draw attention. It would buy us time.

Then the mass spell bombardment opened up.

We hadn't used the elves for mass AoE's, instead choosing to preserve their power for emergencies. The directed fire of Bane'd bows was incredibly lethal and inexhaustible, and so had sufficed for offensive power. But now we were facing enemies with large amounts of Health and no effective magic resistance. It was time to bring as much punishment as we could.

Ritual Casting to increase their collective Caster Levels, every elf by now was at least equal to an Eight Caster, and most were Nines. As the Brothers once again attracted a lot of attention by starting to sweep the walls of brawling, shouting Jotuns two and three times their height, the Company came in and opened up on the masses of them gathered around the Obelisk, already clustering and gathering in the direction of the great stairs to the walls, as if they would rush up and reinforce their kin up top.

Flattened Fireballs detonated at ground level, sweeping out in hemispheres of burning energy. Lightning Bolts tore through long lines of giants and ogres. Storms of ice came pounding down with skull-sized chunks of ice. Walls of Flame exploded through the battlefield, burning and dividing. Whole sections of the plaza collapsed into mud that would slow the giants down, or drown and bury the truly unfortunate.

A score of sixty-foot wako, leashed like flat-scaled hounds, were swallowed in a Wall of Fire and ended up fleeing wildly from the flames in the wrong direction, while their masters cursed and beat out the fires burning over their skins. The marshy lands meant there was no cavalry force, which was a relief.

Unfortunately, the bombardment of spells was rarely enough to significantly harm or kill any of the giants, they simply had too much raw vitality and power. A few fell to elves who had invested heavily in metamagic effects that could boost spell damage, but mostly what it did was disperse a whole lot of damage very fast to clusters of giants in explosive, blinding fashion, rip up the battle zone, and break up lines of sight.

The company plowed right into the confused mass with a vengeance.

Individually, a Spear or Axe wouldn't really do more damage than a spell could to any giant or ogre... but considerably more than one could be so applied. If they were already wounded, they just went down faster.

Dragons and griffons were all missile platforms now, getting some elevation for their riders, who focused on anything that was lifting a spear, javelin, or rock to throw. Volleys of anywhere from five to ten burning, bloody arrows would streak out to those unfortunate giants, and smash them down as or more effectively than a bolt of lightning.

The dragons and dogs were keeping up the breath weapon attacks, reaching over the lines of dwarves and humans and letting go at close range where the numbers of ogres and giants were the densest, wreaking horrible damage to them repeatedly and violently. Thundering lightning, blood-freezing frost, and all-consuming flame spewed out in bolt after cone of killing power, relieving the massive assault to the sides and the piling up of huge bodies to the front.

Great clubs, axes, and mauls smashed down on our invading forces, and the Jotuns were stunned to find enchanted Shields actually holding up under the blows. Weapons dancing with fires the hue of their own blood came striking out for their souls, shredding tough flesh and hides and biting deeper than they ever thought things in the hands of smaller races could do.

Of course, the giants had elites. They towered a head or more above their kin, were clad in actual mail and plate, and their eyes were bright and sharp, unafflicted by the slow minds and sloth of their lesser kin. They were commanded by those among them with greenish tints to their skin, and prominent fangs, the signs of Hagspawn.

These were the guys AA, Briggs, and I ran into.

The rote giants were all two-hits, unless they got sufficiently softened up ahead of time, or we crit. That meant advancing was slower, as there were fewer openings, and the fact they all had massive reach didn't help matters.

Tremble was back with the company, flitting from here to there, Curing or Transferring Wounds in numbers to offset the smashing blows and great cleaving attacks coming in from giants we couldn't kill fast enough. The spell bombardments had thinned out, and now it was down to a slugfest of who could deal out the damage the fastest, as Music blared in our minds and drowned out the bone-shaking deep voices screaming all around us, coordinating, inspiring, uplifting, tracking, guiding, and motivating all at once.

The ogres I could usually take out at speed, and when I needed to heal fast, that's what I did. My Cleave runs were not as long, nor as fast. Happily, the giants were bunching up in order to get at us, which did ease some of the load, and the killing edge of Quaver extended out three feet beyond her blade as I was swinging her, also helping with that.

Multi-ton bodies pressed and toppled around me, over top of merely half-ton bodies. The noise level was incredible, the impact of Jotun feet on the ground was like the pounding of hammers on stone, but it didn't stop me, or the unceasing firing of Fall, Sparky, or Wayfair, who energetically kept up a bloody stream of offense at everything around me. Generally, it took four shots to get a Jotun down to one-hit range, which involved coordination in a massive, chaotic press of bodies that made me feel like a toddler in room full of adults, just like my giant days in Nightmare all over again.

Damn, I had hated those days...

Being smart, Briggs and AA followed my lead. I could clear a trail better than they could, and they could widen it with aplomb, especially if the giants were unfortunate enough to inherit a few Spikes or Bolts. They didn't have the missile fire volume that I did (I talked about the Karmic investment required to make it effective, and they both sighed and focused on other things).

Zeitgeist burned through dense flesh, hides, and bone, trailing the edge of a new age, and sending down these oversized holdovers from antiquity in endless sweeping swirls of slaughter. He danced through their bodies like a ghost in streams of thickening blood, and despite themselves, bone-deep fear rose in the eyes of the giants to see him coming.

He was the Ancient and the Axe, there to send to death those mighty primordial races who hadn't had the grace to die, and messed with the new age.

Briggs... just beat stuff.

Endure played the giants like drums, crashing into and rebounding with appalling speed and force. I saw watching giants gawking at how hard he was hitting them. Knees kicked out as if made of reeds, exploding in passing. Stone-hard ribs caved in with crunches every bit as loud as those they could evict on one another. Heads coming down within reach cracked, shattered, even exploded, mighty necks bent and broke like trees shattering.

Crack! Crack! Crack! Crack!

Every step a blow. If no one was in reach, he threw his Hammer, and Endure hurtled out to drive into the center of a face, then back to his hand... or more frequently, carom over a skull, which cracked and jerked away, neck shattering at the impact, to bounce away to a second skull and repeat the process.

Never more than two, unfortunately. There was a Crystal Dragon Technique that could actually bounce a hit multiple times, but Briggs couldn't wield Chi, unfortunately. However, it didn't matter. Briggs was plotting out way ahead of the hits, and when Endure bounced back to his hand, it was just in time to rip out another knee, pulp a heart inside its chest, or crush a skull.

Everything is a Nail was some Grandmastery...

The Lesser Exemplar Hagspawn Jotuns were not far ahead of us. Not being as dense as their kin, they were watching us coming with trepidation.

First, us little people were harvesting rows of combat-happy Jotuns like cornstalks. Bellies and throats cut, limbs flopping off, heads exploding, knees kicking out like twigs, ogres being smashed back into their own. They realized that us small things could hit just as hard as they could... and maybe harder!

Second, fifteen trails of bloody flame were spitting in all directions, finishing any wounded, softening up those in front with shots to the throat, face, groin, or knee, moving with fantastic precision and coordination, every shot primed to open up a slash, move the giant into reach of a lethal blow, disrupt movements, deflect blows.

The three of us were like ghosts, only the faceless Briggs in full armor ever taking a hit, none of which seemed to do more than move him a few inches as they glanced off his armor.

Behind us was a trail of dead and dying Jotuns, unwhite flames burning on the gallons of blood and barrels of gore leaking out of them. There was no mistaking the trail of dead we were leaving, and we were coming for them!

Third, they couldn't see what we were going to do...

After the fact, they could subconsciously appreciate the arcs and flow, the fluidity and abruptness, the measure of every step and the cadence of every strike we were letting go. But while it happened, before it happened... they couldn't see it.

They suddenly didn't feel very Lucky today...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Sure, it's a jungle area, just like LoL.

The Blessed Legionnaires were clad in breastplate and greaves, with greatshields fifteen feet high and thicker than your average door. Some had Axes, some had Spears, and the Hagspawn commanders seemed to prefer Swords. There were a hundred of the brutes, lined up and waiting for us, shields set in a wall, ready to thrust and hack as soon as we came in range.

Mama Hags be so proud of their widdle boys...

But they couldn't see what we were going to do, and that ominous feeling of not having Luck with them was making them quite tense.

They were big, incredibly tough, fast, strong, smart. But Luck and Fate weren't with them, as they were in any and every other fight since these brutes had been blessed by the Hag Witches. Their lesser kin were being slaughtered even faster than they could do so, and that ominous storm was pointing at them.

Hags opened up with spells from six different angles. Energy-devouring necroic bolts, rains of flesh-cutting crystals, seething dark tentacles from places unknown dripping acidic poison, hellfire eruptions, lightning called down from the skies desperately...

None of it even slowed the incoming little attackers down. The magic evaporated, or simply passed through that swirl of lights as if the target wasn't there.

The giant shields locked down, the front rank of spear users got ready, and as the three broke loose of the melee with the lesser giants, the first javelins went streaking out.

There seemed to be no way they could avoid them, but somehow, they did. The giants had never seen anything so agile, like they could dance between raindrops, and as javelins thudded into the corpses of the dead Jotuns around and behind them, they bounced off Shields, seemed to bend away from the trio just enough to miss them entirely... or bounced off the armor of the faceless one.

Then they were coming, moving even faster than the incredible speed of the Blessed Legion. The javelins became an intermittent rain that simply couldn't seem to hit anything as the trio wove and jagged, scarcely slowing down as they came in –

Spears lunged at the armored figure in the lead, backed by more than enough power to penetrate steel like paper.

He stopped on a dime, so suddenly the extended Jotuns almost fell down trying to reach him. His bleeding Hammer knocked the closest Spears up and away, and then the woman with the cloak-like flowing golden hair was running at them along their own Spears, while the swirl of bloody lights and Glaive heralding the end of their time was flowing along underneath them.

A full volley of Spikes and Bolts opened up on every Giant within reach. Pure instinct had them raising their shields to deflect the shots heading right for their astonished faces. Some made it in time, some did not.

The Ancient and the Axe slid in right underneath their upraised shields, and the first of the Blessed went down with a cry as Banefire coursed up through the gut-opening slashed up underneath his breastplate. He collapsed, vivic fire boiling out his seven orifices already.

Briggs jumped like a cannonball, slamming into the dead giant, driving the corpse back into his fellows... and lining himself up to strike the backsides of that disciplined battle line. Endure crashed into a spine as tough as a tree, and Lumberjack Ranks did their thing with the crit, taking the legs of that giant out instantly.

Up top, I was dancing on the shields raised to defend against me, poking shots through the narrow openings, and if they chose to hack or thrust or swing at me instead, their heads were exposed. Quaver dipped, and that generally didn't remain a problem. Wayfair and Sparky were even crueler, lashing out like snakes over the edges of the shields, and as the giants gawked at the glowing spikes or bulging Tail in front of them, let go at point-blank range.

If I couldn't reach a head, there was often a giant arm jutting up waving around some heavy implement, looking like it needed to be trimmed up a bit. The screams following the severed limbs added to the chaos.

The shields stayed up. Below, Briggs and AA made full use of that, staying below the giant's line of sight with the best of Rockborn Jotun-fighting techniques, and really ripping them apart. Like bowling pins, the giants were falling, unable to see who was coming below, only me and Fall with the trigger held down, or Quaver rushing to meet any giant brave enough to expose his face to lock on me for a blow.

We had already found out that this Lesser Exemplar Template, derived from a Legendary Template, was generally enough to trigger Bane of Legends. The giants below us were not happy to discover likewise.

They were smart, and they realized very quickly that we were wielding Weapons designed to kill giants, and especially giants like them. It didn't do them any good, but I could see the recognition in their eyes as I shot them in the face, buried Quaver a foot or two through their noses, slit their throats, sliced a path through their eyes, or if I was lucky and in the right position, actually took their heads right off.

We had Bane of Giants on them. We had Bane of Legends. We had Blooding, to offset their fast healing. We had Enmity, preying on the Evil in their souls. Courageous was blaring +7 to everything to everyone, Soulfire was letting them know our spirits weren't any weaker than theirs, and Discipline Weapons were making sure we had that extra edge in wielding our weapons to really annoy them.

AA had the Ocean Style to III, and Shadow as well. Zeitgeist's shaft was shifting between a foot and six feet in length on a whim, wielded without difficulty in the tight press of massive bodies, finding all the weak spots and biting very deep as he did so. Blinded by my shots, his opponents were meat on the plate, carved up and through and being hacked down thoroughly and rather messily.

Briggs used Crystal and Ocean, but AA's killing power came from his Helix, while Briggs' came from his Grandmastery, and multiplied on crits. Thus, any crit was an instant kill, be it pounding a chest so hard it pulped the heart behind it, or hitting the skull hard enough to shatter it, or breaking the giant's neck like a twig. AA was a Master of the glaive, there was no doubt of that, but his Helices would work with any weapon or no weapon in his hands.

In Briggs' hands, a Hammer was death. Even in the skirl of giant bodies, crashing armor, clanging shields, and deep shouts and screams, the impacts of Endure stood out. The momentous crack of iron-hard bone giving way. The shriek of thick steel punched through. The thunderous whump of blunt impact against flesh that liquified the cells and sent bodies sprawling. The crunch of bone driving into cushioning brains and not finding enough support to stop them.

Truly, Endure had the beat down.

The head of a Hagspawn Ogre went flying. Estemar Clove through, sinking Angfar deep into the guts of the ogre behind it. Aftershock activated, tearing out its belly in a gory spray of blood and vivic fire. He raised his Shield to take a massive blow on it, momentarily numbing his arm, but not sending him flying as it should have. The ogre behind it blinked down at him, and then a Spear came thrusting past him like it was mounted on a piston, driving up through its thick throat, into its brain, and three inches of it punching through the thick bone out the back of its skull.

It was drawn back as perfectly as it came in, and he rammed his shoulder into the stinking carcass, while Veis tumbled past and between the legs of the next ogre there, hamstringing it with smooth touches of her kukri. It took a step, tendons snapped, and it began to fall. Amber's rapier flickered past its neck, blood spurted out as its throat opened, and then she inserted the narrow blade into its ear as it fell past, just avoiding the spray as she did so.

Nearby, the North Wind was also butchering ogres quickly. They no longer held a great advantage over the rest of the company, but they were still strong and skilled. Talatha and Jhon continued their one-two-kill teamwork, Liiss let loose endless bolts of lightning and balls of fire from Reserve, and Feist and Grym were ganging up on the much-bigger ogres, with the hyn using the Rockborn as a launching platform to strike high, while Grym hacked them down from below. Barus was playing healing duty, while the small moving hill that was Brown was dealing with any ogres that managed to force their way through the lines, with extreme prejudice and comfy hugs with lightning-dripping claws.

Oh, yeah, he was intelligent. Why not Open his Chakras, too?

A cone of freezing breath blew past them, tightly packed ogres screamed as air liquified and frozen skin shattered like clay. A few of them died, hearts, lungs, eyes, and brains flash-frozen. The rest were disposed of quickly, but their enthusiastic fellows behind didn't slow down, trampling over their frosted compatriots, just in time to receive the flaming follow-up.

Captains Fido and Shirley followed up their breaths with leaps, clamping with jaws and ripping with claws that burned with lightning, great wrenches, and blood spraying from torn throats and chests.

Great burning heaps of ogres and giants were piled up, and unlike the undead, the vivic flames didn't stop those behind. However, they did make fine cover.

Tremble was hovering over the center of the formation, dishing out healing spells without fail as quickly as possible, for there was no doubt that they were taking a beating all around. Luckily, the dragons and the dogs were slamming the thickest concentrations of giants with their breath weapons, breaking them time and again as magical or ranged fire finished off the weakened brutes, if the waiting Axes or Spears did not.

The berserkers were getting a lot of Wound Transfers, but there were also several long knives being traded among them called the "Little Healers', which were +I Healing Edge, and helping hold back the damage. Even the most berserk among them knew they were facing very dangerous foes, and knew not to be stupid about the fighting... which hardly meant they didn't enjoy cutting down fellow sapient bipeds bigger than they were.

All in all, it was pitched combat and a fairly enjoyable experience for all concerned... as long as it resolved before too awful long.

"Good morning. You're in no danger. Wolf is here to reassure you that we are not taking advantage of you, enslaving you, subjugating you, or forcing you to obey. He wears the Mark on his head because he wants it there, and he has the power, as do you, to remove it at any time. I am going to put it in place, then I am going to work on your restraints."

The golden lion was magnificent, over six hundred pounds, all King of Cats... yet still just a basic lion that hadn't taken any Level advances. He was staring curiously at the pony-sized Wolf, as he could tell that something was very different about Wolf.

Thus, he only growled as I placed the Mark, and then went absolutely stupid quiet as he beheld the Mark, and walked through the Door and the Markspace exploded with presences around him.

He waited quietly as I applied acidic oxidizer to his restraints, and then opened his first set of Chakra. I think he was too busy /talking to Elder Arg, who was twisting the heads off of ogres and throwing the rocks of giants back at them energetically while he /chatted with the Lion.

That Lion definitely had some grievances built up. As I let Briggs and AA clean up the last of the elite Lesser Exemplar Giants, I learned that the reason that there were no were-lions or Exemplar Lite ogres is because his bloodline was too strong. It instantly subjugated them if they were imbued, and they went berserk and tried to free him. The stronger giants and the Hags didn't have that issue.

On the flip side, because their bloodline was strong, it took more of his blood and the Mu Goop to make them, so there weren't nearly as many of them as there were of the drow.

I thought that was pretty reasonable. The Wolf noted the thick bands of metal were broken, and only needed to be bent and lifted out of the way. He yanked out the Spear that was bleeding the lion with a jerk, giving the great cat time to heal.

Barus walked over, and cast Animal Growth on the Lion. The great cat erupted in size, doubling in every dimension, flinging the metal irresistibly out of the way, and burst out roaring to its feet, the sound drawing shocked gazes from the giants in every direction.

-Go hunting,- I /told the Wolf and Lion, and that was exactly what they set out to do. When an Exemplar Bite/Claw/Claw/Rake/Rake killing machine leaps on a giant, well, the results are explosively bloody. While he couldn't one-round a Jotun without a crit, he could play merry havoc on the ogres... but I hinted the giants were worth more, and he hated them more, so that's who he went to play with.

Now, there was only hastily bringing the Obelisk down. However, the Rockborn Priests had received a thorough briefing from Hazé on what she had done, and now we had two powerful killing machines who would be soooo happy to send it tumbling down...

I glanced at the discretely placed Jar sucking up all those hundreds of gallons of Exemplar Lion blood, and whistled to myself as I got back to work.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Grandmother Greenhag has a name.

The couple of lightning bolts coming down might have alerted the Hags and Jotuns that something was going on in a different location. Of course, who would be dumb enough to keep using magic against Void Brothers?

Then a very angry lion flew up as some chuckling Rockborn Clerics turned the foundation to muck, tiiiiiip, and over the Obelisk went.

The ley lines here were a lot less rigid, flowing around and through the place like rivers and streams. Just like before, there were five of them: three heading out to the neighboring zones, one incoming from the Slow Shard, and one going Over There to a palatial estate in some redwood-sized banyan trees.

Poor palatial banyans. I will say that seeing trees that large being tossed a couple hundred yards into the air is pretty cool, and when they came down in all directions it was pretty impressive on the old Wrecked-'Er Scale.

A thousand miles of ley lines blew into the sky heading north and south, a mere five hundred miles or so clockwise... and then an unknown distance backwards and through the sweeping wall of Slow Time looming over there counter-wise. Who knows just what might be happening in there?

But right now, we'd shut down two of the outgoing ley lines powering this Grand Formation. That meant all their power had necessarily been re-routed holewards into the only remaining ley line there.

Sever that Obelisk, and there would be a massive back-up of the energy being forced through this system. The implications were explosive, in a country-cracking kind of way.

Now, there was just to take out the Hags.

They were the fastest to get here, of course, a combination of flight and dimensional magic. Of course, they came upon a scene of total slaughter, seeing thousands of butchered Jotuns, canyons splitting the ground, the Obelisk fallen down, vivic fires having a freaking feast, and the Wake punching a hole towards the sun in the sky miles wide and getting wider, cracking open a path towards the inevitable pressure of reality come to reclaim some territory.

Their screams and curses were indeed something to hear, and didn't fade when they noticed the Lion and its blood was missing.

They were even less happy when they came plummeting down out of the air, and the Brothers, Briggs, and I rolled aside the corpses we were waiting patiently under, and made for them.

Everyone was now fully ego-satiated that they could kill one of these Hags alone, and given we were missing four Brothers who were out there leaving a trail of dead Jotuns miles long behind them, this was a time for as much slaughter as fast as possible.

That meant the Empress Hag had to die. There wasn't much out there going to survive long when six Void Brothers, Briggs, and I converged on her.

The Hags were actually weaker than the shellycoat Empress' get had been, being almost uniformly Lesser Exemplars, with a couple with daemonic bloodlines who were obviously 'princesses'. No Pseudos, for some reason.

Empress Uraskalae was a full Exemplar, of course, even showing a hint of a mane in her scraggly hair from the stolen bloodline. Not that we much cared.

The strategy of the Brothers was pretty simple: feed the crits to me and Briggs. Briggs' were bigger, but I got more attacks to use them, and both of ours were bigger than theirs.

It didn't matter how fast she was, or how strong she was. She couldn't fly, and she couldn't Teleport. She couldn't Cast at all, the magic was torn apart before it could ever take form with all those Helices on top of her.

The Health Qi venting off her was almost solid as she screamed in pain from the whirlwinds of attacks pouring in on her. She jerked and fell as Endure nearly cracked her knee before the Health Qi took the injury, and I blurred crits across her neck, up her face, under her ribs, and across her eyes.

Her daughters closed in quickly, some wasting time on spells or buffs, momentarily certain that their mother/grandmother/Empress could survive the horrifying round of attacks taking place long enough for the dozen of them to get in and relieve her.

Three or six attacks each by six Brothers, generating crits fed to Briggs and myself, resulting in six for me and three for him, plus Cutting her Life.

We came together in a splash and spray of hacking, thrusting, sweeping Weapons, coordinated impossibly well, feeding into one another, feeling every dip and dodge we had to make to accommodate one another, aid one another, nobody's Weapon interfering with anyone else's.

Her cry of disbelief didn't do any good, as we blew through six thousand Health Qi in under ten seconds, and suddenly she was in seven pieces and falling apart as we came apart, and came back together on a ten-foot-tall winged and horned demon Hag with living vines for hair.

The Hag Princess had just enough time to gape in disbelief at the ruin of what was left of her mother before she was shredded in an explosion of Health Qi and the gore that came afterwards.

The incoming Hags slowed down precipitously upon seeing that, and our numbers split in both directions. Experience had showed us that the daughters tended to have two or three thousand Health Qi, which one team could burn through incredibly fast.

The Hags lost any magic they had going under violent Helix disassembly, flailed about with ripping claws, but because they hadn't come in as a group, we swirled around them in flurries of Weapons hungry for Legendary Hags, and tore them apart.

It was about then that the survivors realized that they should run.

Now we fully scattered, and lo, there were eight of them, and eight of us. The Empress was the only one who could have outrun us, and we didn't even let them get to the newly blasted canyons that were filling with water from all the rivers and marshes the ley lines had blown through.

The Wolf and the Lion came out from cover at that moment, giving Brother Wayfist a hand with his target in classic wolfpack style. Watching the three of them go after her while she was down in a ripping, tearing ball of fury was enough to terrify all the surviving Hags, who had now found they could not run away from their attackers. Their Health Qi could absorb a hit, but not before steps faltered, knees buckled for a moment, hamstrings jerked, and they could only fight against a terrible foe whose motions they could not read, who magic did nothing to, and whose Helices were ripping away their lives.

Briggs was a thoughtful type, and slammed his Fiend-Hag into the one I had selected, sending them both stumbling and eliciting more AoO's as they caught their balance, even if it took only a heartbeat.

I fed him crits, since his were bigger than mine, and we circled around the winged, tailed, horned, vine-haired Hags who were trying to snap and claw at us and getting nowhere.

Oh, they were also receiving a lot of missile fire to the face, which they didn't much appreciate, and which opened up more opportunities.

Six melee attacks of mine would generally generate one or two crits, which I fed to Briggs, and when he came in with those 600+ Health hits to the cranium or ribs, there was an explosion of expended Health Qi that was incredibly impressive.

They couldn't break, couldn't flee, could only try and spin with us, and try to keep us in sight, as I cut red ribbons across them, and Briggs came in harder than any Jotun had ever hit them.

Then his hit blew through the last of one's Health Qi and all the way through three hundred-plus Health, caving in her chest. Banefire exploded out inside her skull, and she dropped without an intact bone in her body. Briggs took a long step, spinning and anchoring, and drove Endure into the base of the spine of the other Demon Hag trying to protect her face from the unending stream of missiles plunging into it.

She screamed in agony, I heard the creak of bone rasping under the impact, and hopped forwards, striking up.

Her arms went flying. Five Tails pounded death into her skull, driving her over backwards, and Briggs watched her fall over backwards right down in front of him.

He pounded her chest flat against her spine, and she stopped screaming.

I grabbed Endure on the rebound, and he whipped and let go, while I took a free ride sixty feet away, Quaver and Tremble angling in as Valorous ignited out of Arsenal for that sweet, sweet Spirited Charge and Pounce damage multiplier.

Brother Ancientaxe slammed her arms up and out of the way, and both my Swords drove into his opponent's chest to the hilt as he also fed me a crit, while Endure hit her face like a steel girder and knocked her over backwards in a splash of crimson Qi twenty feet high. Exemplar Lite Greenhag screeched, which was shut up as she started taking Tails to the face.

AA didn't even bother to stick around, flitting away to help Bonescythe with his opponent.

Stand disdainfully swatted away her claws, and I butterflied her chest with what looked like a solid wall of spurting Health Qi and banefire intermixing.

Real blood sprayed in every direction, her arms flew off as a side effect, and banefire took her.

I looked back in time to see Briggs charging, heaving Endure at two Hags who were fighting Lightscepter and Waterspear right next to one another, showing a modicum of cunning.

Endure beat, beat a double-tap as it crashed off one skull, ricocheted to the second, and as the opening suddenly sprouted crashing double Rods and a lunging Spear, he was already in midair. The Hammer hit his hand and he came down as Lightscepter fed him a crit; something like eight hundred points of damage vented skywards in a plume of Health Qi, staggering the Hag, who had definitely never expected to be hit so hard in her life.

Briggs hit the ground, sinking nowhere as far down as the Hag who he had just slammed six inches into the tiles of the plaza. He spun around in what looked leisurely motion, but only took a second, and Endure hit her hip.

There was a natural crit of his own. Bone broke, her thigh was now connecting at an obtuse angle, and she lurched over and fell.

Rods crossed across her throat like blades, Helices ripped at her life, and flesh and iron bone parted as Lightscepter's Test of Faith took off her head.

The other Hag tried to hurl Wavespear aside and flee, seeing she had three opponents to deal with, and instead found herself driving herself right onto his Spear instead as he flowed opposite her motion. She lurched to a halt against the stops on his Spear, and Briggs and Lightscepter came in from the flanks together as she frantically tried to free herself from being impaled.

It took her a bit too long.

Errant was leading a casual extraction from the city, slaughtering everything in their path while the Jotuns' leadership was occupied and didn't really know what was going on. Looting was incidental, mostly limited to crude jewelry and magic, not allowed to slow them down. The company roved out the crude city holewards, heading for the zone border over four hundred miles of marsh, swamp, rivers, and shallow hills away.

The external team of Brothers came sweeping up on them a few leagues outside the city, having ditched their Jotun pursuers by a combination of being more than twice as fast as them and running over the waters, instead of through them. Once out of direct line of sight, it was easy enough for them to blend into the shadows and tall grasses, and the frustrated giants and ogres could only curse deeply after them.

Still, there was no doubt what direction they were heading in, as the Wake began to move again where AA, Briggs, and I led the rest of the vanguard team, leaving the nice burning vivic trail behind. The giants could follow, of course, and some did, but even those who were running could only watch the Wake in the sky getting further and further away from them.

One more Obelisk to go.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

We interrupt this slaughter of legendary Hags to bring you slaughter of more epic Mu Spores.

Spore-laden atmosphere, deadly flora, odors to make you gag, hostile unnatural natives, and colors and hues to nauseate you.

What was not to love?

Had there been word conveyed across the Hag Empire? It didn't look like it, or the three Mu Spores we could see would have been booking it away from the Wake.

It was time to go harvesting for Levels and Phat Lewt again... as well as do some other things.

Plans were made, means concocted, and the Vanguard team went out to hunt Mu Spores... after killing the first two nearest ones, and getting the company all set up on a safe zone where they could get some Important Work done.

For some reason, quite a few members of this lot of merry marauders had suddenly taken Alchemist Levels, and a lot of Ranks had been put into Alchemy and its Mastery. It might have had something to do with an incoming apotheosis of considerable degree. The alchemical tools were made out of the shell and tentacles of a Mu Spore, rotting on the ground and happy to contribute its remains to the furtherance of pscience and the glory of alchemy.

The girls even made Elder Arg a floppy hat and spectacles for this, since he was taking point. Even the dragons were tremendously interested in what was going to be happening, and their 14-16 Ranks were providing primary assistance to the great ape. A lot of humanoids with 8-10 Ranks were providing some very, very skilled labor.

If it was passing strange for hundreds of brute force axemen, stolid dwarven spears, and singsong elven magebows to suddenly be discussing boiling points, mixture patterns, diffusion ratios, condensation paradigms, trans-temporal effluvia, and radical non-symmetric assignation of proto-elemental fluxes, hey, I had some gifted subordinates.

We went about our milking the Mu-cows/Spores, while the surviving Hags behind us organized a Mass Ritual to allow them to send giants across the Zone border. Thousands of them flooded into the Mushroom Zone... which didn't treat them any more gently than it treated us. Alas, the lads were over a hundred miles away from the Wake, in the middle of a cluster of tightly-packed mushrooms with a central open area a kilometer wide, a Faerie Ring of great size, walking over a few hewed-down uber-stools, one unhappily dead Mu Spore, and no visible way in or out from the ground.

Errant led the girls, the North Wind and the berserkers, along with the Warlocks, on some raids out into the shroom forest. It was strictly hit and run stuff, trails erased by Barus and Riann. They stayed low, out of the way, and never fought within ten miles of the stuff Elder Arg was cooking up, and where the elves were chanting and bringing up all sorts of fun magic...

For all that the Hags had stolen into Exemplar status, they didn't have someone with Epic Ranks in Alchemy among them, so their system couldn't be near as efficient. It also helped to have a lot of monkey brawn available for the stirring, because the patterns they needed to be following were exacting. Under Elder Arg's direction, the apes formed a very strong and disciplined work force.

Anyone not helping with the brewing was still Infusing or Investing. As hordes of giants surged into the Mushroom Zone and exchanged pointers with the giant mycoids, various kinds of fertilizer-seeking fungi, the native mushroom giants, beasts, and corpses animated by spores, and other sorts of fun surprises of the Gray, our team patiently completed our looping sweep of the zone.

With no Wake to let them know we were coming, all they could rely on were their alerts to one another, which didn't take place when being swarmed by Void Brothers. We didn't split up as thoroughly as before, keeping fairly close together with our two teams so we could converge and split as needed. We left at least two Brothers behind to collect the Goop and the Nexal, making that process quicker, and they always caught up soon after we took down the next one, and well before the fight after that.

So, while the giants, hags, and ogres were rushing all over the place and dying spore-adically, we were cleaning up the Mu Spores and giving Elder Arg time to do his stuff.

We also didn't take down the Obelisk in the middle immediately, even if it meant having hordes of giants arrive there to camp around and protect it. The Pseudos there weren't particularly appreciative of this protection, but after learning what became of the Greenhag Empress, at least tolerated them on the outskirts.

-Elder Arg, we're all set,- I /informed the big monkey, as I burned the last set of Runes into the shell of the last Mu Spore to die.

He /acknowledged that, and put the scores of other Alchemists into motion. The complex Rune Circles filled with silver looted and melted down from the empire behind us began to shimmer and burn with a new light. Excess Mu Goop was spilled upon them to burn with a most unwholesome stench and a variety of colors that was nauseating even in the thaumaspectrum. Goop froze, fried, was shocked, dissolved, and incinerated with a variety of magical means and energies, powering up the mixing process and interaction of energies for what was about to happen.

I watched the Rune I'd carved into the Mu Spore light up. The giants had doubtless come across some of the Mu we'd killed by now, but none of them should have messed with the Runes, up in awkward places where they weren't easy to reach. Normally we'd just vivify such things, as we didn't want them Animated as monstrously powerful undead, which I'm sure the Hags had ideas about. In any event, we weren't going to give them time to do so.

The drawing of energy began.

An Epic-level Alchemy Ritual naturally required truly monstrous amounts of energy. Now, they could have just drawn it from the area they were at... which was right in the middle of thousands of searching giants and so not very wise. So, the Runes and Mu Goop sent that drain out to the dead Mu Spores, turning the floating abominations into living siphons tied intimately to the areas they harvested, and began to pull it all in.

That included the Mu Spores from the LAST Mushroom Zone, too. Those Rituals around the fallen Obelisk were for a reason... and dead Mu Spores made for excellent foci when carved up appropriately. Tellingly, there was no resistance from the Land for taking down this mutated dark faerieland of fungi at all, especially with the mass vivic follow-up.

The endless fields of fungi around the Mu Spores began to wither and collapse. Even the haze of spores fell from the suddenly deathly still air. Giants shouted as towering mushrooms fell over on them, in many cases unleashing unpleasant surprises, and often filling the air with poisonous grit and dust as they decayed with shocking speed.

The areas of death expanded outwards from the rotting 'shrooms rapidly, harvesting the life force of these mutant fungi, tearing them down, and pulling it away as they collapsed into dust and goo.

The dead Mu Spores withered up even as they pulled the life out of the heart of the fields they had harvested, using those links to power the Ritual. There were some powerful druidic elements supplementing the alchemical in aspects of what was going on, and the repercussions were going to reverberate throughout the Zone. Namely, what was being created here was an absolute vacuum of life, which Nature naturally abhorred. The life that did exist here was unnatural and bloated, and evening it out was a subset of what was going on.

A ten-mile radius around each Spore was initially stripped of life, but the circles kept going out, ripping out the excess life energy of what was there, feeding it down into the Land, spreading it out, and totally tearing apart the entire zone's forest of fungi as it did so.

Watching 270,000 square miles of massive mushrooms falling away in grand slow motion (and knowing that another like area was doing the same) is truly an impressive sight. We were already in motion, heading for the Zone nearby where the mushrooms would be the last to survive all this, protected by the buffer of the Ritual itself. That, of course, would give the giants a perfect target to swarm towards. But travel times were a thing, and they had to hack their way through the surviving shrooms... which they most certainly would energetically do, heading for the center where whatever was responsible for this would be at.

That was okay. They weren't going to enjoy what they were going to find when they got there.

The Alchemy was there to distill the Elixirs for gaining Lesser Exemplar status, True Werebeast Status... and the elves.

The former was going to anyone who was a Ten, and had taken the /4 in their Racial Level; Evolved, what was called Atlantean Humans for us. The latter was going to anyone who wanted it, and was willing to acknowledge service to the Exemplar who would be their bloodline progenitor. What the elves were doing was for themselves.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, the Wolf was far more popular among the soldiers than the Lion, given his pack focus and teamwork mentality. The champion sorts took the Lion, including all of the berserkers (since it would change their Totem), some of the North Wind, and some of the officers of the Ironblood. Most of the others went with the Wolf, although the girls abstained, as the Hag Levels they were taking basically equaled or overrode the benefits, anyways.

The fact the Wolf Elixir took less than half the Mu Goop and Exemplar Blood to make that the Lion Elixir did was also a factor. The latter was basically going to be reserved for champions who earned it.

Afterwards, everyone who made Ten and had the Racial/4 partook of the Lesser Exemplar blood. Oddly enough, over the last two days, every single member of the Company had struck those three levers, knowing what was coming, and were willing to put up with the higher Karma of gaining more Levels and Masteries for the chance to get the Template. The Karma had been set aside long ago, a lot of mental levers were pushed, and the air was filled with power.

The monkeys probably would have had the least effect, as they couldn't take the Exemplar bloodlines. Ape not Wolf or Lion, and Humans were strange as far as bloodlines went, after all. Where else had all those Anthro Races come from?

However, there was a Primordial Ape right there, who, enlightened to the potential of the Mu Goop, had been sharing his bloodline with his lesser kin, and those kin had been driving it straight to Ten Racial Dice in anticipation of this moment.

The giants were certainly energetic enough, hacking their way through literally a half-mile of wall-to-wall mushrooms with stems as hard as ironwood. It ended up being more a tunnel than a cleared road, given the press, and a few hundred of them died to acid showers, exploding puffballs, dripping green slime, and viscous clouds of spores.

None of that really deterred them, driven on as they were by the Hags, and not about to let such minor things stop them. They were Jotuns, after all.

They hacked their way in, and the Company came out to greet them.

The apes had all doubled in size. The chakon were twelve feet tall, the champa-ka merely eight feet. All of the human, gnome, hyn, and dwarven soldiers had golden eyes and new grey or golden fur showing, and were moving with incredible speed and power.

The endurance of a melee combatant is their pool of Hit Points, i.e. their Health and their Soak. On average, that pool had doubled for the recipients. Their physical Stats had increased by an average of +10, making them four times stronger than before. They moved faster, and most importantly, they healed.

Not only could they take immense amounts of punishment, their injuries now healed themselves, exactly as if a Healer was attending to them. No longer did they have to rely on magic to cure their wounds... their Health (bodies) healed even as they were fighting, and if it fell too low, they only needed retreat from combat for a minute or three, leaving their eager fellows to leap into the fight to take their place.

They only needed Soak to defend against massive blows. They could easily survive on the continual influx of Fast Healing/5 coming into them from their Lesser Exemplar Templates, and their newly inflated Health.

The giants had worked their way through the mushroom forest in great time, looking to do battle with whatever was inside. They were packed into the entry tunnel, three giants or four ogres across, and now... what was inside, was coming out.

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

including their lives.

Then there were the elves.

When I learned what they were planning, I rolled my eyes at what a Cha 50 half-drow alu'ri-turned-succubus could do, especially after being anointed as a Favored of the Goddess of Silver Magic.

She had recruited them all. Most of that power sucked out of the fungi zones wasn't for the Elixirs, which got their power from the Mu Goop. Nope, it was to help alter the elves.

Elf exchanged into haror, linked to alu'ri, and so into native Soulborn succubus.

Yeah, it meant a gender change for half the elves, who were much less hung up on gender to start with. It exchanged their Ten Elven Racial Levels for Lilithi Levels.

Now, they didn't get all the demonic goodies, particularly the spell-like abilities, like Teleporting at will. What happened there was all those Elven Caster Levels they had were transmuted into Sorceress Levels, with a Celestial Bloodline indicating Sylune's approval. Then, the extra two Levels left from the Eight of a base Succubus were linked to the standard Lilithi Favored Levels.

All such Caster Levels powered by Charisma. And who had just received a +20 bonus to Charisma?

Levels in non-Favored, non-Sorceress Levels were converted to those, keeping Caster Levels constant with Levels, their AB as Outsiders equaled their Racial Level, so their combat ability also went up, and while Succubi weren't massively strong at +4 (only twice as strong as they looked, natch!), the +8 Dex and +10 Con were massive bonuses.

And so, the entire company of elves were now black-skinned, silver-haired, starry-eyed, silver-winged (feathered!) Favored/Sorceresses, with devastatingly potent magic, and a lot more of it.

They all broke the Ten Level. They'd be forever locked to Fourteen when they reached it, barring Divine intervention, but that just meant they'd be more powerful than their King and Queen were now. Exemplar Lite came in, and since they didn't have side Racial Levels, there was no problem, it applied perfectly.

Yes, Sylune now had a full corps of maturing, devastatingly beautiful winged angelic haror in the model of the delighted Wayfair, who was naturally the head of their new Order. How about that?

Just to hasten the process of clearing it, Exemplar-boosted lightning bolts were exploding down the length of the tunnel, frying and burning the giants who had little way to resist or dodge. It was merely to make the killing of those behind easier, as they swarmed in fearlessly on the giants and ogres, who found, to their great dismay, that ALL their much smaller opponents were now just as strong, or even stronger, than they were!

The howls and growls coming from down the hacked-through corridor easily matched up to bellows and shouts of the ogres and giants eager to press their way in. The only problem was that the line in front of them was not moving, and the sounds of the fighting seemed to be getting closer...

The crackle and boom of lightning lit up the area ahead of them, and the Hagspawn, who actually had a modicum of intelligence compared to their kin, blinked in shock. That magic didn't have nearly the range to go the length of the tunnel, so what was happening?

Why was the growling and roaring getting closer?

The quintuple roars of dragons overwhelmed all the yelling giants, sending shivers down the spines of even the most battle-hungry brute with how it seemed to echo and drag on. Even as it faded, the hunting howl of a wolf, filled with unnatural power, chilled the blood, and was instantly joined by a chorus of other howls so powerful it was shaking the mushroom walls and ground.

Then the lion's roar rang out, and even the giants had to wonder what the heck they had stirred up by doing this...

Fire, cold, and lightning filled the tunnel ahead of them, now visible to those outside, incredibly strong. Some of the wiser hagspawn and their mothers backed away, telling those with them to prepare rocks and spears for throwing. They were finally realizing that those within were coming out, and they could only be doing that over the dead bodies of the hundreds who had swarmed in there earlier...

Right about then is when my team showed up. All that noise and light was a great distraction for a wedge of Forsaken coming in at sixty mph, and lighting into the back of them.

Coming in through the ravaged air and decaying mushroom forest, we hit the back of the giant lines and ripped them open. There was a distance to go to reach the primary force around their tunnel, but that was fine. Letting them know we were coming was the whole idea, as was splitting their attention. If they wanted to be holding onto rocks when we plowed into them, that was their own choice. It just helped them die all the quicker.

The slaughter was similar to that which we had executed earlier, but our targets were a) anyone nice enough to think about throwing things at the company coming out of that tunnel, and b) any Hags, of course. Brother Firesword volunteered for Hag-hunting duty, it was politely passed to him, and he was gone, flitting over and through the mass of giants, hunting down sources of magic. Oh, he ran into some Shaman Casters, too, and politely disposed of them as well, but his zigzag course was taking him from Hag to Hag, who were not at all happy to see him coming.

We hit the line of rock and spear tossers, and hilarity ensued. It was a good thing we kept moving, because the amount of bodies that were falling was creating all sorts of impediments to travel, and if the vivic fire hadn't been eating them, wow, there would have been blood literally everywhere.

A One-Two finally cleared the tunnel of anything living with deep screams and a lot of smell of burning flesh, and the company came screaming out.

The berserkers led the way, all of them with golden fur and streaming manes, clawed, toothed, and a good foot taller, meaning the least of them was over seven feet tall now. They were fast, they were powerful, and they were having a really good time. The Exemplar Lite DR of 5/- stacked on the normal 10/silver of a werebeast, but that was okay, because Crystal Dragon DR also stacked with all other types, which meant they were sitting on at least DR 20/Silver or so at this point... and the giants didn't have silver weapons, oddly enough.

Yeah, giants hit hard, usually in the neighborhood of 20-30 points for the varieties that were here, but combine that level of Damage Reduction with 5 points of Fast Healing every six seconds, and those berserkers could last an incredibly long time.

The Rockborn came next, moving at a pace you just don't expect of anything that short, and were about as resistible as moving boulders... with spikes. Their beards bristled even more than before, all their eyes were golden, and they moved with even greater natural teamwork and coordination. They pushed, and pushed, and ogres and giants were forced back in disbelief, hanging on the Spears impaling them, as the dwarves cleared the way and set up the safe zone for everyone else.

Ironblood to the sides, eye-poppingly beautiful angelic haror down the middle. Bows that had for some reason been magically empowered in the past to match the strength of their wielders sent burning arrows out with brutal power and accuracy over the heads of the dwarves, building a wall of burning corpses in front of them that started to grow with amazing speed. Ever obdurate, the dwarves advanced up the corpses, their foes two to four times their height came pounding up for some fun, and the elves shot over the dwarves' heads with impunity at basically an open field of targets.

The Ironblood savagely opened up the fighting area, fully confident of being able to take on all but the Exemplars of the other side... and such only needed a moment of attention from a dozen or so haror archers to lay that problem to rest.

Growls, snarls, and roars competed with the aghast giants, watching these short folk shredding them.

Then the dragons, hellpoodles, and griffons, plus riders, came stalking out of the tunnel.

Even the giants knew they were in for a bad time when they saw the magnificent creatures. They moved with supernatural grace, ease, and deftness, idealized versions of their species, showing natural power and magical strength that they'd only seen on the Blessed Legion, and they now realized where the horrible strength of these little people came from.

The griffons moved to secure flanks, while the hellpoodles moved up to secure the lines of the dwarves... and unload fire, cold, and lightning right into the faces of the giants with elemental fury the haror were quick to capitalize on.

The ground began to pound. The elves began to subtly part, opening a path as they focused to either side. The giants heard the sound of massive feet hitting the ground, looked around in the chaos to see who was running so fast –

Elder Arg came hurtling out of the tunnel with a roar so deep it made the dragons look small. The dwarves in the way literally leapt out of the way with astonishing alacrity, ending up standing on top of their brethren blithely as the massive Primordial gorilla, his silver-tipped black fur now black-tipped silver fur, muscles rippling like quicksilver, and tusks gleaming like precious metal, slammed right into the giants that he towered over.

Behind him came a tidal wave of massive chakon and champa-ka. The latter were of a size with ogres, and even stronger, while the former were as massive as any of the giants, and also stronger. Their magical gauntlets shimmered with lightning and banefire, discharging in massive cracks of electricity as the howling horde slammed into and through the giants with vicious, brutal force.

And yet, wild and chaotic as it was, there was incredible, impossible order.

A combination of luck and instinct, and apes were moving as they grappled ogres and giants, presenting obdurate skulls for arrows whistling in to impale them. Ironblood were sweeping in to hack at spines and throats, while apes grabbed and threw giants onto waiting Spears. Dragons were whirlwinds of claws, teeth, wings, and tails, which always seemed to send the victims into the way of attacks from those flanking them. Moving like boneless serpents, their lancers came into repeated reach of Jotun targets, and sharp points plunged deep with brutal force.

Breaths of frost, fire, and lightning coursed out, ripping apart ogres and wounding giants, never catching an ape or human, and the wounded died within breaths to watching and waiting haror sending out an arrow a heartbeat. Indeed, the breath attacks were staggered so that the haror only needed to reacquire to the next target area.

It was a level of wild carnage and coordinated teamwork the giants were completely unable to compensate for or deal with, Warlording at its devastating finest. Those closest to the slaughter began to back away... only to find there was death at their back as well.

The moving morass of the interwoven Helices swallowed giants and spat out corpses. Burning shafts of light in the hue of their own blood were spitting in all directions, raising great wounds or even killing unlucky ogres straight off. Who or what was doing the slaying was actually almost impossible to see, only blurs of motion, truly bone-chilling cracks of impact and giants going flying, and that unceasing fusillade of fire and light taking its toll as giants shouted defiantly in desperate fear... and fell into the swirls.

There were no orders coming in any organized fashion, for the Hags who commanded all had their own dire problems, although not for long. One short biped aswirl in flames and smoke all the colors of the rainbow was sliding through the giants as if they were not there, closing on each Hag and in a blur of motion passing her by, leaving a shattered, eroding witch to fall dead behind him as he proceeded unerringly to the next one.

-Don't eat the ogres or swamp giants. Watch for tainted bloodlines. Ogres inbreed and pick up polluted bloodlines. The Hagspawn are your best bets if you can't resist for now. Mark any giant that's greenish. We'll be killing dinos and crocs to fill your bellies.- After all, the boundary wall behind us wasn't that far away.

The apes were freaking starving. Their mass had increased by a factor of eight, and all that material had to come out of somewhere. For now, that was ectoplasm, but it had to be replaced by 'real' material as soon as possible.

The gnomes and hyn were already scavenging, heaping up crude gold jewelry and any magical stuff they found on the giants onto waiting Disks. As they finished, each corpse was set on vivic fire, which rapidly began to spread across the battlefield.

The giants broke before we could kill them all. The onrushing apes, the towering titan that was Elder Arg, and five dragons like something out of legend, combined with an impossibly strong and fast set of little folk who could maul them so handily? Massive figures sprinted in all directions as fast as their legs could carry them, and I had to repeat a few times for the apes to cease chasing them and bringing a last few unlucky ones down for a quick mauling.

A few dozen choice heads were stacked up for Baneskulls, but basically the Ironblood got around quickly to looting, and the apes hurried to help, lifting big bodies as gnomes pointed to rip off the bracelets, belt buckles, rings, earrings, torcs, and similar things. A few of the hungriest apes ripped into some relatively clean giants to stuff themselves with a hundred pounds or so of meat and take the worst edge off of their hunger. The chakon were going to need literally a ton of meat before the urge to eat vanished, so we needed a meat source fast... and these guys were basically vegetarians most of the time, so that was saying something.

At least post-combat healing was MUCH easier, as in nobody needed it. Within five minutes of the end of the fight, everyone's Health was back to full. Soak would be slower, but most of that wasn't really depleted all that much, given how much damage reduction was at work, and how thick certain hides now were.

The Warlocks were already winging back to scout for suitable prey, like a big walk of sauropods. At least a few brontosaurs were going to be needed to assuage everyone...

I watched Briggs drink down the Elixir. The Wolf and Lion had guarded the Disks holding the extras Elder Arg had made, the two of them wandering out to look over the carnage wrought by those of their bloodlines. Even two Exemplars were impressed by the capability for slaughter they witnessed, and quite happy they had nothing to fear from their own bloodlines, who were literally incapable of attacking them.

Of course, the Brothers didn't take the wereblood route, although they did take the Lesser Exemplar Elixir. They were instinctive racial purists, and not interested in evolving through another bloodline template. That was something for others. Their instincts said that such changes would just be cleansed out of their bodies by their Voids, so it was useless.

The all-around improvements of the Lesser Exemplar Template, on the other hand, weren't something to be turned down. Idealized Voids were a thing, and weren't they already beloved by the Land?

Briggs, of course, had taken another route. After all, Elder Arg was Right There, also a legendary bloodline. It was just none of the humans wanted to take an Ape bloodline. Cat? Sure. Dog? Sure. Monkey? What, and look like an Ancient instead of a cool cat-man or dog-man?

Briggs didn't have any problem with it, of course. The difference was that he wasn't going to gain in size like a true Ape would, such as our monkey escort now currently glutting themselves on several wako with broken necks and sauropods whose heads had been cut off and then pulled out of the water by dozens of hungry ubermonkeys. The blood that had poured out of the dinos had brought in the wako, who became appetizers as Elder Arg stomped on them and snapped their necks with casual deftness.

"Sense of smell is sharper. I think my canines are getting longer." He spread his lips, I looked at his teeth, and nodded. "I can feel the power in my limbs. If I get bigger, I bet it would just explode." His stomach suddenly rumbled. "I think I need to go eat more food than my stomach can hold."

I grinned despite myself. He should be sitting on at least +12 Strength and Con, and +10 to Dex, truly impressive physical buffs. The power would catalyze if his size increased, as long as he continued taking the Racial Levels, which I was sure he would. A Potion of Growth or two, and my, wouldn't his opponents be surprised when he got even faster...

The only other ones who hadn't taken a Bloodline were myself, the girls, and the Amazon, Trilla, whose Amazon Pact would just return her to human perfection if she were to imbibe one. Yes, dear, there can be drawbacks to being an Amazon...

Of course, Wayfair hadn't a Bloodline either, it being no more relevant to her than to the dragons or griffons. However, she had been offered and accepted a Lesser Exemplar Elixir, somewhat astonished that we would even offer it to her. It would lock her into her status as a lilithi, meaning she'd never become a lilitu... but since she didn't want to become an eyeless murder queen, that wasn't so much an issue. She was already on very good terms with a big sister goddess, she didn't need to be a succubi queen.

Of course, when you give someone with a base 42 Cha, +4 from Mark, and now another +4 from Lesser Exemplar, well... let's say she really had to tamp it down, or nobody was going to be able to take their eyes off of her...

BREAK

BREAK

A NOTE...

Sooooo... just how Uber is youz? And how does that work into your plans?

Briggs did give me a hairy eyeball. "How high have you taken those Succubi Levels?" he asked suspiciously.

I lifted an eyebrow. "Where did that come from?"

"You basically ordered some berserking, battle-crazed, flesh-starved super monkeys to quit chasing a fleeing foe, stop eating, and wait for us to feed them. They patiently waited for three hours for us to get back across the zone border and butcher dinos to do it. You've talked two Exemplar animals into basically becoming your subordinates... and an Epic Ape!

"And despite the fact that a whole bunch of Tens just became super-people, they're all still marching to your orders with nary a lick of trouble... and you aren't even an Exemplar yet." His eyeball was quite hairy, indeed. "You aren't shining like a moon among the stars like Wayfair, but damn, Sama... and I won't even go into how the dragons aren't even trying to dominate you."

I wrinkled my nose, glanced around, and leaned in to whisper, "Fuzzy, you are being too observant. Allow me to think nobody noticed. The Brothers are being very polite and not saying anything. You're popping all my delusions!"

He took a deep breath. "So... at Ten?" he asked quietly. Nobody was near enough to bug us, there were too many hundreds of tons of meat being roasted right now. It appeared all those Bloodline Investitures and Exemplar Templating also raised quite the appetite. Even the new angelic haror were indulging... with very thin cuts, proper braising, spices, and competitions over recipes.

Naturally everyone had to sample what they were cooking, even if they loved raw meat, and so it had turned into a feast and cooking contest all at once, with Wayfair merrily playing the role of master chef, taste-tester, and MC for the entertainers who inevitably set up and began to play, sing, and dance.

"Yeah. I'm using Wayfair for the Lilithi portion of the Succubi advance. I've been pressing it up. It's not as expensive as you might think, since none of the magic transfers over, including the life-sucking kiss, nor am I going for permanent tail, horns, or wings. Also, the physical side got taken care of with Hag Levels, and a bunch of the mental side with Nymph, too. And no, no killing beauty," I said, as his eyes narrowed appraisingly. Yeah, using Wayfair as the template basically meant I had a lot of synching with her Bloodline... and so with those winged, horned, and tailed ExLite angelic haror over there.

He didn't know whether to be relieved or disappointed, so, broad-minded fellow that he was, he opted for both. "Ah, so you don't have to pay full price for benefits you don't actually receive?" That was logical. "That probably includes skill points..." he added thoughtfully.

I nodded. "Yeah, you get the highest numbers, so I'm sitting on eight per Level from the Succubi Levels, and I can access the Akasha of any of the Levels... not that it's relevant, since all Skills are Racial Skills to Soulborn." I shrugged. "I've actually sealed the Akashic links so I'm not downloading any Skills. I want to save the Ranks until I pass Ten."

He raised a bushier eyebrow. "You can do that?" He sounded amazed.

"Yeah, if you are Forsaken. It's a spiritual link to an alien Akasha, after all. Human/3 means I can deny them that link until I want to. Still have to pay for it, of course. But I really don't need another 48 Skill Points at the moment."

"Given how Deep you are, I believe you. Especially with those Forsaken Caster Levels..." He sighed, thinking of how much Karma it was going to be for him to build those up. "Oh, how did the Nymph's Druid Levels work out for you? And are you getting the Lilithi Favored Levels?"

I quirked a smile. "The Nymph Levels were very efficient for me. They took my Null Druid Levels all the way to Ten. I made an adjustment to the Lilithi Levels, working off the faith and loyalty that's somewhat streaming in from my Marks." He said nothing about the implications of that, just looking thoughtful. "Two Levels per Level in Lilitu. So, I'm a Four Null Shifter at the moment."

"With lots of Slots, and an assload of Con bonuses..." he mused.

"Which I can Nog away for other benefits," I agreed. "Have you been taking any?"

"Yes, buying up my Stats towards 18 base as I can. But I'm only a Three... and I can't access all the bonus Slots from a high Charisma yet."

"Yeah, and you can't use the bonuses from Archsourcery or whatnot," I told him mercilessly, and he nodded. Time, wuv, and Karma!

"You spending for the same?" he asked calmly.

"Yes. All the Slots... I've got no reason to save them. If I ever decide to take a Bonded Caster, they'll have plenty to work with just off my Pool and Bonus Slots." I harrumphed. "So much power to not use..." He gave me that hairy eyeball again, and sighed. "What?"

"Out with it. You found out something else."

"You sure you don't want to be depressed?"

"Is it something I wanted to know at One?"

"Yeah."

"Shit," he summed it up nicely. "What now?"

"Psionics."

He closed his pale violet eyes. "Okay. Okay, Forsaken Caster Classes came out of left field. Psionics... actually makes sense." He opened them, fixated on me. "What did you do, eat a 'vore?"

"Some of the Mu Goop, actually." Firecrackers in the mouth. "It was like, oh, it uses THAT energy? And there it was, right there, because I'm a sentient creature with a brain. Naturally I had psionic energy."

He reached out and tunked on the air three inches from my face. "I thought your Vajra was stronger. What is it now? Adamant Vajra? Transcendent Vajra?"

"That's a good name for it. It's like two to three points of Psi to one Mana, Ki or Essence."

"And now you've got how many more Classes to Level up, too?"

"Null Psion is Con based; Null Psyker is Cha-based; Null Psychic Warrior is Wis-based; and Mindblade accentuates my Sword."

"Plus Theurgies?" he prompted.

"It turns out that psionic energy 'fills out' your Matrix, if you are a Caster, filling in all the empty spaces inside. If you have the Theurgy, you can sub one for the other. Great for using Metas, as you can spontaneously drain Psi to boost Spells."

"So, you've got a Mindblade?" He leaned forward in interest.

"I've got a Vajra claw." I held up my hand, and suddenly the killing edge of my Vajra became faintly visible around my hand, like a crystalline claw overlaying my hand, killing arcs extending from my fingers, hammering ridges on my fingers and knuckles, and razored edges along the sides. It was a standard Vajra hand, but now it was visible.

He reached out to feel it with his own Vajra, making a face as he felt the difference, like his was steel and mine was adamant. The addition of the psionic energy, and the magical energy it was tied to, effectively made a four-way Vajra at this point, melded together perfectly. I could picture the implications for Powered if they could do the same.

"So, I'm feeling magic in there. Nog?"

"Yeah, the Hands of Stone effect. Basically, very similar to Ki, stacks nicely. And with Sword is an Extension of the Fist, stacks on my sword play. You can feel the mindblade vibe in there, too, basically stacking on the Versatile UA at this point, but there'll be additional damage dice, too, and improvements in base damage. I'll never be able to throw it, of course, but it's still going to get pretty nasty with time."

The basic Unarmed progression for a Ten was d3 damage for a base Human, d4 with Improved Unarmed Strike, to d6, d8 and d10 with Monk Levels, and 2-12 with Superior UA.

Maxed Hands of Stone would increase that by one category, to 3-15, with +5 more damage on top. Mindblade/fist would increase it by three more categories; 3-18, 3-21, 4-24.

Starting with the base 2-16 of a Heavy Warsword instead... 8 die increases was 3-18, 3-21, 4-24, 4-28, 4-32, 6-36, 7-42, 8-48, 10-55. With the +5 bonus, 15-60 base damage with my Heavy Warsword.

All because of different energies stacking together in a Vajra. It took a long time to get there, but it was nearly as good as a Ten executing Forms... except they got extra damage dice, and this was base damage, so mine magnified on crits and charges...

I could see Briggs was doing the math. Endure would be sitting on 15-70 or so, or 20-75 with the bonus. Doing 45 average damage before any other bonuses... was pretty substantial.

"So much damn Karma," he sighed. I had to agree. "So, we are going to finish eating, I assume go take down that Obelisk, and then head to the last one?"

I shook my head. "That would be very stupid. They'll be waiting for us, and with enough dragons, even having superheroes in our employ won't be enough."

He cocked his head at me, thoughts moving, and glanced holewards. "You're going to do an end run around her..."

"I imagine right now she's calling in all her forces to guard that last major Obelisk, completely forgetting that I don't need to topple it... I only need to topple the remaining two here that it is connected to. The flow stops regardless."

His nostrils flared as he took a deep breath, and looked at The Map of this place as drawn by the Void Brothers during their scouting runs. "Another swamp. Drac-bloods, dragons, drakes..."

"Some of whom are going to be drawn off to defend the big one. I know our dragons are dying to get their asses kicked by a Pseudonatural dragon after their ExLite buff, too."

He chuckled despite himself. "So, we run to the downline Obelisk, blow it, and then race to the last one... which is in that Undead Zone..." he trailed off, shaking his head.

And strangely enough, we had a whole lot of Undead Baneskulls and Tokens, and Energized Armor or Bracers of Force Armor, all ready to go. How 'bout that?

"So, if we can sidle through fairly quietly, bring down that clockwise Obelisk, and then run to the last one... they have to cross four hundred miles to get to the Zone Barrier, do whatever Ritual they need to bring their troops across, and then run another five hundred and fifty miles to the center of the zone to try and get into position to stop us."

"Funny how they probably don't have Mass Gemjumps to teleport through the soup they made out of the Veil."

"Well, what about the Wake?" he pointed up at the clear space above us. It had branched off the main thrust of the Wake while going through the middle of the zone, basically broadcasting where we were, but for some reason the number of giants investigating had been really small, fancy that. Mass slaughter does that to some.

"What about it?"

"They'll be able to tell where we are by tracking it, unless you're going to drop it."

"Drop it? Why would I drop a diversion I've been putting in place for thousands and thousands of miles?"

"A diversion..." He grinned slowly as he looked up. "Ah. Us three are going to go in towards the Obelisk, fighting our way through, and while they are looking at us..."

"Everyone else does their job. If they are sneaky enough, the Hags won't know what's going on until it falls and they get the feedback. Then it's a race to see who can get to the last one first."

Nine hundred miles for them, possible delay at zone boundary. Square root of 900 squared plus 300 squared... merely fifty miles further at the angle, and we'd be moving at least twice as fast as they did on the ground. Sure, some flying dragons could get there faster... if they could cross the Zone. So, the probable scenario was facing some dragons and whatever riders could come with them, against our whole company of Exemplar Lite murder machines.

I wasn't much worried about the odds. Whether they wanted it or not, the fight was going to be on the ground, and on the ground, their dragons weren't going to be nearly as dangerous as they thought they were, even if they were also ExLites.

"So, you are giving them time to make all the wrong moves, and then going to confirm those wrong moves by giving them a giant arrow in the sky indicating exactly where we are." He smiled despite himself. "Oh, they are going to be pissed at us..."

"I sure hope so!" I laughed cheerfully.